Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 29, 2016.

Registration No. 333-212542

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

Airgain, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

California (prior to reincorporation)

Delaware (after reincorporation)

  3663   20-0281763

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

3611 Valley Centre Drive, Suite 150

San Diego, CA 92130 USA

(760) 579-0200

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Charles Myers

President and Chief Executive Officer

3611 Valley Centre Drive, Suite 150

San Diego, CA 92130

(760) 579-0200

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Matthew T. Bush

Cheston J. Larson

Latham & Watkins LLP

12670 High Bluff Drive

San Diego, CA 92130

Tel: (858) 523-5400

Fax: (858) 523-5450

 

Jonathan R. Zimmerman

Jeffrey A. Sherman

Faegre Baker Daniels LLP

2200 Wells Fargo Center

Minneapolis, MN 55402-3901

Tel: (612) 766-7000

Fax: (612) 766-1600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

 

Amount of

Registration
Fee(2)(3)

Common stock, $0.0001 par value

  $17,250,000   $1,738

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.
(3) Previously paid.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not the solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 29, 2016

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

LOGO

Airgain, Inc.

1,500,000 Shares of Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of securities of Airgain, Inc. We are offering to sell 1,500,000 shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $9.00 and $10.00 per share. We have applied to list our shares of common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “AIRG.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the “ Risk Factors ” section beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

The offering is being underwritten on a firm commitment basis. We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an additional 225,000 shares of common stock to cover over-allotments. The underwriters may exercise this option at any time and from time to time during the 30-day period from the date of this prospectus.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $                $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $                $     

 

  (1) In addition, we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses. See “Underwriting” on page 114 of this prospectus for additional information.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Delivery of the shares will be made on or about                     , 2016, subject to customary closing conditions.

 

 

 

Northland Capital Markets   Wunderlich

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2016


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Summary Financial Data

     10   

Risk Factors

     12   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     32   

Use of Proceeds

     33   

Dividend Policy

     33   

Capitalization

     34   

Dilution

     36   

Selected Financial Data

     39   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     41   

Business

     56   

Management

     74   

Executive Compensation

     81   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     102   

Principal Stockholders

     104   

Description of Capital Stock

     106   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     111   

Underwriting

     114   

Legal Matters

     118   

Experts

     118   

Where You Can Find More Information

     118   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: We or the underwriters have not done anything that would permit a public offering of the shares of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

 

Airgain, the Airgain logo, and other trademarks or service marks of Airgain appearing in this prospectus are the property of Airgain. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights, to these trademarks and tradenames.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision in our common stock. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and “Airgain” refer to Airgain, Inc.

Our Company

Airgain is a leading provider of embedded antenna technologies used to enable high performance wireless networking across a broad range of home, enterprise, and industrial devices. Our innovative antenna systems open up exciting new possibilities in wireless services requiring high speed throughput, broad coverage footprint, and carrier grade quality. Our antennas are found in devices deployed in carrier, enterprise, and residential wireless networks and systems, including set top boxes, access points, routers, gateways, media adapters, and digital televisions. Through our pedigree in the design, integration, and testing of high performance embedded antenna technology, we have become a leading provider to the residential wireless local area network, also known as WLAN or Wi-Fi, short for Wireless Fidelity, antenna market, supplying to leading carriers, Original Equipment Manufacturers, or OEMs, Original Design Manufacturers, or ODMs, and system designers who depend on us to achieve their wireless performance goals. We also develop embedded antenna technology for adjacent markets, including enterprise Wi-Fi systems for on premises and cloud-based services, and for small cellular applications using Long-Term Evolution, or LTE, and Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications, or DECT, and high-performance designs for the in-building wireless market.

We partner with and supply the largest blue chip brands in the world, including OEMs, ODMs, chipset makers, and global operators. Through our close working relationships with the leading WLAN chipset makers, we have developed a significant level of expertise in the testing and evaluation of chipset reference designs and systems enabling the relative performance benchmarking between devices. To satisfy the rapidly evolving technology needs of the industry, we have remained on the leading edge of next generation development including solutions for Multiple Input, Multiple Output, or MIMO, Multi-User MIMO, or MU-MUMIO, beam forming, and active antenna systems. The embedding of our antennas within chipset reference designs provides broad market visibility of our antenna solutions’ capability early in the design cycle of new devices and in doing so provides us a competitive opportunity. Our sales, engineering, and executive management teams maintain relationships with key decision makers and engineering teams within this client value chain.

We offer early design, custom engineering support, and superior over-the-air, or OTA, testing capability, and our design teams partner with customers from the early stages of antenna prototyping, throughput testing, performance and device integration to facilitate optimal throughput performance and fastest possible time to market. We view our chipset partner, OEM, ODM and carrier relationships as strategic components to our success. We use third parties to manufacture our products while maintaining oversight for critical test and calibration functions. We have 47 issued patents in the United States and 22 companion patents outside the United States, and 93 patent applications on file.

We have approximately 330 antenna products in our portfolio. We shipped approximately 87 million antenna products worldwide in 2015 enabling approximately 34 million devices. During that period, we supplied our products to carriers, OEMs and ODMs in the United States, Europe, Canada and Asia, including Actiontec Electronics, Inc., ARRIS Group, Inc., Belkin International, Inc., DIRECTV, LLC, EchoStar Corporation, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Pace plc, Sagemcom SAS and ZTE Corporation, among others. We have achieved

 



 

1


Table of Contents

significant growth in our business in a short period of time. From 2011 to 2015, our sales have grown from $10.0 million to $27.8 million, while our net loss has decreased from a net loss of $5.1 million in 2011 to a net loss of $0.3 million in 2015. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, our net income was $0.1 million.

Industry Background

We supply antennas that are part of the greater wireless communications industry. All wireless devices, from Wi-Fi routers to mobile handsets, require an antenna, or multiple antennas, to communicate with other devices. Antennas are the essential component in enabling wireless connectivity, and their design and application can dramatically affect throughput, range, and reliability of wireless devices.

Wireless technology has grown rapidly. When it was first introduced to the mass market in the United States in the mid-1980s, the primary application was analog cellular phone voice services. However, wireless has rapidly evolved as the shift to digital and Internet Protocol ramped up and the explosion of ubiquitous broadband connectivity was born. The rapid growth of internet applications, websites and media opportunities has given consumers unlimited uses for wireless devices including managing e-mail, online browsing and shopping, and running applications for business, personal productivity, and entertainment and media while on the go. Carriers and enterprises have also realized the economic benefits of wireless connectivity to enable efficient delivery of premium content and internet services in the home, enterprise and mobile markets. Over the past decade, wireless technologies such as cellular and Wi-Fi have emerged as mainstream networking platforms to connect people and data via devices. According to the Cisco Visual Networking Index, or the Cisco Report, there were approximately 7.9 billion mobile connected devices in 2015—1.1 for every person on Earth. By 2021, there are expected to be approximately 11.6 billion mobile-connected devices, representing nearly 1.5 mobile devices per person on Earth.

The most common form of wireless access is Wi-Fi. Wi-Fi is a standard established by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, or IEEE, known technically as 802.11. The Wi-Fi standard is “the most ubiquitous wireless connectivity technology for internet access” according to ABI Research, a market intelligence firm. Wi-Fi enables devices to operate on a local area network, or LAN, or wide area network, or WAN, to connect to and access the internet and communicate with others without using cabling or wiring. It adds the convenience of mobility to the powerful utility provided by high-speed data networks, and is a natural extension of broadband connectivity in the home and office. Wi-Fi was first utilized in applications such as computers and routers, and is now commonly embedded into everyday electronic devices, such as printers, digital cameras, gaming devices, smart phones, tablets and broadband access systems for video and data enablement. In addition, many new products are coming out with multiple wireless capabilities whereby Wi-Fi and other similar wireless protocols have become ‘must have’ features to extend a device’s basic utility. As an example, smart devices such as Apple iPhone and Samsung Galaxy come equipped with Wi-Fi, Bluetooth and Near Field Communication, or NFC, functions, in addition to traditional cellular functions. Each of these represents a separate radio technology, and each radio requires different antenna solutions to provide an optimal user experience.

The Wi-Fi market is continuing to grow rapidly as the technology is adopted across a wide variety of markets, including consumer, mobile, automotive, and emerging markets such as machine to machine, or M2M. The increase of in-home wireless devices in security and remote monitoring, lighting, HVAC, and entertainment has helped drive the embedded antenna market. According to ABI Research, the number of Wi-Fi-enabled device shipments, excluding cellular and personal computers, is expected to exceed 1.3 billion devices annually by 2021, representing a 13% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, in this market for the period from 2016 through 2021. Our customers demand an ever increasing number of antennas per device and increasing antenna system complexity to support the evolving and new ways to wirelessly connect. 802.11 standards are expanding and evolving in terms of multi-carrier and multi user Multiple Input, Multiple Output, or MIMO, schemes, with a path to higher efficiency WLAN through 802.11ax, and through introducing new frequency bands through Wi-Fi Halo™, WiGig, and White-Fi. Short range wireless technologies such as Z-Wave and ZigBee continue to evolve while they gain

 



 

2


Table of Contents

popularity within the home area network, or HAN, space, for applications such as home automation, security, and remote control. The evolution of the 802.11 standard has opened the door for a significant expansion in the average number of antennas per device, from initially one or two antennas per device in early interpretations such as 802.11b/g, to todays 802.11ac standard that supports up to eight antennas per device.

Our Core Strengths and Solutions

Our core competency is designing high throughput-performance embedded antenna solutions, and we have become a leading provider in the in-home WLAN antenna market. We are an antenna solution provider optimizing antenna systems for maximum system device OTA data throughput performance as an integral step in the antenna system design process, enabling the best possible throughputs for devices in their native application. Common antenna industry practice is to design antennas exclusively within a passive environment, using simulation tools based on the assumption of free space. The modern in-home environment is a highly complex multipath environment that is not always accurately represented by antenna simulation tool modeling. We design all our antenna systems for in-home applications using a combination of device and environment modeling, with active antenna OTA throughput performance feedback, providing our customers high device throughputs in their intended in-home or in-office environment.

The core focus of our proprietary antenna integration process remains performance optimization across factors that affect end users. Throughput, reliability, and cost represent three key metrics for optimization. We have been designing and evaluating wireless antenna solutions for 802.11-based WLAN devices since our inception in 2004. We have gained industry leading expertise in the testing and evaluation of wireless systems to determine relative performance differences between devices, and have developed a proprietary set of performance metrics, measurement methodologies, and test conditions to enable measuring and predicting the relative performance of 802.11-based WLAN devices and networks at the component and application level.

We engage with customers in the early stages of a program before prototype tooling is available, using 3D CAD models and/or physical mockups of our customers’ devices to simulate and measure the interactions, providing valuable feedback for the device design enhancement. We provide valuable feedback on how to improve performance by helping customers make changes to accommodate the selection and placement of an antenna, or antennas, within the early design and prototype stages.

 

    Design services and prototyping . Working with customers in the early design phase, we provide input and help to ensure products perform well in the field. This starts with analyzing customer designs and devising prototype solutions that will meet the needs of customers. We do this iteratively with customers as required to create a custom solution. Our early stage design support centers on our proprietary AirMetric™ predictive antenna performance modeling solution which offers customers increased device performance and reduces product development time and costs. Using AirMetric™, we can identify the most promising antenna system through simulation and provide device manufacturers with design recommendations (e.g., box size and orientation, printed circuit board, or PCB, heat sink/shield locations and size, etc.) before devices are built.

 

   

Extensive Over-the-Air (OTA) testing . Our proprietary performance metrics, measurement methodologies, and automated test conditions enable accurate and repeatable characterization of the relative OTA performance of 802.11-based WLAN devices from routers, gateways, and set-top boxes, to TV sets. Our benchmark testing provides an accurate assessment of the performance characteristics for devices to enable manufacturers to make informed decisions in selecting the best antenna solution for their needs. We have developed a proprietary hardware and software solution using stop-motion turntables to measure effective throughput of competing antenna solutions. This technology enables the capture of thousands of data points at each location and ensures accurate and repeatable results. This throughput-focused testing provides repeatable comparisons of metrics that our customers value above

 



 

3


Table of Contents
 

antenna specific and passive measurements alone. Our OTA test process utilizes industry standard measurement tools and our proprietary implementation of the IEEE 802.11.2 Draft Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of 802.11 based Wireless Performance.

 

    Product evolution and innovation . We employ engineers to continually develop better performing antennas for the benefit of customers. In addition, we innovate through the development of new designs and technologies that can be used for future customer needs. Over 50% of our employees are dedicated to engineering and design, with seven Ph.D.s on staff.

Our Opportunity

Our opportunity is driven by the confluence of trends regarding how people access and use digital content within their homes, businesses, and personal lives on-the-go. Within our core in-home market, the list of antenna applications is constantly evolving, from access points and wireless extenders, to routers, residential gateways, set-top boxes, media adapters, smart TVs, smart remotes, printers, gaming consoles, wireless speakers, wireless cameras and home security and automation systems and nodes.

 

    Growth of wireless devices. Over the past decade, wireless technologies such as cellular and Wi-Fi have emerged as mainstream networking platforms to connect people and data via devices. According to the Cisco Report there were approximately 7.9 billion mobile connected devices in 2015—1.1 for every person on earth. By 2021, there are expected to be approximately 11.6 billion mobile-connected devices, including Machine-to-Machine, or M2M, devices, representing nearly 1.5 mobile devices per person on Earth.

 

    Emerging whole-home video market. The demand for smart phone, tablet, laptop and notebook connectivity in the home and enterprise is robust. Whereas families often shared a single computer and internet connection in the 1990’s, ubiquitous wireless connectivity throughout the home is available today via carrier gateways that enable Internet access and media distribution to multiple smart phones, fixed and mobile computing devices and smart TVs that share the same broadband data connections. Wireless access enables mobility and the potential sale of additional services by telecom, cable, and satellite broadcast companies and does not require the time and cost for cabling. Additionally, the demand for OTA audio and video services from the Internet is expanding as households enjoy free or paid content subscriptions to sites such as Netflix, Apple TV, Amazon Prime, Pandora, YouTube, and many others on a 24/7 basis. Our business opportunity is driven by the rapidly expanding market for embedded antenna solutions for in-home wireless data and video connectivity products. Wi-Fi has emerged as the key wireless technology for delivering media services in the connected home of smart devices. According to the Cisco Report, globally, in 2015, a smart device generated 14 times more traffic than a non-smart device, and by 2020 a smart device is estimated to generate nearly 23 times more traffic. Furthermore, the Cisco Report also anticipates that smart device traffic will grow at a CAGR of 53% from 2015 to 2020.

 

    Increasing demand for mobile broadband . The demand for bandwidth has grown rapidly with the proliferation of sophisticated Wi-Fi-enabled devices. With ever increasing smartphone penetration rates and a host of new devices such as tablets, netbooks, mobile internet devices, and increasingly more capable smartphones, the need for mobile broadband is at an all-time high and we believe is set to continue in demand and popularity. Overall mobile data traffic is expected to grow to 30.6 exabytes per month by 2020, an eightfold increase over 2015. Mobile data traffic is expected to grow at a CAGR of 53% from 2015 to 2020. According to the Cisco Report, 51% of total mobile data traffic in 2015 was offloaded onto the fixed network through Wi-Fi or femtocell in 2015. Globally, the total number of public Wi-Fi hotspots (including in-home Wi-Fi hotspots) is forecasted to grow sevenfold from 2015 to 2020, from 64.2 million in 2015 to 432.5 million by 2020. Total in-home Wi-Fi hotspots are forecasted to grow from 56.6 million in 2015 to 423.2 million by 2020. These trends are positive indicators for growth in Airgain’s core Wi-Fi, and femtocell markets.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

Set forth below are selected preliminary, unaudited financial results for the six months ended June 30, 2016. These financial results are unaudited and should be considered preliminary and subject to change. These estimates have been prepared by and are the responsibility of management. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not audited or reviewed our preliminary financial data, and does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect to the preliminary financial data. The below summary of financial data is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results for the six months ended June 30, 2016 or 2015 and our actual results may differ materially from these 2016 estimates due to the completion of our financial closing procedures, final adjustments and other developments that may arise between now and the time the financial results are finalized.

The following are the selected preliminary, unaudited financial results for the six months ended June 30, 2016, as well as a comparison to our unaudited financial results for the six months ended June 30, 2015:

We expect to report total sales of approximately $18.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to total sales of $11.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

We expect to report gross profit as a percentage of sales of approximately 44.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to 42.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

We expect to report total operating expenses of approximately $7.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to total operating expenses of $5.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

We expect to report that we had approximately $1.4 million of net income for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to a net loss of $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

We expect to report that we had approximately $5.3 million of cash and cash equivalents at June 30, 2016, compared to $3.9 million at June 30, 2015.

We estimate that our Adjusted EBITDA (as defined herein) will be approximately $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

The following table reflects the reconciliation of GAAP net income (loss) to non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Six Months Ended  
     June 30, 2015      June 30, 2016  

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA

     

Net income (loss)

   $ (200,000    $ 1,400,000   

Stock-based compensation expense

     300,000         100,000   

Depreciation and amortization

     200,000         400,000   

Interest and other expense (income)

     (200,000      (300,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 100,000       $ 1,600,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Results” for a reconciliation of GAAP net income (loss) to non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, and more information on our use and the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of our financial performance.

These preliminary results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved in any future period. Additional information and disclosures would be required for a more complete understanding of our financial position and results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Business

Our ability to implement our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

    The market for our antenna products is developing and may not develop as we expect;

 

    Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance;

 

    Our products are subject to intense competition, including competition from the customers to whom we sell, and competitive pressures from existing and new companies may harm our business, sales, growth rates and market share;

 

    Our future success depends on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new and enhanced products for the wireless market that meet the needs of our customers;

 

    Our business is characterized by short product development windows and short product lifecycles;

 

    Any delays in our sales cycles could result in customers canceling purchases of our products;

 

    We have a history of losses, including an accumulated deficit of $46.8 million at March 31, 2016, and we may not be profitable in the future;

 

    We sell to customers who are extremely price conscious, and a few customers represent a significant portion of our sales. If we lose any of these customers, our sales could decrease significantly;

 

    We rely on a few contract manufacturers to produce and ship all of our products, a single or limited number of suppliers for some components of our products and channel partners to sell and support our products, and the failure to manage our relationships with these parties successfully could adversely affect our ability to market and sell our products;

 

    If we cannot protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could incur significant expenses to enforce our rights; and

 

    Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that apply to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and shareholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.

Under the JOBS Act, we will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

 

    the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more;

 

    the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering;

 

    the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; and

 



 

6


Table of Contents
    the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act (we will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months; the value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter).

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information we provide to our stockholders may differ from information you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

We have elected to use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B).

Corporate Information

We were originally organized in 1995 as a California corporation under the name AM Group. We were restructured in 2004 to focus exclusively on smart and embedded antenna technology, and we changed our name to Airgain, Inc. In connection with this offering, we plan to reincorporate in Delaware prior to the closing of this offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 3611 Valley Centre Drive, Suite 150, San Diego, CA 92130, and our telephone number is (760) 579-0200. Our website address is www.airgain.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock we are offering

1,500,000 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

7,237,615 shares

 

Over-allotment option

The underwriters have an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 225,000 additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $11.9 million, or approximately $13.9 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from us in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $9.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including sales and marketing activities, product development, and capital expenditures. See “Use of Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and the other information in this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed NASDAQ symbol

“AIRG”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 5,737,615 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,080,733 shares of our common stock prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the issuance of 1,863,897 shares of common stock in satisfaction of accumulated dividends as of March 31, 2016 and (3) the issuance of 127,143 shares of common stock to the holders of outstanding warrants, or the 2011 Warrants, as a result of the net exercise of the 2011 Warrants in May 2016, and excludes:

 

    754,192 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2016, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.10 per share, and 339,315 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued after March 31, 2016, at an exercise price of $1.90 per share;

 

    81,398 shares of our common stock issuable to the holders of our Series A, D, E, F and G preferred stock in connection with this offering in satisfaction of dividends accruing from April 1, 2016 to the conversion in connection with the closing of this offering, assuming the closing occurs on August 16, 2016;

 

   

824,523 unallocated shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 321,313 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2016 and an additional 103,210 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan after March 31, 2016, which

 



 

8


Table of Contents
 

shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan, 300,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and 100,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and such additional shares that become available under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan and 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Incentive Award Plans”; and

 

    45,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued to Northland Capital Markets in connection with this offering, at an exercise price per share equal to 150% of the public offering price per share.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes the following:

 

    our reincorporation in Delaware prior to the closing of this offering;

 

    the filing of our Delaware certificate of incorporation and adoption of our amended and restated bylaws prior to the closing of this offering;

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,080,733 shares of our common stock prior to the closing of this offering;

 

    a one-for-ten reverse stock split of our common stock effected on July 28, 2016;

 

    the issuance of 1,863,897 shares of common stock to the holders of our Series A, D, E, F and G preferred stock in connection with this offering in satisfaction of accumulated dividends as of March 31, 2016;

 

    the issuance of 127,143 shares of common stock to the holders of the 2011 Warrants, as a result of the net exercise of the 2011 Warrants in May 2016;

 

    no exercise of the outstanding options described above; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements. In the opinion of the management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of results as of and for these periods. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the sections in this prospectus entitled “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results for any prior period are not indicative of our future results, and our results for the three months ended March 31, 2016 may not be indicative of our results for the year ending December 31, 2016.

 

     Year Ended        Three Months Ended   
     December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2015
    March 31,
2015
    March 31,
2016
 
                 (unaudited)  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Sales

   $ 25,509,572      $ 27,793,073      $ 5,732,733      $ 8,512,305   

Cost of goods sold

     14,132,357        16,148,163        3,250,038        4,834,681   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     11,377,215        11,644,910        2,482,695        3,677,624   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     3,311,337        4,257,400        966,097        1,321,686   

Sales and marketing

     3,516,095        4,035,591        962,601        1,241,104   

General and administrative

     2,972,257        3,453,288        836,611        998,040   

IPO cost

     726,926        229,332        —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     10,526,615        11,975,611        2,765,309        3,560,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     850,600        (330,701     (282,614     116,794   

Interest and other income

     (2,743,871     (60,981     (233,625     (26,359
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     3,594,471        (269,720     (48,989     143,153   

Provision for income taxes

     6,171        622        8,511        4,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,588,300      $ (270,342   $ (57,500   $ 139,153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(1)

        

Basic

   $ 2.08      $ (4.17   $ (1.05   $ (0.70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (2.86   $ (4.30   $ (1.44   $ (0.82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(1)

        

Basic

     555,805        651,593        625,282        665,842   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     555,805        651,593        625,282        665,842   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(1)

        

Basic

     $ (0.03     $ 0.04   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

     $ (0.03     $ 0.04   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(1)

        

Basic

       5,559,287          5,633,904   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       5,559,287          5,633,904   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 



 

10


Table of Contents

 

(1) See Note 1 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of March 31, 2016  
Balance Sheet Data:    Actual      Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)(2)
 
     (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,037,358      $ 4,037,358      $ 15,929,858   

Working capital

     1,682,406         1,682,406         13,574,906   

Total assets

     13,584,819         13,584,819         25,477,319   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     630,670         —          —    

Long-term notes payable

     2,333,333         2,333,333         2,333,333   

Preferred redeemable convertible stock

     43,640,110         —          —    

Preferred convertible stock

     5,968,549         —          —    

Additional paid-in capital

     —          —          —    

Accumulated deficit

     (46,840,905      (46,840,905      (46,840,905

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (39,777,981      4,492,799         16,385,299   

 

(1) Gives effect to (a) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,080,733 shares of our common stock prior to the closing of this offering, (b) the issuance of 1,863,897 shares of our common stock to the holders of Series A, D, E, F and G preferred stock in connection with this offering in satisfaction of accumulated dividends as of March 31, 2016, and (c) the issuance of 127,143 shares of common stock to the holders of the 2011 Warrants as a result of the net exercise of the 2011 Warrants in May 2016.
(2) Gives further effect to our issuance and sale of 1,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $9.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $1.4 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 200,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $1.8 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, operating results, and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The market for our antenna products is developing and may not develop as we expect.

The market for our antenna products, and specifically the Wi-Fi market, is developing and may not develop as we expect. We believe our future success will depend in large part on the growth in the market for Wi-Fi devices that provide in-home wireless data connectivity for internet and video distribution. It is difficult to predict customer adoption and renewal rates, customer demand for our antennas, the size and growth rate of this market, the entry of competitive products, or the success of existing competitive products. Any expansion in our market depends on several factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with our antennas. If our antenna products do not achieve widespread adoption or there is a reduction in demand for antennas in our market caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending, weakening economic conditions, or otherwise, it could result in reduced customer orders, early order cancellations, or decreased sales, any of which would adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. The timing and size of sales of our products are variable and difficult to predict and can result in fluctuations in our net sales from period to period. In addition, our budgeted expense levels depend in part on our expectations of future sales. Because any substantial adjustment to expenses to account for lower levels of sales is difficult and takes time, we may not be able to reduce our costs sufficiently to compensate for an unexpected shortfall in net sales, and even a small shortfall in net sales could disproportionately and adversely affect our operating margin and operating results for a given quarter.

Our operating results may also fluctuate due to a variety of other factors, many of which are outside of our control, including the changing and volatile U.S., European, Asian and global economic environments, and any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate. Besides the other risks in this “Risk Factors” section, factors that may affect our operating results include:

 

    fluctuations in demand for our products and services;

 

    the inherent complexity, length and associated unpredictability of product development windows and product lifecycles;

 

    changes in customers’ budgets for technology purchases and delays in their purchasing cycles;

 

    changing market conditions;

 

    any significant changes in the competitive dynamics of our markets, including new entrants, or further consolidation;

 

    the timing of product releases or upgrades by us or by our competitors; and

 

12


Table of Contents
    our ability to develop, introduce and ship in a timely manner new products and product enhancements and anticipate future market demands that meet our customers’ requirements.

The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of future performance.

Our products are subject to intense competition, including competition from the customers to whom we sell.

Antenna solutions is an established technical field with low intellectual property and technological barriers to entry. Antenna competition exists globally for all areas of our business and product lines. The markets in which we compete are intensely competitive, and we expect competition to increase in the future from established competitors and new market entrants. The markets are influenced by, among others, brand awareness and reputation, price, strength and scale of sales and marketing efforts, professional services and customer support, product features, reliability and performance, scalability of products, and breadth of product offerings. Due to the proprietary nature of our products, competition occurs primarily at the design stage. As a result, a design win by our competitors or by us typically limits further competition regarding that design. This competition could result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses and failure to increase, or the loss of, market share, any of which would likely seriously harm our business, operating results or financial condition. From a cost and control perspective, our products generally cost more than our competitors’ products and add a degree of complexity to an OEM and ODM product planning and manufacturing process. If our ability to design antenna solutions is deemed to be on par or of lesser value than competing solutions, we could lose our customers and prospects.

New entrants and the introduction of other distribution models in our markets may harm our competitive position.

The markets for development, distribution, and sale of our products are rapidly evolving. New entrants seeking to gain market share by introducing new technology and new products may make it more difficult for us to sell our products, and could create increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses, or the loss of market share or expected market share, any of which may significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Historically, large, integrated telecommunications equipment suppliers controlled access to the wireless broadband infrastructure equipment and network management software that could be used to extend the geographic reach of wireless internet networks. However, in recent years, network operators and service providers have been able to purchase wireless broadband infrastructure equipment and purchase and implement network management applications from distributors, resellers, and OEMs and ODMs. Increased competition from providers of wireless broadband equipment may result in fewer vendors providing complementary equipment, which could harm our business and sales. Broadband equipment providers or system integrators may also offer wireless broadband infrastructure equipment for free or as part of a bundled offering, which could force us to reduce our prices or change our selling model to remain competitive. If there is a major shift in the market such that network operators and service providers begin to use closed network solutions that only operate with other equipment from the same vendor, we could experience a significant decline in sales because our products would not be interoperable with these proprietary standards.

Our future success depends on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new and enhanced products for the wireless market that meet the needs of our customers.

Our sales depend on our ability to anticipate our existing and prospective customers’ needs and develop products that address those needs. Our future success will depend on our ability to introduce new products for the wireless market, anticipate improvements and enhancements in wireless technology and wireless standards, and

 

13


Table of Contents

to develop products that are competitive in the rapidly changing wireless industry. Introduction of new products and product enhancements will require coordination of our efforts with those of our customers, suppliers, and manufacturers to rapidly achieve volume production. If we fail to coordinate these efforts, develop product enhancements or introduce new products that meet the needs of our customers as scheduled, our operating results will be materially and adversely affected and our business and prospects will be harmed. We cannot assure that product introductions will meet the anticipated release schedules or that our wireless products will be competitive in the market. Furthermore, given the emerging nature of the wireless market, there can be no assurance our products and technology will not be rendered obsolete by alternative or competing technologies.

Our business is characterized by short product development windows and short product lifecycles.

Our solutions are purchased and integrated by customers in the electronics industry. In many cases, the products that include our solutions are subject to short product development windows and short product lifecycles. In the case of the short product development window, we may be pressured to provide solutions that are the lowest in cost to be accepted. Customer pressure could force us to reduce our price to win designs with short development windows. Regarding short product lifecycles, we might provide up-front design and engineering work, but ultimately lose the design to a competitor, or even if we win the design, such design could be extremely short-lived due to our customers’ inability to sell the product in significant volume. Our up-front costs associated with a design can be significant, and if the sales volumes are inadequate due to lack of acceptance and/or short lifecycle, our financial performance will be impaired.

Any delays in our sales cycles could result in customers canceling purchases of our products.

Sales cycles for some of our products can be lengthy, often lasting several months to a year or longer. In addition, it can take additional time before a customer commences volume production of equipment that incorporates our products. Sales cycles can be lengthy for several reasons, including:

 

    our OEM customers and carriers usually complete a lengthy technical evaluation of our products, over which we have no control, before placing a purchase order;

 

    the commercial introduction of our products by OEM customers and carriers is typically limited during the initial release to evaluate product performance; and

 

    the development and commercial introduction of products incorporating new technologies frequently are delayed.

A significant portion of our operating expense is relatively fixed and is based in large part on our forecasts of volume and timing of orders. The lengthy sales cycles make forecasting the volume and timing of product orders difficult. In addition, the delays inherent in lengthy sales cycles raise additional risks of customer decisions to cancel or change product phases. If customer cancellations or product changes were to occur, this could result in the loss of anticipated sales without sufficient time for us to reduce our operating expenses. In addition, although we currently do not maintain significant inventories, we may in the future establish significant inventory levels to meet forecasted future demand. If the forecasted demand does not materialize into purchase orders for these products, we may be required to write off our inventory balances or reduce the value of our inventory, based on a reduced sales price. A write off of the inventory, or a reduction in the inventory value due to a sales price reduction, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

We have a history of losses, and we may not be profitable in the future.

Before 2013, we had incurred net losses in each year since our inception. As a result, we had an accumulated deficit of $46.8 million at March 31, 2016. Because the market for our antenna products is rapidly evolving, it is difficult for us to predict our operating results. We expect our operating expenses to increase over the next several years as we hire additional personnel, particularly in engineering, sales, and marketing, and

 

14


Table of Contents

continue to develop new antenna products to address new and evolving markets. In addition, as we grow and as we become a newly public company, we will incur additional significant legal, accounting, and other expenses we did not incur as a private company. If our sales do not increase to offset these increases in our operating expenses, we may not be profitable in future periods. Our historical sales growth has been inconsistent and should not be considered indicative of our future performance. Any failure to sustain or increase our profitability consistently could cause the value of our common stock to materially decline.

A limited number of customers and devices represent a significant portion of our sales. If we were to lose any of these customers or devices, our sales could decrease significantly.

In 2015, our top three customers accounted for approximately 28%, 15% and 12% of sales, respectively and, in the three months ended March 31, 2016, our top three customers accounted for approximately 34%, 15% and 7% of sales, respectively. Although our top customers that pay for our products are often ODMs and distributors, it is primarily the OEMs, carrier customers and retail-focused end-customers that drive the use of our antenna solutions and the purchase by the ODMs and distributors of our antenna solutions. In addition, a few end customer devices which incorporate our antenna products comprise a significant amount of our sales, and the discontinuation or modification of such devices may materially and adversely affect our sales and results of operations. For example, in August 2014, a product which accounted for $3.2 million of our sales in the six months ended June 30, 2014 reached the end of its lifecycle and was discontinued. Any significant loss of, or a significant reduction in purchases by, these other significant customers or customers that drive the use of our antenna solutions or a modification or discontinuation of a device which constitutes a significant portion of sales could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

We sell to customers who are extremely price conscious.

Our customers compete in segments of the electronics market. The electronics market is characterized by intense competition as companies strive to come to market with innovative designs that attract customers based upon design, performance, cost, ease of use, and convenience. Product lifecycles can be extremely short as companies try to gain advantage over their competitors. Because of the high design and engineering costs, companies that are customers or prospects for antenna solutions are extremely cost conscious. As a result, our customers and prospects demand price cuts in established products, and negotiate aggressively for lower pricing on new products. Because of the intense competition in the antenna solution market, we encounter situations that lead to difficult price negotiations potentially resulting in lower margins than forecast.

We rely on a limited number of contract manufacturers to produce and ship all of our products, and the failure to manage our relationships with these parties successfully could adversely affect our ability to market and sell our products.

We rely on two contract manufacturers, which are both located in China, to manufacture, control quality of, and ship our products. We do not have long-term contracts with these manufacturers that commit them to manufacture products for us. Any significant change in our relationship with these manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. We make substantially all of our purchases from our contract manufacturers on a purchase order basis. Our contract manufacturers are not required to manufacture our products for any specific period or in any specific quantity. We expect that it would take approximately six to nine months to transition manufacturing, quality assurance, and shipping services to new providers. Relying on contract manufacturers for manufacturing, quality assurance, and shipping also presents significant risks to us, including the inability of our contract manufacturers to:

 

    qualify appropriate component suppliers;

 

    manage capacity during periods of high demand;

 

    meet delivery schedules;

 

15


Table of Contents
    assure the quality of our products;

 

    ensure adequate supplies of materials;

 

    protect our intellectual property; and

 

    deliver finished products at agreed-upon prices.

We may experience delays in obtaining product from manufacturers and may not be a high priority for our manufacturers.

The ability and willingness of our contract manufacturers to perform is largely outside of our control. We believe that our orders may not represent a material portion of our contract manufacturers’ total orders and, as a result, fulfilling our orders may not be a priority if our contract manufacturers are constrained in their abilities or resources to fulfill all of their customer obligations in a timely manner. If any of our contract manufacturers suffers an interruption in its business, experiences delays, disruptions, or quality control problems in its manufacturing operations or we have to change or add additional contract manufacturers, our ability to ship products to our customers would be delayed and our sales could become volatile and our cost of sales may increase.

Our contract manufacturers purchase some components, subassemblies and products from a single or limited number of suppliers. The loss of any of these suppliers may substantially disrupt our ability to obtain orders and fulfill sales as we design in and qualify new components.

We rely on third-party components and technology to build and operate our products, and we rely on our contract manufacturers to obtain the components, subassemblies, and products necessary for the manufacture of our products. Shortages in components we use in our products are possible, and our ability to predict the availability of such components is limited. If shortages occur in the future, as they have in the past, our business, operating results and financial condition would be materially adversely affected. Unpredictable price increases of such components due to market demand may occur. While components and supplies are generally available from a variety of sources, we and our contract manufacturers depend on a single or limited number of suppliers for several components for our products. If our suppliers of these components or technology were to enter into exclusive relationships with other providers of wireless networking equipment or were to discontinue providing such components and technology to us and we were unable to replace them cost effectively, or at all, our ability to provide our products would be impaired. Additionally, poor quality in any of the single or limited sourced components in our products could result in lost sales or lost sales opportunities. We and our contract manufacturers generally rely on purchase orders rather than long-term contracts with these suppliers. As a result, even if available, we and our contract manufacturers may not be able to secure sufficient components at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build our products in a timely manner. Therefore, we may be unable to meet customer demand for our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

We rely significantly on channel partners to sell and support our products, and the failure of this channel to be effective could materially reduce our sales.

Our indirect channel partners, which include outside sales representatives, accounted for 19% of our sales in 2015. We believe that establishing and maintaining successful relationships with these channel partners is, and will continue to be, important to our financial success. Recruiting and retaining qualified channel partners and training them in our technology and product offerings require significant time and resources. To develop and expand our channel, we must continue to scale and improve our processes and procedures that support our channel partners, including investment in systems and training.

Existing and future channel partners will only work with us if we are able to provide them with competitive products on terms that are commercially reasonable to them. If we fail to maintain the quality of our products or

 

16


Table of Contents

to update and enhance them, existing and future channel partners may elect to work instead with one or more of our competitors. In addition, the terms of our arrangements with our channel partners must be commercially reasonable for both parties. If we are unable to reach agreements that are beneficial to both parties, then our channel partner relationships will not succeed.

We have no minimum purchase commitments with any of our channel partners, and our contracts with channel partners do not prohibit them from offering products or services that compete with ours, including products they currently offer or may develop in the future and incorporate into their own systems. Some of our competitors may have stronger relationships with our channel partners than we do and we have limited control, if any, as to whether those partners use our products, rather than our competitors’ products, or whether they devote resources to market and support our competitors’ products, rather than our offerings.

The reduction in or loss of sales by these channel partners could materially reduce our sales. If we fail to maintain relationships with our channel partners, fail to develop new relationships with other channel partners in new markets, fail to manage, train or incentivize existing channel partners effectively, fail to provide channel partners with competitive products on terms acceptable to them, or if these channel partners are not successful in their sales efforts, our sales may decrease and our operating results could suffer.

Defects in our products or poor design and engineering services could result in lost sales and subject us to substantial liability.

Our antenna solutions are a critical element in determining the operating performance of our customers’ products. If our antenna solutions perform poorly, whether due to design, engineering, placement or other reasons, we could lose sales. In certain cases, if our antenna solution is found to be the component that leads to failure or a failure to meet the performance specifications of our customer, we could be required to pay monetary damages to our customer. Real or perceived defects or errors in our antenna solutions could result in claims by channel partners and customers for losses they sustain. If channel partners or customers make these types of claims, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to expend additional resources to help correct the problem, including warranty and repair costs, process management costs and costs associated with remanufacturing our inventory. Liability provisions in our standard terms and conditions of sale may not be enforceable under some circumstances or may not fully or effectively protect us from claims and related liabilities and costs. In addition, regardless of the party at fault, errors of these kinds divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts, damage our reputation and the reputation of our products, cause significant customer relations problems and can result in product liability claims. We maintain insurance to protect against certain types of claims associated with the use of our products, but our insurance coverage may not adequately cover any such claims. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in expenditures of funds in connection with litigation and divert management’s time and other resources. We also may incur costs and expenses relating to a recall of one or more of our products. The process of identifying recalled products that have been widely distributed may be lengthy and require significant resources, and we may incur significant replacement costs, contract damage claims from our customers and significant harm to our reputation. The occurrence of these problems could result in the delay or loss of market acceptance of our products and could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

The loss of key personnel or an inability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel may impair our ability to expand our business.

Our success depends upon the continued service and performance of our senior management team and key technical, marketing and production personnel, including Charles Myers, who is our President and Chief Executive Officer. The replacement of any members of our senior management team or other key employees or consultants likely would involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our future success also depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract, integrate and retain highly skilled personnel. Competition for highly skilled personnel is frequently intense. Any difficulties in obtaining or retaining human resource competencies we need to achieve our business objectives may have an adverse effect on our performance.

We are subject to the risk that third-party consultants will not perform their tasks effectively and that we will be unsuccessful in operating our business as a result.

We rely on third parties, such as a sales consultants and engineering contractors, for a portion of the design and sales and marketing of our products. The engineering contractors typically work directly with our design team but are employed by our contract manufacturers in China. We rely on these third parties in addition to our own employees to perform the daily tasks necessary to operate our business in these areas and cannot ensure that third-party consultants will be able to complete their work for us in a timely manner. Accordingly, our reliance on third parties exposes us to the risk that our business will be unsuccessful if they do not design and sell our product as expected.

Our acquisitions expose us to risks that could adversely affect our business and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition, and cash flows.

As part of our strategy to develop and identify new products, services and technologies, we have made, and may continue to make, acquisitions of select assets and businesses. For example, we acquired certain North American assets from Skycross, Inc. in December 2015. When pursuing acquisitions, we may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. Any acquisitions we complete, may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and could be viewed negatively by our end-customers, investors and financial analysts. Acquisitions involve many risks. An acquisition may negatively affect our operating results, financial condition or cash flows because it may require us to incur charges or assume substantial debt or other liabilities, may cause adverse tax consequences or unfavorable accounting treatment, may expose us to claims and disputes by third parties, including intellectual property claims and disputes, or may not generate sufficient financial return to offset additional costs and expenses related to the acquisition.

Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and damage our reputation.

We may become party to litigation claims and legal proceedings. Litigation involves significant risks, uncertainties and costs, including distraction of management attention away from our current business operations. We evaluate litigation claims and legal proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. We caution you that actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from those envisioned by our current estimates. Our policies and procedures require strict compliance by our employees and agents with all United States and local laws and regulations applicable to our business operations, including those prohibiting improper payments to government officials. Nonetheless, there can be no assurance that our policies and procedures will always ensure full compliance by our employees and agents with all applicable legal requirements. Improper conduct by our employees or agents could damage our reputation in the United States and internationally or lead to litigation or legal proceedings that could result in civil or criminal penalties, including substantial monetary fines, as well as disgorgement of profits.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Because we have a history of losses before 2013, we have paid non-substantial amounts of federal and state taxes. Current federal and state tax laws include substantial restrictions on the annual utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the event of an ownership change. For example, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a cumulative change in equity ownership by “5-percent shareholders” of greater than 50 percentage

 

18


Table of Contents

points (by value) over a three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-ownership change net operating loss carryforwards and certain other pre-ownership change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-ownership change income and taxes, as applicable, may be limited for federal income tax purposes. In May 2014, we completed our analysis to determine whether prior ownership changes have resulted in limitations on our ability to utilize these net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. We determined that as of December 31, 2015, we had $21.8 million in available unlimited federal net operating loss carryforwards which will begin to expire in 2022, and $18.2 million of unlimited California net loss carryforwards which began expiring in 2015. In addition, we had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million at December 31, 2015, which if unutilized will expire between 2026 and 2034. We also had state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.6 million at December 31, 2015, which may be available to reduce future state taxes, if any, over an indefinite period. The net loss carryforwards and these tax credits are subject to examination by state and federal taxing authorities and may need to be revised as a result of any exam. As of December 31, 2015, there were $1.4 million in total unrecognized tax benefits. If recognized, none of these unrecognized tax benefits would result in a tax benefit since they would be fully offset with a valuation allowance. If tax rules and regulations change, and we are not able to apply these carryforwards, we may be forced to pay taxes at a rate and time prior to what is anticipated today.

Our election to not opt out of the extended accounting transition period under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, may make our financial statements difficult to compare to other companies.

Under the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we can elect to opt out of the extended transition period for any new or revised accounting standards that may be issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period. This means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, are permitted to use any extended transition period for adoption that is provided in the new or revised accounting standard having different application dates for public and private companies. This may make the comparison of our financial statements with any other public company, which is not either an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible as possible different or revised standards may be used.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected. In addition, because of our status as an emerging growth company, you will not be able to depend on any attestation from our independent registered public accounting firm as to our internal control over financial reporting for the foreseeable future.

When we become a reporting company, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and controls over financial reporting. In particular, as a public company, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. Accordingly, you will not be able to depend on any attestation concerning our internal control over financial reporting from our independent registered public accounting firm for the foreseeable future.

 

19


Table of Contents

Compliance with environmental matters and worker health and safety laws could be costly, and noncompliance with these laws could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, expenses and financial condition.

Some of our operations use substances regulated under various federal, state, local and international laws governing the environment and worker health and safety, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the ground, air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, and the cleanup of contaminated sites. Some of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing chemical substances in electronic products. We could be subject to increased costs, fines, civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims if we violate or become liable under environmental and/or worker health and safety laws.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, floods and other natural catastrophic events.

Our corporate headquarters are located in Southern California, and our two contract manufacturers are located in eastern Asia, both regions known for seismic activity. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, a fire or a flood, occurring near our headquarters, or near the facilities of our contract manufacturers, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.

The terms of our amended and restated loan and security agreement place restrictions on our operating and financial flexibility. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, the terms of any new debt could further restrict our ability to operate our business.

We have a $3.0 million revolving credit facility, a $750,000 growth capital term loan and an additional $4.0 million term loan under our amended and restated loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank. These loans are secured by a lien covering substantially all of our properties, rights and assets, excluding intellectual property. As of March 31, 2016, the revolving credit facility was undrawn, and the outstanding principal balance of the growth capital term loan and the additional term loan was $3.9 million. The loan and security agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default applicable to us and any subsidiaries, if any. The affirmative covenants include, among others, covenants requiring us (and us to cause our subsidiaries) to maintain our legal existence and governmental approvals, deliver certain financial reports, maintain insurance coverage, keep inventory, if any, in good and marketable condition and protect material intellectual property. The negative covenants include, among others, restrictions on us and our subsidiaries transferring collateral, incurring additional indebtedness, engaging in mergers or acquisitions, paying dividends or making other distributions, making investments, creating liens, selling assets and making any payment on subordinated debt, in each case subject to certain exceptions. If we default under the facility, the lender may accelerate all of our repayment obligations and take control of our pledged assets, potentially requiring us to renegotiate our agreement on terms less favorable to us or to immediately cease operations. Further, if we are liquidated, the lender’s right to repayment would be senior to the rights of the holders of our common stock to receive any proceeds from the liquidation. The lender could declare a default upon the occurrence of any event that it interprets as a material adverse effect as defined under the credit facility, thereby requiring us to repay the loan immediately or to attempt to reverse the declaration of default through negotiation or litigation. Any declaration by the lender of an event of default could significantly harm our business and prospects and could cause the price of our common stock to decline. If we raise any additional debt financing, the terms of such additional debt could further restrict our operating and financial flexibility.

If we are unable to manage our growth and expand our operations successfully, our business and operating results will be harmed and our reputation may be damaged.

We have expanded our operations significantly since inception and anticipate that further significant expansion will be required to achieve our business objectives. The growth and expansion of our business and product offerings places a continuous and significant strain on our management, operational and financial

 

20


Table of Contents

resources. Any such future growth would also add complexity to and require effective coordination throughout our organization. To date, we have used the services of third-parties to perform tasks including design and sales and marketing. Our growth strategy may entail expanding our group of contractors or consultants to implement these tasks going forward. Because we rely on consultants, effectively outsourcing key functions of our business, we will need to be able to manage these consultants to ensure that they successfully carry out their contractual obligations and meet expected deadlines. However, if we are unable to effectively manage our outsourced activities or if the quality of the services provided by consultants is compromised for any reason, our ability to provide quality products in a timely manner could be harmed, which may have a material adverse effect on our business operating results and financial condition.

To manage any future growth effectively, we must continue to improve and expand our information technology and financial infrastructure, our operating and administrative systems and controls, and our ability to manage headcount, capital and processes in an efficient manner. We may not be able to successfully implement improvements to these systems and processes in a timely or efficient manner, which could result in additional operating inefficiencies and could cause our costs to increase more than planned. If we do increase our operating expenses in anticipation of the growth of our business and this growth does not meet our expectations, our operating results may be negatively impacted. If we are unable to manage future expansion, our ability to provide high quality products and services could be harmed, which could damage our reputation and brand and may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our business, operating results and growth rates may be adversely affected by current or future unfavorable economic and market conditions.

Our business depends on the economic health and general willingness of our current and prospective end-customers to make those capital commitments necessary to purchase our products. If the conditions in the U.S. and global economies remain uncertain or continue to be volatile, or if they deteriorate, our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. Economic weakness, end-customer financial difficulties, limited availability of credit and constrained capital spending have at times in the past resulted, and may in the future result, in challenging and delayed sales cycles, slower adoption of new technologies and increased price competition, and could negatively affect our ability to forecast future periods, which could result in an inability to satisfy demand for our products and a loss of market share.

In addition, if interest rates rise or foreign exchange rates weaken for our international customers, overall demand for our products and services could decline and related capital spending may be reduced. Furthermore, any increase in worldwide commodity prices may result in higher component prices for us and increased shipping costs, both of which may negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our business and prospects depend on the strength of our market efforts and our brand. Failure to maintain and enhance our brand would harm our ability to maintain and expand our base of customers.

Maintaining and enhancing our brand is important to maintaining and expanding our base of customers who purchase our products. This will depend largely on our ability to continue to provide high-quality solutions, and we may not be able to do so effectively. While we may engage in a broader marketing campaign to further promote our brand, this effort may not succeed. Our efforts in developing our brand may be affected by the marketing efforts of our competitors. If we are unable to cost-effectively maintain and increase awareness of our brand, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed. Our brand may be impaired by other factors, including product malfunctions. Any inability to effectively police our trademark rights against unauthorized uses by third parties could adversely impact the value of our trademarks and our brand recognition. If we fail to maintain and enhance our brand, or if we need to incur unanticipated expenses to establish our brand in new markets, our operating results would be negatively affected from reduced sales and increased marketing expenses.

 

21


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.

Our ability to compete effectively is dependent in part upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on patents, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and licensing arrangements to protect our intellectual property rights. There can be no assurance these protections will be available in all cases or will be adequate to prevent our competitors from copying, reverse engineering or otherwise obtaining and using our technology, proprietary rights or products. For example, the laws of certain countries in which our products are manufactured or licensed do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. In addition, third parties may seek to challenge, invalidate or circumvent our patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, or applications for any of the foregoing. There can be no assurance that our competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology or design around our proprietary rights. In each case, our ability to compete could be significantly impaired. To prevent substantial unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights, it may be necessary to prosecute actions for infringement and/or misappropriation of our proprietary rights against third parties. Any such action could result in significant costs and diversion of our resources and management’s attention, and there can be no assurance we will be successful in such action. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights than we do. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

Claims by others that we infringe their intellectual property rights could harm our business.

Our industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. Third parties may in the future assert claims of infringement of intellectual property rights against us or against our customers or channel partners for which we may be liable. As the number of products and competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur, infringement claims may increase.

Intellectual property claims against us, and any resulting lawsuits, may result in our incurring significant expenses and could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate what we currently believe are our proprietary rights. Our involvement in any patent dispute or other intellectual property dispute or action to protect trade secrets and know-how could have a material adverse effect on our business. Adverse determinations in any litigation could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, require us to seek licenses from third parties and prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products. Any of these situations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

These claims, regardless of their merits or outcome, would likely be time consuming and expensive to resolve and could divert management’s time and attention.

We are generally obligated to indemnify our channel partners and end-customers for certain expenses and liabilities resulting from intellectual property infringement claims regarding our products, which could force us to incur substantial costs.

We have agreed, and expect to continue to agree, to indemnify our channel partners and end-customers for certain intellectual property infringement claims regarding our products. As a result, in the case of infringement claims against these channel partners and end-customers, we could be required to indemnify them for losses resulting from such claims or to refund amounts they have paid to us. Our channel partners and other end-customers in the future may seek indemnification from us in connection with infringement claims brought

 

22


Table of Contents

against them. We will evaluate each such request on a case-by-case basis and we may not succeed in refuting all such claims. If a channel partner or end-customer elects to invest resources in enforcing a claim for indemnification against us, we could incur significant costs disputing it. If we do not succeed in disputing it, we could face substantial liability.

Risks Related to Our International Operations

Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

The substantial majority of our sales are to ODMs and distributors based in China. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 36% of the end-customers of our products, based on sales, are in North America and approximately 64% are outside of North America, and we are continuing to expand our international operations as part of our growth strategy. We have limited sales personnel and sales and support operations in the United States, Asia, and Europe. Our ability to convince customers to expand their use of our antenna products is directly correlated to our direct engagement with our end-customers and our channel partners. To the extent we are unable to engage with non-U.S. customers effectively with our limited sales force capacity, we may be unable to grow sales to existing customers.

Our international operations subject us to a variety of risks and challenges, including: increased management, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with having multiple international operations; reliance on channel partners; increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; compliance with foreign laws and regulations; compliance with U.S. laws and regulations for foreign operations; and reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties of enforcing rights abroad. Any of these risks could adversely affect our international operations, reduce our international sales or increase our operating costs, adversely affecting our business, operating results and financial condition and growth prospects.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

Our products are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. Exports of our products must be made in compliance with these laws and regulations. If we violate these laws and regulations, we and certain of our employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges, fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers, and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. In addition, if our channel partners, agents or consultants fail to obtain appropriate import, export or re-export licenses or authorizations, we may also be adversely affected through reputational harm and penalties. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Changes in our products or changes in applicable export or import laws and regulations may also create delays in the introduction and sale of our products in international markets, prevent our end-customers with international operations from deploying our products or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import laws and regulations, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing laws and regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such laws and regulations, could also result in decreased use of our products, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to existing or potential end-customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

23


Table of Contents

The results of the United Kingdom’s referendum on withdrawal from the European Union may have a negative effect on global economic conditions, financial markets and our business.

In June 2016, a majority of voters in the United Kingdom elected to withdraw from the European Union in a national referendum. The referendum was advisory, and the terms of any withdrawal are subject to a negotiation period that could last at least two years after the government of the United Kingdom formally initiates a withdrawal process. Nevertheless, the referendum has created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union, including with respect to the laws and regulations that will apply as the United Kingdom determines which European Union laws to replace or replicate in the event of a withdrawal. The referendum has also given rise to calls for the governments of other European Union member states to consider withdrawal. These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, have had and may continue to have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and may significantly reduce global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets. Any of these factors could depress economic activity and restrict our access to capital and negatively affect our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and affect our strategy in the European market.

New regulations or standards or changes in existing regulations or standards in the United States or internationally related to our end-customer’s products may result in unanticipated costs or liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and future sales, and could place additional burdens on the operations of our business.

Our end-customers’ products are subject to governmental regulations in many jurisdictions. To achieve and maintain market acceptance, our end-customers’ products must continue to comply with these regulations and many industry standards. In the United States, our end-customers’ products must comply with various regulations defined by the Federal Communications Commission, Underwriters Laboratories and others. Our end-customers must also comply with similar international regulations.

As these regulations and standards evolve, and if new regulations or standards are implemented, our end-customers may have to modify their products. The failure of their products to comply, or delays in compliance, with the existing and evolving industry regulations and standards could prevent or delay introduction of our antennas used in their products, which could harm our business. End-customer uncertainty regarding future policies may also affect demand for communications products, including our products. Moreover, channel partners or customers may require us, or we may otherwise deem it necessary or advisable, to alter our products to address actual or anticipated changes in the regulatory environment. Our inability to alter our products to address these requirements and any regulatory changes may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

We operate in several foreign countries. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Practices in the local business communities of many countries outside the United States have a level of government corruption that is greater than that found in the developed world. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws and we have established policies and procedures designed to monitor compliance with these anti-bribery law requirements; however, we cannot assure that our policies and procedures will protect us from potential reckless or criminal acts committed by individual employees or agents. If we are found to be liable for anti-bribery law violations, we could suffer from criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

24


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

The price of our common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially and may be higher or lower than the initial public offering price. This may be especially true for companies with a small public float. The trading price of our common stock following this offering will depend on several factors, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock since you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include :

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    volatility in the market prices and trading volumes of technology stocks;

 

    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

    sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

    failure of financial analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

    the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure to meet those projections;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of new products or new or terminated significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

    the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

 

    rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or fluctuations in our operating results;

 

    actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry or both or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

    developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

    announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

    new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

    any major change in our management;

 

    general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets; and

 

    other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors, as well as general economic,

 

25


Table of Contents

political and market conditions such as recessions or interest rate changes, may seriously affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market prices of particular companies’ securities, securities class action litigations have often been instituted against these companies. Litigation of this type, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources. Any adverse determination in any such litigation or any amounts paid to settle any such actual or threatened litigation could require that we make significant payments.

Our directors and principal stockholders own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control. After this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, 47% of our outstanding common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2016. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership might adversely affect the market price of our common stock by:

 

    delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the company;

 

    impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover, or other business combination involving us; or

 

    discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

If securities or industry analysts issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock or do not publish research or reports about our company, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. Currently, we do not have any analyst coverage and we may not obtain analyst coverage in the future. If we obtain analyst coverage, we would have no control over such analysts or the content and opinions in their reports. Securities analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our company after the closing of this offering, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. The price of our common stock could also decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our common stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more equity research analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

The market price of shares of our common stock could decline as a result of substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, a large number of shares of our common stock becoming available for sale or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares. After this offering, we will have outstanding 7,237,615 shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016. This includes the shares

 

26


Table of Contents

included in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates or existing stockholders. The remaining 5,737,615 shares are currently restricted as a result of lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold in the near future as set forth below.

Moreover, after this offering, the holders of 5,071,773 shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. Substantially all of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements restricting their sale for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in “Plan of Distribution.” Northland Capital Markets may, in its sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees, and current stockholders who are subject to the 180-day contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

Our management will have discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them in a way which increases the value of your investment.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds of the offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including sales and marketing activities, product development, and capital expenditures, and we may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. However, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of those proceeds. Our management may spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our operating results or enhance the value of our common stock, and you will not have the opportunity to influence management’s decisions on how to use the proceeds from this offering. Our failure to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $7.88 in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $9.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, new investors who purchase shares in this offering will contribute approximately 31% of the total amount of equity capital raised by us through the date of this offering, but will only own approximately 21% of the outstanding equity capital. The exercise of outstanding options and warrants will result in further dilution. In addition, if we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience further dilution. For a detailed description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Some of these provisions:

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock and up to 200,000,000 shares of authorized common stock;

 

27


Table of Contents
    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the President;

 

    establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

    establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered terms;

 

    provide that our directors may be removed only for cause; and

 

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum.

In addition, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us. Furthermore, our certificate of incorporation that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions involving actions brought against us by stockholders. We believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law by chancellors particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We have never paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank restricts our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock without the prior written consent of Silicon Valley Bank, and we may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the growth of our business. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

 

28


Table of Contents

If an active, liquid trading market for our common stock does not develop, you may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at or above the initial offering price.

There has not been a public market for our common stock. An active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained following this offering. Given the small size of our initial public offering, it may take some time for an active market to develop. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at or above the initial offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations with the representatives of the underwriters. This price may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade after this offering, and our common stock could trade below the initial public offering price.

Our inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms in the future may limit our ability to develop and commercialize new solutions and technologies and expand our operations.

If our available cash balances, net proceeds from this offering and anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, including because of lower demand for our products as a result of other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, we may seek to raise additional capital through equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations or licensing arrangements. We may also consider raising additional capital in the future to expand our business, pursue strategic investments, take advantage of financing opportunities, or other reasons.

Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to our stockholders could result. Any equity securities issued also may provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. The terms of debt securities issued or borrowings could impose significant restrictions on our operations. The incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance of certain equity securities could result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt or issue additional equity, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights, and other operating restrictions that could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. In addition, the issuance of additional equity securities by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may have to delay development or commercialization of our products or license to third parties the rights to commercialize products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products, or to grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to raise adequate funds, we may have to liquidate some or all of our assets, or delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate some or all of our development programs. We also may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our products or cease operations. Any of these actions could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, which includes, among other things:

 

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements;

 

29


Table of Contents
    exemption from the requirements of holding non-binding stockholder votes on executive compensation arrangements; and

 

    exemption from any rules requiring mandatory audit firm rotation and auditor discussion and analysis and, unless the SEC otherwise determines, any future audit rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

We could be an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary after our initial public offering, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more, (ii) the date on which we have, during the previous three year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the federal securities laws. We will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months. The value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to comply with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company.

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements, to comply with the rules and regulations imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives and our legal and accounting compliance costs will increase. It is likely that we will need to hire additional staff in the areas of investor relations, legal and accounting to operate as a public company. We also expect these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are evaluating and monitoring developments regarding these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

For example, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, as a public company, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As described above, as an emerging growth company, we will not need to comply with the auditor attestation provisions of Section 404 for several years. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and management time on compliance-related issues. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause our stock price to decline.

 

30


Table of Contents

When the available exemptions under the JOBS Act, as described above, cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

 

31


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future operating results, financial position and cash flows, our business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “predict,” “potential,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “intend” and “expect” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, operating results, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described under sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assume responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.

This prospectus contains estimates and statistical data that we obtained from industry publications and reports. These publications generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Although we believe the publications are reliable, we have not independently verified their data. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

32


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $11.9 million (or $13.9 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $9.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.50 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $1.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 200,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $1.8 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including sales and marketing activities, product development and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses. However, we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

The amounts and timing of our actual expenditure, including expenditure related to sales and marketing and product development will depend on numerous factors, including the status of our product development efforts, our sales and marketing activities, expansion internationally, the amount of cash generated or used by our operations, competitive pressures and other factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. We therefore cannot estimate the amount of net proceeds to be used for the purposes described above. As a result, we may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank restricts our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock, and we may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

33


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of March 31, 2016 on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,080,733 shares of our common stock prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the issuance of 1,863,897 shares of common stock to the holders of Series A, D, E, F and G preferred stock in connection with this offering in satisfaction of accumulated dividends as of March 31, 2016, (3) the issuance of 127,143 shares of common stock to the holders of 2011 Warrants as a result of the net exercise of the 2011 Warrants in May 2016, and (4) our reincorporation in Delaware and filing of our Delaware certificate of incorporation prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis to additionally reflect our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of 1,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $9.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing as well as our actual expenses. You should read this table together with “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2016  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)
 

Cash

   $ 4,037,358      $ 4,037,358      $ 15,929,858   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock warrant liability

     630,670        —          —     

Long-term notes payable

     2,333,333        2,333,333        2,333,333   

Preferred stock, no par value, 45,454,833 shares authorized, 29,515,876 shares issued and outstanding, actual, $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     49,608,659        —          —     

Common stock, no par value, 80,000,000 shares authorized, 665,842 shares issued and outstanding, actual; $0.0001 par value and 200,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 5,737,615 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 7,237,615 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1,094,375        51,333,704        63,226,204   

Additional paid-in capital

     —         —         —    

Accumulated deficit

     (46,840,905     (46,840,905     (46,840,905

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (39,777,981     4,492,799        16,385,299   

Total capitalization

   $ 3,862,129      $ 4,492,799      $ 16,385,299   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $1.4 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 200,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would

 

34


Table of Contents
  increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $1.8 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares in the table above excludes:

 

    754,192 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2016, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.10 per share, and 339,315 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued after March 31, 2016, at an exercise price of $1.90 per share;

 

    81,398 shares of our common stock issuable to the holders of our Series A, D, E, F and G preferred stock in connection with this offering in satisfaction of dividends accruing from April 1, 2016 to the conversion in connection with the closing of this offering, assuming the closing occurs on August 16, 2016;

 

    824,523 unallocated shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 321,313 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2016 and an additional 103,210 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan after March 31, 2016, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan, 300,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and 100,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and such additional shares that become available under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan and 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Incentive Award Plans”; and

 

    45,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued to Northland Capital Markets in connection with this offering, at an exercise price per share equal to 150% of the public offering price per share.

Preferred Stock Dividends

Each share of our Series A, D, E, F and G preferred stock is entitled to receive accrued dividends upon conversion of the preferred stock, which are payable, at the discretion of our board of directors, in cash or shares of our common stock calculated by dividing the aggregate accumulated accrued dividend amount by the original issue price and the applicable conversion price for such series of preferred stock. Our board of directors has determined to pay such accrued dividends in the form of shares of common stock. The aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A, D, E, F and G preferred stock that was outstanding as of March 31, 2016 is 1,863,897. An additional 81,398 shares of our common stock in the aggregate are issuable upon conversion to holders of our Series A, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock in satisfaction of dividends accrued from April 1, 2016 to the conversion in connection with the closing of this offering, assuming the closing occurs on August 16, 2016.

 

35


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will immediately be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of March 31, 2016, our historical net tangible book value was approximately $(50.4) million, or $(75.68) per share of our common stock. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016. As of March 31, 2016, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $(0.1) million, or $(0.03) per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,080,733 shares our common stock prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the issuance of 1,863,897 shares of common stock to the holders of Series A, D, E, F and G preferred stock in connection with this offering in satisfaction of accumulated dividends as of March 31, 2016 and (3) the issuance of 127,143 shares of common stock to the holders of 2011 Warrants as a result of the net exercise of the 2011 Warrants in May 2016.

After giving further effect to our sale of 1,500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $9.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2016 would have been approximately $11.7 million, or approximately $1.62 per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $1.65 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $(7.88) per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 9.50   

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2016

   $ (75.68  

Pro forma increase per share attributable to the pro forma transactions described in the preceding paragraphs

     75.65     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2016

     (0.03  

Pro forma increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     1.65     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

       1.62   
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

     $ 7.88   
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $0.20 per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $0.80 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 200,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $0.20 per share and decrease the dilution to new investors in this offering by approximately $0.20 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease of 200,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book

 

36


Table of Contents

value by $0.20 per share and increase the dilution to new investors in this offering by approximately $0.20 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $1.84 per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $1.87 per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $7.66 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $9.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of March 31, 2016, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $9.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

    

 

Shares Purchased

   

 

Total Consideration

    Average
Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     5,737,615         79   $ 31,083,026         69   $ 4.29   

New investors

     1,500,000         21        14,250,000         31        1.97   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     7,237,615         100   $ 45,333,026         100   $ 6.26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The foregoing table and discussion excludes:

 

    754,192 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2016, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.10 per share, and 339,315 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued after March 31, 2016, at an exercise price of $1.90 per share;

 

    81,398 shares of our common stock issuable to the holders of our Series A, D, E, F and G preferred stock in connection with this offering in satisfaction of dividends accruing from April 1, 2016 to the conversion in connection with the closing of this offering, assuming the closing occurs on August 16, 2016;

 

    824,523 unallocated shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 321,313 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2016 and an additional 103,210 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan after March 31, 2016, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan, 300,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and 100,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and such additional shares that become available under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan and 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Incentive Award Plans”; and

 

    45,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued to Northland Capital Markets in connection with this offering, at an exercise price per share equal to 150% of the public offering price per share.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately

 

37


Table of Contents

77% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 1,725,000, or approximately 23% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that any of the outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock are exercised, new investors may experience further dilution. In addition, we may issue additional shares of common stock, other equity securities or convertible debt securities in the future, which may cause further dilution to new investors in this offering.

 

38


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our selected financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements. In the opinion of the management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of results as of and for these periods. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section in this prospectus entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results for any prior period are not indicative of our future results, and our results for the three months ended March 31, 2016 may not be indicative of our results for the year ending December 31, 2016.

 

     Year Ended      Three Months Ended  
     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2015
     March 31,
2015
     March 31,
2016
 
                   (unaudited)  

Statement of Operations Data:

           

Sales

   $ 25,509,572       $ 27,793,073       $ 5,732,733       $ 8,512,305   

Cost of goods sold

     14,132,357         16,148,163         3,250,038         4,834,681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     11,377,215         11,644,910         2,482,695         3,677,624   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

     3,311,337         4,257,400         966,097         1,321,686   

Sales and marketing

     3,516,095         4,035,591         962,601         1,241,104   

General and administrative

     2,972,257         3,453,288         836,611         998,040   

IPO cost

     726,926         229,332         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     10,526,615         11,975,611         2,765,309         3,560,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     850,600         (330,701      (282,614      116,794   

Interest and other income

     (2,743,871      (60,981      (233,625      (26,359
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     3,594,471         (269,720      (48,989      143,153   

Provision for income taxes

     6,171         622         8,511         4,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,588,300       $ (270,342    $ (57,500    $ 139,153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share(1):

           

Basic

   $ 2.08       $ (4.17    $ (1.05    $ (0.70
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (2.86    $ (4.30    $ (1.44    $ (0.82
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in calculating income (loss) per share(1)

           

Basic

     555,805         651,593         625,282         665,842   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

     555,805         651,593         625,282         665,842   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)(1)

           

Basic

      $ (0.03       $ 0.04   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Diluted

      $ (0.03       $ 0.04   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares used in calculating income (loss) per share(1):

           

Basic

        5,559,287            5,633,904   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Diluted

        5,559,287            5,633,904   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 1 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

39


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,      As of March 31,  
     2014      2015      2016  
                   (unaudited)  

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,590,745       $ 5,335,913       $ 4,037,358   

Working capital

     3,412,690         1,802,826         1,682,406   

Total assets

     8,733,058         15,260,414         13,584,819   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     809,974         709,504         630,670   

Long-term notes payable

     346,873         2,721,865         2,333,333   

Preferred redeemable convertible stock

     40,724,356         43,106,906         43,640,110   

Preferred convertible stock

     5,968,549         5,968,549         5,968,549   

Additional paid-in capital

     —          —          —    

Accumulated deficit

     (44,389,408      (46,475,746      (46,840,905

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (37,670,138      (39,412,822      (39,777,981

 

40


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and operating results together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon current beliefs, plans and expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” or in other parts of this prospectus. The last day of our fiscal year is December 31. Our fiscal quarters end on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, and our current fiscal year will end on December 31, 2016.

Overview

Airgain is a leading provider of embedded antenna technologies used to enable high performance wireless networking across a broad range of home, enterprise, and industrial devices. Our innovative antenna systems open up exciting new possibilities in wireless services requiring high speed throughput, broad coverage footprint, and carrier grade quality. Our antennas are found in devices deployed in carrier, enterprise, and residential wireless networks and systems, including set top boxes, access points, routers, gateways, media adapters, and digital televisions. Through our pedigree in the design, integration, and testing of high performance embedded antenna technology, we have become a leading provider to the residential wireless local area networking, also known as WLAN or Wi-Fi, antenna market, supplying to leading carriers, Original Equipment Manufacturers, or OEMs, Original Design Manufacturers, or ODMs, and system designers who depend on us to achieve their wireless performance goals. We also develop embedded antenna technology for adjacent markets, including enterprise Wi-Fi systems for on premises and cloud-based services, and for small cellular applications such as Pico and Femto Cells using Long-Term Evolution, or LTE, and Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications, or DECT, and high-performance designs for the in-building wireless market.

We shipped approximately 87 million antenna products worldwide in 2015 used in approximately 34 million devices. Our products are found in a broad range of devices that generally enable Wi-Fi connectivity for data and video coverage. We sell our products to OEMs and ODMs. These companies compete based on product performance, product features, price, and other factors. While our products are found in devices manufactured by global OEMs and ODMs, the products end up primarily in the end-user devices that are deployed in carrier, enterprise, and residential wireless networks, access points, routers, residential gateways, set-top boxes, media adapters, and digital televisions. Our global sales force works with telecommunications and broadband carriers and retail-focused customers who seek high performance, reliable wireless solutions. By working with these end-user carriers and retail-focused customers, we seek to have service providers influence OEMs and ODMs to specify our antennas for the products they provide to their end-user customers. Our direct sales team works directly with customers, and also works with indirect channel partners who pursue sales opportunities that are based in the United States, Europe, and Asia.

Our sales cycle can be short or lengthy depending upon the specific situation; however, the majority of our revenues are derived from device designs with life-cycles of over 12 months. For some recurring customers, we are able to commence volume production of equipment that incorporates our products in less than one calendar quarter. In situations where we are selling to a new customer, it may take 12 to 18 months from initial meeting to achieve a design win. Competition generally lengthens the sales process, but our past performance and ability to provide high throughput, highly reliable antenna solutions can shorten the process. We intend to continue investing for long-term growth. We have invested and expect to continue to invest heavily in our product development efforts to address customer needs, and enable solutions that can address new end markets, such as alternative wireless connectivity technologies. In addition, we expect to continue to expand our sales force and engineering organizations and to make additional capital expenditures to further penetrate markets both in the United States and internationally, and to continue to expand our research and development for new product offerings and technology solutions.

 

41


Table of Contents

Although our sales cycle can be lengthy depending on the specific situation, the majority of our revenues are derived from device designs with life-cycles of over a year. In 2015, 80% of our revenues were from devices in the marketplace for over two years and 11% for devices in the marketplace for one to two years.

We believe demand is growing rapidly for our antenna solutions and there is a significant market opportunity. As the ability to provide mobile internet access has grown, our solutions and expertise have become more important to prospects and customers. As a passive component, embedded antennas can be viewed as a commodity. However, our design, engineering, and research show that antenna selection, placement, and testing can have significant improvements in device performance. We believe that we are chosen when performance is a more significant factor than price, and our distinctive focus on superior designs that provide increased range and throughput has allowed us to build a leadership position in the in-home WLAN antenna market.

Our sales increased 9% last year, from $25.5 million for 2014 to $27.8 million for 2015. Sales have increased each year since 2011, from $10.0 million in 2011 to $18.2 million in 2012, $25.4 million in 2013, $25.5 million in 2014, and $27.8 million in 2015. However, our historical sales growth has been somewhat inconsistent and should not be considered indicative of our future performance. Our net loss has decreased from net losses of $5.1 million in 2011 and $1.1 million in 2012 to net income of $0.2 million in 2013 and $3.6 million in 2014 to a net loss of $0.3 million in 2015. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, our net income was $0.1 million.

Factors Affecting Our Operating Results

We believe that our performance and future success depend upon several factors, including the average selling price of our products per device, the number of antennas per device, manufacturing costs, investments in our growth, and our ability to diversify the number of devices that incorporate our antenna products. Our customers are extremely price conscious, and our operating results are affected by pricing pressure which may force us to lower prices below our established list prices. In addition, a few end customer devices which incorporate our antenna products comprise a significant amount of our sales, and the discontinuation or modification of such devices may materially and adversely affect our sales and results of operations. For example, in August 2014, a device which accounted for $1.8 million of our sales in the three months ended March 31, 2015 reached the end of its lifecycle and was discontinued. We have seen our average selling price per device decrease 0.8% in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 while we have seen the number of devices increase 49.9% and number of antennas per device increase 21.5%. Our ability to maintain or increase our sales depends on new and existing end customers selecting our antenna solutions for their devices and depends on investments in our growth to address customer needs, target new end markets, develop our product offerings and technology solutions and expand internationally. While each of these areas presents significant opportunities for us, they also pose significant risks and challenges we must successfully address. See the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Key Components of Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

Sales

We primarily generate revenue from the sales of our products. As discussed further in “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition” below, we recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. We generally recognize sales at the time of shipment to our customers, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Although currently insignificant, we may also generate service revenue derived from agreements to provide design, engineering, and testing to a customer.

 

42


Table of Contents

Cost of Goods Sold

The cost of goods sold reflects the cost of producing antenna products that are shipped for our customers’ devices. This primarily includes manufacturing costs of our products payable to our third-party contract manufacturers. The cost of goods sold that we generate from services provided to customers primarily includes personnel costs.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are classified into three categories: research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative. For each category, the largest component is personnel costs, which includes salaries, employee benefit costs, bonuses, and stock-based compensation. Operating expenses also include allocated overhead costs for depreciation of equipment, facilities and information technology. Allocated costs for facilities consist of leasehold improvements and rent. Operating expenses are generally recognized as incurred.

Research and development. Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel and facility-related costs attributable to our engineering research and development personnel. These expenses include work related to the design, engineering and testing of antenna designs, and antenna integration, validation and testing of customer devices. These expenses include salaries, including stock-based compensation, benefits, bonuses, travel, communications, and similar costs, and depreciation and allocated operating expenses such as office supplies, premises expenses, insurance and corporate legal expenses. We may also incur expenses from consultants and for prototyping new antenna solutions. We expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars as we increase our research and development headcount to further strengthen and enhance our antenna design and integration capabilities and invest in the development of new solutions and markets, although our research and development expense may fluctuate as a percentage of total sales.

Sales and marketing.  Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel and facility-related costs for our sales, marketing, and business development personnel, stock-based compensation and bonuses earned by our sales personnel, and commissions earned by our third-party sales representative firms. Sales and marketing expense also includes the costs of trade shows, marketing programs, promotional materials, demonstration equipment, travel, recruiting, and allocated costs for certain facilities. We expect sales and marketing expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we increase the size of our sales and marketing organizations in support of our investment in our growth opportunities, although our sales and marketing expense may fluctuate as a percentage of total sales.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel and facility-related costs for our executive, finance, and administrative personnel, including stock-based compensation, as well as legal, accounting, and other professional services fees, depreciation, and other corporate expenses. We have recently incurred, and expect to continue to incur, additional expenses as we grow our operations and prepare to operate as a public company, including higher legal, corporate insurance and accounting expenses, and the additional costs of achieving and maintaining regulatory compliance. We expect general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars due to additional legal fees and accounting, insurance, investor relations, and other costs associated with being a public company, as well as, due to costs associated with growing our business, although our general and administrative expense may fluctuate as a percentage of total sales.

Interest and Other Expense (Income)

Interest Expense. Interest expense consists of interest on our outstanding debt and amortization of loan fees.

Other Expense (income). Other expense consists primarily of the change in fair value of our convertible stock warrant liability. Preferred redeemable convertible stock warrants are classified as a liability on our balance

 

43


Table of Contents

sheets and their estimated fair value is re-measured at each balance sheet date using a combination of an option-pricing model and current value model under the probability-weighted return method, with the corresponding change recorded within other expense (income). In May 2016, the warrants were amended such that they became immediately exercisable into shares of our common stock. Concurrent with such amendment, the holders of the outstanding warrants elected to net exercise the warrants, and were granted an aggregate of 127,143 shares of our common stock. Following such net exercise, there will be no future re-measurement of the warrant liability.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists of federal and state income taxes. Because we have generated net losses in the past, we have established a full valuation allowance against all deferred tax assets including net operating loss carryforwards and research and development credits.

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our operating results for the periods presented and as a percentage of our total sales for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods .

 

    Year Ended     Three Months Ended  
    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2015     March 31, 2015     March 31, 2016  

Statement of Operations Data:

       

Sales

  $ 25,509,572      $ 27,793,073      $ 5,732,733      $ 8,512,305   

Cost of goods sold

    14,132,357        16,148,163        3,250,038        4,834,681   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    11,377,215        11,644,910        2,482,695        3,677,624   

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

    3,311,337        4,257,400        966,097        1,321,686   

Sales and marketing

    3,516,095        4,035,591        962,601        1,241,104   

General and administrative

    2,972,257        3,453,288        836,611        998,040   

IPO cost

    726,926        229,332        —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    10,526,615        11,975,611        2,765,309        3,560,830   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    850,600        (330,701     (282,614     116,794   

Interest and other income

    (2,743,871     (60,981     (233,625     (26,359
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    3,594,471        (269,720     (48,989     143,153   

Provision for income taxes

    6,171        622        8,511        4,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 3,588,300      $ (270,342   $ (57,500   $ 139,153   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents
    Year Ended     Three Months Ended  
    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2015     March 31, 2015     March 31, 2016  
    (calculated as a percentage of associated sales)  

Statement of Operations Data:

       

Sales

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of goods sold

    55.4     58.1     56.7     56.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    44.6     41.9     43.3     43.2

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

    13.0     15.3     16.9     15.5

Sales and marketing

    13.8     14.5     16.8     14.6

General and administrative

    11.7     12.4     14.6     11.7

IPO cost

    2.8     0.8     0.0     0.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    41.3     43.1     48.2     41.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    3.3     (1.2 %)      (4.9 %)      1.4

Interest and other income

    (10.8 %)      (0.2 %)      (4.1 %)      (0.3 %) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    14.1     (1.0 %)      (0.9 %)      1.7

Provision for income taxes

    0.0     0.0     0.1     0.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    14.1     (1.0 %)      (1.0 %)      1.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Results

We believe that the use of Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, or Adjusted EBITDA, is helpful for an investor to determine whether to invest in our common stock. In computing Adjusted EBITDA, we also exclude stock-based compensation expense, which represents non-cash charges for the fair value of stock options and other non-cash awards granted to employees. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. Because of varying available valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of equity instruments that can impact a company’s non-cash operating expenses, we believe that providing a non-GAAP financial measure that excludes non-cash expense allows for meaningful comparisons between our core business operating results and those of other companies, as well as providing us with an important tool for financial and operational decision making and for evaluating our own core business operating results over different periods of time.

Our Adjusted EBITDA measure may not provide information that is directly comparable to that provided by other companies in our industry, as other companies in our industry may calculate non-GAAP financial results differently, particularly related to non-recurring, unusual items. Our Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under GAAP, and should not be considered as an alternative to operating income or as an indication of operating performance or any other measure of performance derived in accordance with GAAP. We do not consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a substitute for, or superior to, the information provided by GAAP financial results.

 

45


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the reconciliation of GAAP net income (loss) to non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Year Ended  
     December 31, 2014      December 31, 2015  

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA

     

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,588,300       $ (270,342

Stock-based compensation expense

     657,730         341,554   

Depreciation and amortization

     371,603         472,747   

Non-recurring expenses(1)

     910,451         732,028   

Interest and other income

     (2,743,871      (60,981

Provision for income taxes

     6,171         622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 2,790,384       $ 1,215,628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Non-recurring expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 consists of $726,926 related to write-off of deferred IPO expenses, $140,450 related to Section 382 analysis, $25,000 related to strategic sales initiative and $18,075 of duplicate rental payments in connection with the move to our new corporate headquarters. Non-recurring expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 consists of $266,282 related to the forgiveness of a loan, $236,414 for taxes arising from the forgiveness of the loan and $229,332 related to IPO expenses.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31, 2015      March 31, 2016  

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA

     

Net income (loss)

   $ (57,500    $ 139,153   

Stock-based compensation expense

     150,571         28,893   

Depreciation and amortization

     113,263         208,778   

Non-recurring expenses

     —          —    

Interest and other income

     (233,625      (26,359

Provision for income taxes

     8,511         4,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (18,780    $ 354,465   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 and 2015

Sales

Total sales increased by $2.8 million, or 48.5%, to $8.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $5.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, primarily due to a $2.8 million increase in product sales, of which $1.0 million were associated with sales of products acquired in connection with the acquisition of certain North American assets from Skycross, Inc. in December 2015. Total devices increased 49.9% from 7.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to 10.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, primarily due to increase in average number of antennas per device from 2.44 in the three months ended March 31, 2015 to an average of 2.96 antennas per device in the three months ended March 31, 2016. Additionally, an increase in overall demand in the in-home wireless set-top box market and carrier gateways and routers and the incorporation of our antennas in new devices offset products reaching the end of their lifecycle, contributed to the increase in sales. The average selling price per device decreased 1% from $0.81 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $0.80 for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold increased by $1.6 million, or 48.8%, to $4.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared with $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, primarily due an increase in product sales.

 

46


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

Gross profit as a percentage of sales, for the three months ended March 31, 2016 decreased by 0.1% to 43.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to 43.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2015, primarily as a result of lower selling price per device.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expense increased by $0.4 million, or 36.8%, to $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared with $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily due to a $0.3 million increase in personnel expenses associated with headcount increases and an increase in premises expenses.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense increased by $0.3 million, or 28.9%, to $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared with $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, primarily due to an increase in personnel expenses associated with headcount increases and an increase in bonus expense in addition to $0.1 million in increased travel and entertainment expenses.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense increased by $0.2 million, or 19.3%, to $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared with $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, primarily due to an increase in personnel expenses associated with headcount increases and an increase in amortization expense associated with the intangible assets acquired from Skycross in December 2015.

Other Expense (Income)

Other income was less than $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared with $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The net change in the warrant liability for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $0.1 million compared to $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Interest expense increased to $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $0.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily due to interest on $4.0 million term loan entered in to in December 2015.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

Sales

Total sales increased by $2.3 million, or 9.0%, to $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $25.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. In August 2014, a device which accounted for $3.2 million of our sales during the year ended December 31, 2014 reached the end of its lifecycle and was discontinued. This loss was offset by increases in other product sales. Total devices increased 29.4% from 26.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to 34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to increase in average number of antennas per device from 2.50 in the year ended December 31, 2014 to an average of 2.53 antennas per device in the year ended December 31, 2015. Furthermore, an increase in overall demand in the in-home wireless set-top box market and carrier gateways and routers and the incorporation of our antennas in new products offset by the loss of sales as a result of products reaching the end of their lifecycle contributed to the increase in sales year over year. The average selling price per device decreased 17.0% from $0.94 for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $0.78 for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

47


Table of Contents

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold increased by $2.0 million, or 14.3%, to $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared with $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to an increase in product sales.

Gross Profit

Gross profit as a percentage of sales, for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased by 2.7% to 41.9% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 44.6% for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily as a decline in average selling price per device not being fully off-set by lowered production cost per device.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expense increased by $1.0 million, or 28.6%, to $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared with $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to an increase of $0.7 million in personnel expenses associated with an increase in headcount, an increase of $0.1 million in rent expense, an increase of $0.1 million in patent fees and an increase of $0.1 million in depreciation expenses.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expense increased by $0.5 million, or 14.8%, to $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared with $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to an increase of $0.4 million in personnel expenses associated with headcount increases and an increase in bonus expense and $0.1 million in travel and entertainment expenses.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense increased by $0.5 million, or 16.2%, to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared with $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to an increase of $0.4 million in personnel expenses associated with an increase in headcount and an increase in bonus expense and $0.1 million of costs related to the acquisition of the Skycross North American assets.

Other Expense (Income), net

The decrease in other income of $2.7 million from the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily related to the decrease in the fair market value of our warrants.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We had cash and cash equivalents of $4.0 million at March 31, 2016. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash. We did not have any short-term or long-term investments.

Before 2013, we had incurred net losses in each year since our inception. As a result, we had an accumulated deficit of $46.8 million at March 31, 2016.

Since inception, we have primarily financed our operations and capital expenditures through private sales of preferred stock, convertible promissory notes and cash flows from our operations. We have raised an aggregate of $29.5 million in net proceeds from the issuance of our preferred stock and convertible promissory notes.

 

48


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2016, we had approximately $3.7 million outstanding under a term loan and approximately $0.3 million outstanding under a growth capital term loan pursuant to our amended and restated loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank. In addition, under our amended and restated loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, we have a revolving line of credit for $3.0 million. As of March 31, 2016, there was no balance owed on the line of credit.

In December 2013, we amended our amended and restated loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank to provide for growth capital term loans of $750,000. The growth capital term loan required interest only payments through June 30, 2014 at which time it was to be repaid in 32 equal monthly installments of interest and principal. The growth capital term loan matures on February 1, 2017, at which time all unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest is due. The growth capital term loan interest rate is 6.5%. We must maintain a liquidity ratio of cash and cash equivalents plus accounts receivable to outstanding debt under the loan and security agreement of 1.00 to 1.00 or greater. The line of credit is available as long as we maintain a liquidity ratio of cash and cash equivalents plus accounts receivable to outstanding debt under the loan and security agreement of 1.25 to 1.00. If this liquidity ratio is not met, the line of credit will only allow for maximum advances of 80% of the aggregate face amount of all eligible receivables. The line of credit bears an interest rate of prime (4.0% as of December 31, 2015) plus 1.25%, and matures in April 2018, subject to certain minimum EBITDA requirements in each of September 2016, December 2016 and March 2017. The lender has a first security interest in all our assets, excluding intellectual property, for which the lender has received a negative pledge. The amended and restated loan and security agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default applicable to us and any subsidiaries.

In December 2015, we further amended our amended and restated loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank to include an additional term loan up to $4.0 million. The additional term loan requires 36 monthly installments of interest and principal and matures on December 1, 2018. The amended and restated loan and security agreement requires that we maintain a liquidity ratio of 1.25 to 1.00 as of the last day of each month and a minimum EBITDA, measured as the last day of each fiscal quarter for the previous six-month period (for March 31, 2016 the minimum EBITDA is ($350,000)). The interest rate of the additional term loan is 5.0%. As of March 31, 2016, $3.7 million was outstanding on this additional term loan. We are in compliance with all of the financial covenants in the amended and restated loan and security agreement pertaining to the revolving credit line, growth capital term loan and the additional term loan as of March 31, 2016.

We plan to continue to invest for long-term growth, including expanding our sales force and engineering organizations and making additional capital expenditures to further penetrate markets both in the United States and internationally, as well as expanding our research and development for new product offerings and technology solutions. We anticipate that these investments will continue to increase in absolute dollars. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents balance together with cash proceeds from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months.

The following table presents a summary of our cash flow activity for the periods set forth below:

 

     Years Ended     Three Months Ended  
     December 31, 2014     December 31, 2015     March 31, 2015     March 31, 2016  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 1,648,374      $ 1,848,825      $ (1,004,410   $ (853,055

Net cash used in investing activities

     (949,911     (4,132,854     (34,752     (41,030

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     104,008        4,029,197        (66,736     (404,469

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     802,471        1,745,168        (1,105,898     (1,298,555

Net cash used in operating activities was $1,004,410 for the three months ended March 31, 2015. This was primarily a result of our net loss of $57,500, a $242,993 decrease in the warrant liability, and a change in

 

49


Table of Contents

operating assets and liabilities of $967,751 offset by net non-cash operating expenses of $263,834. Net cash used by operating activities was $853,055 for the three months ended March 31, 2016. This was primarily driven by our net income of $139,153, net non-cash operating expenses of $237,671 offset by a decrease in the warrant liability of $78,834 and a decrease in the change in operating assets and liabilities of $1,151,045.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the cash provided by operating activities of $1,648,374 was primarily a result of net income of $3,588,300 and net non-cash operating expenses of $1,029,333, offset by a decrease in warrant liability of $2,786,563, a gain of $25,441 on the sale of certain fixed assets and a $157,255 change in operating assets and liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the cash provided by operating activities of $1,848,825 was primarily a result of net loss of $270,342 and a decrease in warrant liability of $100,470 offset by an increase in net non-cash operating expenses of $1,080,583, and a $1,139,054 change in operating assets and liabilities.

Net cash used in investing activities was $34,752 and $41,030 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Net cash used in the three months ending March 31, 2015 and 2016 consisted primarily of the purchase of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities was $949,911 and $4,132,854 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 consisted primarily of the cash used in the acquisition of certain North American assets of Skycross, Inc.

Financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2015 used net cash of $66,736 and consisted of the repayment of notes. Financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2016 used net cash of $404,469 for repayment of notes.

Financing activities in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 provided net cash of $104,008 and $4,029,197, respectively. Financing activities in 2014 consisted of proceeds from notes payable and exercise of stock options off-set by repayment of notes and by the issuance of a note to an employee. Financing activities for 2015 consisted of proceeds from notes payable and exercise of warrants and stock options.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at March 31, 2016:

 

     Total      Payments Due by Period(1)  
        Less than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating Leases

              

Office leases

   $ 2,630       $ 710       $ 1,141       $ 779       $ —     

Notes Payable(2)

     3,942         1,220         2,722         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,572       $ 1,930       $ 3,863       $ 779       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Table excludes $1.4 million of uncertain tax positions. See Note 7 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) Notes payable represents amounts outstanding under our term loan with Silicon Valley Bank.

We have entered into lease agreements for office space and research facilities in San Diego, California; Taipei, Taiwan; Shenzhen and Jiangsu, China; and Cambridgeshire, United Kingdom; under non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through 2020.

We decreased our borrowing under our loan and security agreement to $3.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

50


Table of Contents

We subcontract with other companies to manufacture our products. During the normal course of business, our contract manufacturers procure components based upon orders placed by us. If we cancel all or part of the orders, we may still be liable to the contract manufacturers for the cost of the components purchased by the subcontractors to manufacture our products. We periodically review the potential liability, and as of March 31, 2016, we have no significant accruals recorded. Our financial position and operating results could be negatively impacted if we were required to compensate the contract manufacturers for any unrecorded liabilities incurred.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined by applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission) that are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, operating results, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and operating results is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported sales and expenses during the reporting periods. These items are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results for the period in which they become known. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards available under Section 102(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. This election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our financial statements and understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from the sale of our antenna products. We recognize revenue when products are shipped and the customer takes ownership and assumes risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is reasonably assured, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the sales price is fixed or determinable. Title and risk of loss transfer to customers either when the products are shipped to or received by the customer, based on the terms of the specific agreement with the customer. We incur selling expenses to obtain design wins prior to revenue recognition, which is not a deliverable of a revenue arrangement.

A portion of our sales is made through distributors under agreements allowing for pricing credits and/or rights of return under certain circumstances. To date, pricing credits and returns under these provisions have been insignificant; accordingly, our allowance for sales returns and pricing credits was insignificant as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and as of March 31, 2016.

 

51


Table of Contents

To date, services revenues have been immaterial as a percentage of total revenues. Service revenues are recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.

Stock-based compensation

We recognize compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of stock-based awards is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the respective award.

We account for stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees using a fair value approach. The fair value of these options is measured using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model reflecting the same assumptions as applied to employee options in each of the reported periods, other than the expected life, which is assumed to be the remaining contractual life of the option. The compensation costs of these arrangements are subject to remeasurement over the vesting terms as earned.

We recorded stock-based compensation expense of approximately $657,730, $341,554, $150,571, and $28,893 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. We expect to continue to grant stock options and other equity-based awards in the future, and to the extent that we do, our stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions, which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share of common stock could have been significantly different.

Our assumptions are as follows:

 

    Fair value of our common stock. Because our stock was not publicly traded prior to this offering, we estimate the fair value of our common stock. See “—Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value of Our Common Stock” below. Upon the closing of this offering, our common stock will be valued by reference to the publicly-traded price of our common stock.

 

    Expected term. The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Our historical share option exercise experience does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected term because of a lack of sufficient data. Therefore, we estimate the expected term by using the simplified method, which calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options.

 

    Expected volatility. As our common stock has never been publicly traded, the expected volatility is derived from the average historical volatilities of publicly traded companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period approximately equal to the expected term. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

    Risk-free interest rate . The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the expected term.

 

52


Table of Contents
    Expected dividend . The expected dividend is assumed to be zero as we have never paid dividends and have no current plans to pay any dividends on our common stock.

 

    Expected forfeiture . We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period that the estimates are revised.

Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value of Our Common Stock

We are also required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing the fair value calculations using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Our board of directors, with the assistance of management, determined the fair value of our common stock on each grant date. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant, based on the information known to us on the date of grant.

Because there has been no public market for our common stock, the fair value of the common stock that underlies our stock options has historically been determined by our board of directors based upon information available to it at the time of grant, including the following:

 

    contemporaneous valuations performed by a qualified, independent appraiser;

 

    our current and projected operating and financial performance, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

    trends and developments in our industry;

 

    the valuation of publicly traded companies in our sector, as well as recently completed initial public offerings and mergers and acquisitions of comparable companies;

 

    rights, preferences and privileges of our common stock compared to the rights, preferences and privileges of our other outstanding equity securities;

 

    U.S. and global economic and capital market conditions;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock, such as an initial public offering or an acquisition of our company given prevailing market and sector conditions;

 

    the illiquidity of our securities by virtue of being a private company;

 

    business risks; and

 

    management and board experience.

Our business enterprise value was estimated using a combination of two generally accepted approaches: the income approach and the market-based approach. The income approach estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over its remaining life. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate reflective of the cost of capital associated with an investment in a similar company and risks associated with our cash flow projections. Our discounted cash flow projections are sensitive to highly subjective assumptions that we were required to make each valuation date. The market-based approach measures the value of a business through an analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable investments or assets, and in our case, focuses on comparing us to the group of peer companies. In applying this method, valuation multiples are derived from historical operating data of the peer company group. We then apply multiples to our operating data to arrive at a range of indicated values of the company. For each valuation, we prepared a financial forecast to be used in the computation of the value of invested capital for both the market approach and income approach. The financial forecasts took into account our past results and

 

53


Table of Contents

expected future financial performance. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates as the assumptions used are highly subjective and subject to changes as a result of new operating data and economic and other conditions that impact our business.

If we had made different assumptions than those used, the amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share amounts could have been significantly different. Following the closing of this offering, the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of determining stock-based compensation expense will be the closing price of our common stock as reported on the applicable grant date.

Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $9.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2016 would be $5.6 million, of which $4.4 million and $1.2 million would have been related to stock options that were vested and unvested, respectively, at that date.

Preferred Redeemable Convertible Stock Warrant Liability

As of March 31, 2016, we had issued freestanding warrants exercisable to purchase shares of our Series G preferred redeemable convertible stock. These warrants are classified as a liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, because the terms for redemption of the underlying security are outside our control. The warrants are recorded at fair value using a combination of an option pricing model and current value model under the probability-weighted return method. The fair value of all warrants is remeasured at each balance sheet date with any changes in fair value being recognized in the statement of operations. In May 2016, the warrants were amended such that the warrants became immediately exercisable into shares of our common stock. Concurrent with such amendment, the holders of the outstanding warrants elected to net exercise the warrants, and were granted an aggregate of 127,143 shares of our common stock. Following such net exercise, there will be no future re-measurement of the warrant liability.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, or ASU 2016-09. ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for sharebased payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. For public entities, ASU 2016-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the guidance will have on its financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), or ASU 2016-2, which requires lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets as lease liabilities with corresponding right-of-use assets. The new standard is effective January 1, 2019. We are evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on our financial statements and related disclosures. We have not yet selected a transition method nor have we determined the effect of the standard on our ongoing financial reporting.

In November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. This guidance simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes by requiring that deferred tax liabilities and assets all be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim reporting periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its financial statements.

In September 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. This guidance requires that an

 

54


Table of Contents

acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim reporting periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , or ASU 2014-09, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The standard will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective. The new standard is effective for us on January 1, 2019. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We are evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on our financial statements and related disclosures. We have not yet selected a transition method nor have we determined the effect of the standard on our ongoing financial reporting.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our long-term debt bears interest at a fixed rate and therefore has minimal exposure to changes in interest rates. Our undrawn revolving credit facility under our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank bears interest at the U.S. prime rate plus 1.25%. If we draw funds from our revolving credit facility, we will be exposed to interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the U.S. prime rate.

Foreign Currency Risk

All of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore, our sales are not currently subject to significant foreign currency risk. To date, foreign currency transaction gains and losses have not been material to our financial statements, and we have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging transactions.

 

55


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Airgain is a leading provider of embedded antenna technologies used to enable high performance wireless networking across a broad range of home, enterprise, and industrial devices. Our innovative antenna systems open up exciting new possibilities in wireless services requiring high speed throughput, broad coverage footprint, and carrier grade quality of service. Our antennas are found in devices deployed in carrier, enterprise, and residential wireless networks and systems, including set top boxes, access points, routers, gateways, media adapters, and digital televisions. Through our pedigree in the design, integration, and testing of high performance embedded antenna technology, we have become a leading provider to the residential wireless local area networking, also known as WLAN or Wi-Fi, antenna market, supplying to leading carriers, Original Equipment Manufacturers, or OEMs, Original Design Manufacturers, or ODMs, and system designers who depend on us to achieve their wireless performance goals. We also develop embedded antenna technology for adjacent markets, including enterprise Wi-Fi systems for on premises and cloud-based services, and for small cellular applications using Long-Term Evolution, or LTE, and Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications, or DECT, and high-performance designs for the in-building wireless market.

We have a strong reputation within the ecosystem of OEM, ODM and system designers and have multiple reference designs with the leading Wi-Fi chipset vendors. OEMs, ODMs, telecommunications and broadband carriers, and retail-focused companies rely on these reference designs and our engineering skills to deliver superior performance throughout the home and enterprise. We offer early design, custom engineering support, and superior over-the-air, or OTA, testing capability, and our design teams partner with customers from the early stages of antenna prototyping, throughput testing, performance and device integration to facilitate optimal throughput performance and fastest possible time to market. We view our chipset partner, OEM, ODM and carrier relationships as strategic components to our success. We use third parties to manufacture our products while maintaining oversight for critical test and calibration functions. We have 47 issued patents in the United States and 22 companion patents outside the United States, and 93 patent applications on file.

As wireless networking technology evolves, we are a market leader in fostering the transition to the use of more advanced WLAN devices. Both consumer and enterprise applications in the WLAN market are in a period of expansion driven by the global transition from the older 802.11n wireless standard to the new 802.11ac standard. 802.11ac is faster and requires a greater number of antennas per device, which imposes more advanced wireless system and antenna designs within an ever increasing device ID. Going forward, new wireless protocols, such as 802.11ax, will continue to push the throughput ceiling even further upward, increasing reliance on an optimal antenna system to enable performance as close to the theoretical maximum as possible. We have a broad range of embedded and external antenna solutions for WLAN routers and access points, and we are the industry expert in throughput optimized antenna solutions for Wi-Fi applications. We have a proven history of working with OEMs and ODMs to integrate throughput optimized antenna solutions resulting in the industry’s best Wi-Fi performance. Our enterprise WLAN solutions help to meet the industry challenge of requiring a consistent and improved throughput experience.

We have approximately 330 antenna products in our portfolio. We shipped approximately 87 million antenna products worldwide in 2015 enabling approximately 34 million devices. During that period, we supplied our products to carriers, OEMs and ODMs in the United States, Europe, Canada and Asia, including Actiontec Electronics, Inc., ARRIS Group, Inc., Belkin International, Inc., DIRECTV, LLC, EchoStar Corporation, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Pace plc, Sagemcom SAS and ZTE Corporation, among others. We have achieved significant growth in our business in a short period of time. From 2011 to 2015, our sales have grown from $10.0 million to $27.8 million, while our net loss has decreased from a net loss of $5.1 million in 2011 to a net loss of $0.3 million in 2015. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, our net income was $0.1 million.

 

56


Table of Contents

Industry Background

The most common form of wireless network access technology is Wi-Fi, short for Wireless Fidelity. Wi-Fi is a standard established by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, or IEEE, known technically as 802.11. The Wi-Fi standard is “the most ubiquitous wireless connectivity technology for internet access,” according to ABI Research, a market intelligence firm. Over time, the 802.11 protocol has evolved to deliver higher rates of data throughput, requiring more sophisticated devices and data transmission equipment to achieve it. Initially, 802.11b at 2.4 GHz, or gigahertz, delivered data at 11 mbps, or megabits per second, followed by 802.11a at 5GHz and 802.11g at 2.4 GHz, each providing data at 54mbps. Subsequently, 802.11n was introduced at both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz offering 300 mbps, and more recently 802.11ac entered the market offering bandwidth rated up to 1300 mbps on the 5 GHz band and 450 mbps on 2.4 GHz.

Wi-Fi enables devices to operate on a local area network, or LAN, or wide area network, or WAN, to connect to and access the internet and communicate with others without the use of cabling or wiring. It adds the convenience of mobility to the powerful utility provided by high-speed data networks and is a natural extension of broadband connectivity in the home and office. Wi-Fi was first utilized in applications such as computers and routers, and is now commonly embedded into everyday electronic devices, such as printers, digital cameras, gaming devices, smart phones, tablets and broadband access systems for video and data enablement. In addition, many new products are coming out with multiple wireless capabilities whereby Wi-Fi and other similar wireless protocols have become ‘must have’ features to extend a device’s basic utility. As an example, smart devices such as the Apple iPhone and Samsung Galaxy come equipped with Wi-Fi, Bluetooth and Near Field Communication, or NFC, functions, in addition to traditional cellular functions. Each of these represents a separate radio technology, and each radio requires different antenna solutions to provide an optimal user experience.

Wireless technology has grown rapidly. When it was first introduced to the mass market in the United States in the mid-1980s, the primary application was analog cellular phone voice services. However, wireless has rapidly evolved as the shift to digital and Internet Protocol ramped up and the explosion of ubiquitous broadband connectivity was born. The rapid growth of internet applications, websites and media opportunities has given consumers unlimited uses for wireless devices including managing e-mail, online browsing and shopping, and running applications for business, personal productivity, and entertainment and media while on the go. Carriers and enterprises have also realized the economic benefits of wireless connectivity to enable efficient delivery of premium content and internet services in the home, enterprise and mobile. Over the past decade, wireless technologies such as cellular and Wi-Fi have emerged as mainstream networking platforms to connect people and data via devices. According to the Cisco Visual Networking Index, or the Cisco Report, there were approximately 7.9 billion mobile connected devices in 2015—1.1 for every person on Earth. By 2021, there are expected to be approximately 11.6 billion mobile-connected devices, representing nearly 1.5 mobile devices per person on Earth.

Opportunity in the home and enterprise

The Wi-Fi market is continuing to grow rapidly as the technology is adopted across a wide variety of markets, including consumer, mobile, automotive, and emerging markets such as machine to machine, or M2M. The increase of in-home wireless devices in security and remote monitoring, lighting, HVAC, and entertainment has helped drive the embedded antenna market. According to ABI Research, the number of Wi-Fi-enabled device shipments, excluding cellular and personal computers, is expected to exceed 1.3 billion devices annually by 2021, representing a 13% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, in this market for the period from 2016 through 2021. The list of antenna applications within in-home devices is seemingly endless, including access points and wireless extenders, routers, residential gateways, set-top boxes, media adapters, smart televisions, smart remotes, printers, gaming consoles, wireless speakers, wireless cameras and home automation systems and nodes.

 

57


Table of Contents

Wi-Fi Enabled Shipments CAGR 2016 to 2021

 

LOGO

 

Sources: ABI Research Wi-Fi Market data, Q2 2016. * Represents 2014 to 2019 CAGR, Source Markets & Markets

We are seeing solid growth in the number of wirelessly-enabled device shipments in several of our key markets. According to ABI Research, the market for consumer access points and gateways worldwide is expected to increase from 173 million device shipments in 2015 to 199 million in 2019. In the same period, the number of set-top boxes shipped is expected to grow from 71 million to 91 million, and the number of smart TV’s shipped from 94 million to 146 million, a CAGR of 12%.

Mirroring this growth, according to ABI Research, global Wi-Fi hotspots, such as those found at enterprise locations like coffee shops, airports or in corporate offices, are forecasted to continue to expand at a CAGR of 11.2% from 2015 to 2020. The number of Wi-Fi hot spots in use was 4.2 million in 2013, 5.69 million in 2014, and is expected to top 13.3 million by 2020, according to estimates published by ABI Research in 2015. Wi-Fi hotspots are increasingly being deployed by mobile and fixed-line carriers, as well as third-party operators, as a means of offloading 3G/4G data users to Wi-Fi networks.

Trends driving demand for high-performance antenna solutions in wireless devices

The demand for smart phone, tablet, laptop and notebook connectivity in the home and enterprise is robust. Whereas families often shared a single computer and internet connection in the 1990’s, ubiquitous wireless connectivity throughout the home is available today via carrier gateways that enable Internet access and media distribution to multiple smart phones, fixed and mobile computing devices and smart TVs that share the same broadband data connections. Wireless access enables mobility and the potential sale of additional services by telecom, cable, and satellite broadcast companies and does not require the time and cost for cabling. Additionally, the demand for over-the-top, or OTT, audio and video services from the Internet is strong as families enjoy free or paid content subscriptions to sites such as Netflix, Apple TV, Amazon Prime, Pandora, YouTube, and many others on a 24/7 basis. Our business opportunity has been driven by the rapidly expanding market for embedded antenna solutions for in-home wireless data and video connectivity products. Wi-Fi has emerged as the key wireless technology for delivering media services in the connected home of smart devices. According to the Cisco Report, globally, in 2015, a smart device generated 14 times more traffic than a non-smart device, and by 2020 a smart device is estimated to generate nearly 23 times more traffic. Furthermore, the Cisco Report also anticipates that smart device traffic will grow at a CAGR of 53% from 2015 to 2020.

 

58


Table of Contents

Wireless networking has also become mission-critical for businesses, schools, and governments to keep constituents connected. As more applications become cloud-enabled (meaning stored or run from servers in a data center), access to these services becomes even more ubiquitous. Municipalities have also begun to offer free Wi-Fi services to citizens in public access locations. Some of this public access Wi-Fi is also served by the larger telecom and cable carriers. As Wi-Fi standards have gone from 802.11b/g to 802.11n, and more recently 802.11ac, the ability to access standard and high definition video over Wi-Fi becomes meaningful and drives demand. Carriers have been challenged to meet the requirements of the new high-bandwidth video and data applications. With current high-performance Wi-Fi, carriers can eliminate video cables, offering customers the ability to move their televisions to any point in the house and vastly reduce installation time and costs, as well as offer over the top, or OTT, services via broadband gateways that are accessible by any wireless device.

The increasing number of wireless devices that are accessing mobile networks worldwide is one of the primary contributors to global mobile traffic growth. Each year several new devices in different form factors and increased capabilities and intelligence are introduced into the market. With ever increasing smartphone penetration rates and a host of new devices such as M2M devices, tablets, netbooks, mobile internet devices, or MIDs, the growth for mobile broadband is at an all-time high and, according to the Cisco Report, is set to continue. The Cisco Report notes that global data traffic grew 74% in 2015, reaching 3.7 exabytes per month, up from 2.1 exabytes per month at the end of 2014. According to the Cisco Report, mobile offload exceeded cellular traffic for the first time in 2015. Overall mobile data traffic is expected to grow to 30.6 exabytes per month by 2020, an eightfold increase over 2015. Mobile data traffic is expected to grow at a CAGR of 53% from 2015 to 2020. According to the Cisco Report, 51% of total mobile data traffic was offloaded onto the fixed network through Wi-Fi or femtocell small cells in 2015. Globally, the total number of public Wi-Fi hotspots (including in-home Wi-Fi hotspots) is forecasted to grow sevenfold from 2015 to 2020, from 64.2 million in 2015 to 432.5 million by 2020. Total in-home Wi-Fi hotspots are forecasted to grow from 56.6 million in 2015 to 423.2 million by 2020. These trends are positive indicators for growth in our core Wi-Fi and femtocell small cell markets.

Both consumer and enterprise applications in the WLAN market are in a period of expansion. Growth is due to WLAN expansion in emerging markets as well as a global transition from the older 802.11n wireless standard to the new 802.11ac standard. The 802.11ac standard provides much higher throughput rates and introduces multi-carrier technology requiring more antennas per device. 802.11ac devices can support up to eight Wi-Fi antennas, doubling the current average of four antennas per device under 802.11n standards. Wireless enabled in home devices are becoming increasingly complex as they evolve with industry technology trends, such as, 802.11ac higher order Multiple Input, Multiple Output, or MIMO, and Multi-User MIMO, or MU-MIMO, Wi-Fi architectures, while adding support for additional wireless connectivity systems, such as ZigBee Pro, ZigBee RF4CE, Z-Wave, and Bluetooth, to keep pace with the increasingly complex ecosystem of devices that seek connectivity within the home. Going forward, support for new and additional wireless protocols is likely to drive the antenna count up to 10 to 12 antennas per device.

Technology Challenges to Delivering on the Potential of Wireless

Our antenna solutions enable carriers and device OEMs and ODMs to meet their wireless connectivity performance requirements and to rapidly expand their footprint of products supporting Wi-Fi as well as the evolving network of connected home and the Internet of Things, or IoT, wireless connectivity applications. We develop our own antennas for a broad range of applications and technologies, including: 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac, LTE, DECT, LPD (433MHz RF remote), Bluetooth, ZigBee and Z-Wave. In addition, we have expertise in the testing and benchmarking of wireless systems and devices. To satisfy the rapidly evolving technology needs of the industry, we have remained on the leading edge of next generation development by providing solutions for MIMO, MU-MIMO, short range wireless technologies, beam forming, and active antenna technology.

As the number of wireless standards and antennas per device increases, the technical challenges for the antenna system increase, such as co-existence and isolation. With our unique and innovative integration

 

59


Table of Contents

technology, we have developed ways to integrate additional antennas for optimal antenna performance while minimizing the effects on isolation. Particularly with MIMO 4x4 and MIMO 8x8 technology, we are able to achieve the highest output and performance of Wi-Fi 802.11 ac/n, reliability, range, and coverage, with our role in optimal beam forming.

Given increasing capacity demands on wireless networks, the wireless industry continually searches for new means of utilizing more efficient radio resources. Active antenna systems utilize the full potential of radio sources by integrating onboard amplifiers for reductions in cable attenuation. We are able to integrate antennas in arrays designed for individual element activation based on which elements deliver the signals to the clients most effectively. By manufacturing antennas that possess the capabilities to support new wireless technologies, we are able to meet current market demands for versatile antenna designs.

Our Antenna Design, Engineering and Integration Process

We are an antenna solution provider optimizing antenna systems for maximum system device OTA throughput performance as an integral step in the antenna system design process, enabling the best possible throughputs for devices in their native application. Common antenna industry practice is to design antennas exclusively within a passive environment, using simulation tools based on the assumption of free space. The modern in-home environment is a highly complex multipath environment that is not accurately represented by antenna simulation tool modeling. We design all our antenna systems for in-home applications using a combination of device and environment modeling, with active antenna OTA throughput performance feedback, providing our customers high device throughputs in their intended in-home or in-office environment.

The core focus of our proprietary antenna integration process remains performance optimization across factors that affect end users. Throughput, reliability, and cost represent three key metrics for optimization. We have been designing and evaluating wireless antenna solutions for 802.11-based WLAN devices since our inception in 2004. We have gained industry-leading expertise in the testing and evaluation of wireless systems to determine relative performance differences between devices, and have developed a proprietary set of performance metrics, measurement methodologies, and test conditions to enable measuring and predicting the relative performance of 802.11-based WLAN devices and networks at the component and application level. These simulations form the foundation of the integration process that optimizes overall device performance, as well as antenna characteristics.

There are many and varied challenges to integrating the optimal antenna system for maximized wireless performance for a device. Every aspect of the device design impacts the performance of the antenna system and ultimately the device itself. We work side by side with our customers as trusted advisors during the design process providing system level design feedback and support from the inception of a project through to the successful validation of the final product, ensuring reduced design cycles and the best possible performance outcome. We are proficient at identifying wireless performance impacting factors down to the board-level design details, including on-board noise and radio interference sources, coupling via onboard components, to constraints in the industrial design itself, such as horizontal and vertical orientations, internal structure layout and materials, and space limitations for antenna placement. All of these factors can negatively influence the performance of an embedded antenna system and can lead to de-tuning, coupling, sub-optimal gain patterns, and loss of gain, efficiency reduction and ultimately poor system performance.

 

60


Table of Contents

Our antenna designs and integration methods are mindful that Quality of Service, or QOS, is the backbone of any successful communication network within a home or enterprise. Demand for wireless streaming 4K and Ultra-high definition, or UHD, video is requiring more sophisticated antenna system designs to support a high quality end user experience free from errors in frame rendering, pixilation, and buffering delays and glitches. While the performance of the underlying chipset and firmware lays down the foundation, the optimally integrated antenna system is a key system component and is usually the key enabler of throughput and coverage differentiation between competing devices.

 

 

LOGO

 

Our engineers provide custom support in the areas of antenna system design and simulation, rapid prototyping, integration and testing. Our engineers work directly with customers (typically OEMs and/or ODMs) to evaluate performance-impacting factors when developing the optimal antenna solution for each device and application. Antenna-specific characteristics, such as gain, efficiency, and coupling, are considered during the design process in conjunction with board-level factors, such as on-board noise and radio interference, together with industrial design and housing constraints.

We engage with customers in the early stages of a program before prototype tooling is available, utilizing 3D CAD models and/or physical mockups of our customers’ devices to simulate and measure the interactions, providing valuable feedback for the device design enhancement. During prototyping, sample devices are tested to generate more precise measurements. These measurements are carried out in our anechoic radio frequency, or RF, chambers, including our Satimo SG 24 antenna measurement system located at our San Diego headquarters. The chamber environment provides a broad dynamic range for antenna measurements, enabling wireless performance testing for a wide range of protocols including LTE, IEEE 802.11 standards including ac, ah, af, GPS, ZigBee, Z-Wave and GPS. While other antenna design companies may select a final antenna based only on passive testing, our process includes the key additional step to measure and optimize the actual system-level throughput and coverage performance through our proprietary iterative design feedback process. This process considers firmware stability, system noise, and interference, as well as antenna performance, to provide an “Airgain Optimized” solution.

We partner with and supply the largest blue chip brands in the world, including OEMs, ODMs, chipset makers, and global operators. Through our close working relationships with the leading chipset makers for the WLAN, we have developed a significant level of expertise in the testing and evaluation of chipset reference designs and systems enabling the relative performance benchmarking between devices. To satisfy the rapidly evolving technology needs of the industry, we have remained on the leading edge of next generation development including solutions for MIMO, MUMIO, beam forming, and active antenna systems.

Our design and integration process is summarized as follows:

 

   

Engineering Review . When a new product is initiated, our engineers review antenna-specific characteristics, such as gain (throughput), efficiency, and coupling, alongside board-level factors, such as on-board noise and radio interference, as well as identification and housing constraints. We launched our proprietary AirMetric Wi-Fi performance modeling solution in January 2014, which can be used to identify the optimal

 

61


Table of Contents
 

antenna solution in the earliest design stage by analyzing a combination of passive simulation measurements. Suggestions for modifications to the system level design that would improve performance are provided to the customer during engineering review or after running AirMetric. Such suggestions typically address mechanical changes to the design housing, movement of components that will negatively impact performance, and shielding of RF interference sources. When employed during early stage product design, AirMetric helps ensure peak performance before devices are built, as well as time and cost savings related to product development.

 

    Antenna Selection and Placement . Our engineers select several antennas that are best suited for the particular application based on a large stable of existing antenna designs from previous efforts, modifications to these prior designs as well as new, full custom designs for particular devices, coupled with the industrial design of the product, the engineer also selects candidate placements that are used in the initial simulation and placement phase. Our extensive experience in this step narrows the possible solutions to only the most promising candidates for detailed simulation and measurement.

 

    Simulation and Initial Testing . Finite element simulations of the antennas in the enclosure are then used to understand the complex interaction of the antennas with the structures within the product. These interactions have a profound impact on the operation of the antenna system and understanding them is key to providing optimal solutions. When we engage in the early stages of a program before prototype tooling is available, 3D CAD models and/or physical mockups of the device are used to simulate and measure these interactions. When the project progresses to the prototype stage, actual prototype devices are tested to generate even more accurate measurements. These measurements are carried out in one of four RF chambers, including our Satimo SG 24 antenna measurement system at our San Diego headquarters, which provides a high dynamic range in antenna measurements that enables us to test wireless performance for a wide range of protocols including LTE, IEEE 802.11n, and IEEE 802.11ac Wi-Fi standards. While our competitors select a final antenna based on RF chambers testing, we proceed with a critical further step and measures actual system level performance of the device in an iterative process to optimize performance. This iteration considers firmware stability, system noise, and interference, as well as antenna performance, to provide an “Airgain Optimized” solution.

 

    Final Integration . Prior to OTA throughput testing, a final review of the design is conducted to review for cable routing for manufacturability and noise reduction. Mounting methods from our designed clip structures to tape mounting are reviewed for ruggedness and ease of assembly in volume production. Finally, any fine tuning of the cable routing, antenna parameters or other features is conducted before releasing the design for final testing and optimization with OTA throughput testing in actual real use case testing.

 

    Validation and Reporting . Upon completion of the design, a summary report is provided detailing the antenna selection, overall performance results and key observations, integration recommendations and detailed test results for each wireless system characterized. As the design moves to production, our product integration engineers serve as the technical interface between the antenna design team and the customer’s production team to validate and ensure product quality and reliability during high volume manufacturing.

Our over-the-air throughput testing

We have been designing and evaluating wireless antenna solutions for 802.11-based wireless LAN devices since our inception in 2004. We have developed a set of proprietary performance metrics, measurement methodologies, and automated test conditions to enable accurate and repeatable characterization of the relative OTA performance of 802.11-based WLAN devices from routers, gateways, and set-top boxes, to TV sets. Our benchmark testing provides an accurate assessment of the performance characteristics for devices to enable manufacturers to make informed decisions in selecting the best antenna solution for their needs.

We have developed a proprietary hardware and software solution using stop-motion turntables to measure effective throughput of competing antenna solutions. This technology, illustrated below, enables the capture of

 

62


Table of Contents

thousands of data points at each location and ensures accurate and repeatable results. This throughput-focused testing provides repeatable comparisons of metrics that our customers value above antenna specific measurements alone. Our OTA test process utilizes industry standard measurement tools and our proprietary implementation of the IEEE 802.11.2 Draft Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of 802.11 based Wireless Performance. Our proprietary OTA testing process has been established as an industry leader in wireless throughput testing.

 

 

LOGO

 

We have developed a well-defined set of antenna engineering and integration steps to find the optimum antenna solution within any design constraints. Each customer design is put through a series of distinct Access Point to Client device link tests to measure the average uplink and downlink throughput at each link. Multiple independent, unique AP/Client locations are selected to provide relative throughput test results in high, medium, and low throughput environments. Continual feedback to our customers across the spectrum of system performance (noise, firmware, OTA performance) leads to an optimized design.

Our regional OTA testing facilities are configured to replicate the real-world performance in typical homes and offices, while providing isolation from external RF and wireless interference. This low noise environment is key when comparing and identifying the effect of various antenna and system designs on wireless throughput performance. We have multiple dedicated test sites located in the vicinity of our development locations in San Diego, California, Cambridge, United Kingdom, Taipei, Taiwan, and Shenzhen, China. These test environments allow extended length testing of our antenna solutions at up to 200 feet separation of access point and station. The combination of proprietary testing methods, dedicated test facilities, thousands of hours of test data, experience with hundreds of devices and antenna simulation techniques, have enabled us to provide higher-performance antenna solutions across multiple product platforms as compared to competing antenna systems.

Typically our proprietary integration process goal is to achieve a significant performance improvement over competing antenna solutions – providing a performance advantage that enables more robust wireless connectivity solutions for our customers. In a recent example, where we upgraded a commercially available 55” flat screen smart television with Airgain technology, we increased the probability of the television supporting a wireless (Wi-Fi) 4K UHD content video stream connection (4K UHD requires uplink capacity in the range of 25-50 mbps) by up to 100% using our in-house testing process.

Benefits of our Technology

We continuously ensure that we remain at the forefront of wireless technologies by manufacturing the highest quality and most innovative products, as well as developing new integration processes to produce optimal antenna performance.

 

63


Table of Contents

Benefits to our customers

We have developed strong relationships with leading WLAN chipset vendors, OEMs, and key service providers in the home networking space, keeping us at the forefront of new developments in wireless technologies and industry requirements. We share our expertise with customers in several areas including design, engineering, and testing. Because of our focused business, we can offer insight into problems and develop solutions based on knowledge gained from the release of approximately 330 unique antenna product SKUs to customers. By harnessing our specialized experience and expertise, we offer solutions that can improve our customers’ product performance, reduce their staff costs and allow our customers to focus on non-antenna related factors in the face of short design, engineering and production windows. Rather than rely upon a captive engineering group that only works on in-house opportunities, we act as an outsourced antenna design, engineering, and test group for our customers.

We have also entered into joint development agreements with WLAN chipset vendors to collaborate on next-generation WLAN reference designs. Under these agreements, we have agreed to jointly pursue the development of reference design platforms optimized for use with integrated embedded antenna systems. These WLAN reference designs are intended to provide ODMs with high-performance, embedded antenna solutions from us that provide consistent, measureable results and provide a path to reduced product development costs and cycle times.

Benefits to Wireless Users

By focusing on performance, we strive to improve product satisfaction with customers. Often, competing makers of wireless devices use chips that are made by the same semiconductor manufacturer. Antenna reliability depends on numerous factors including material, mount position, physical connection and resistance to oxidation. However, the selection and placement of an antenna, or antennas, can change the performance characteristics measurably. Each sale of an antenna solution is customized according to the needs and requirements of the customer. Tradeoffs exist on placement, power, price, and other variables. By focusing on performance, we look to engineer and deliver the optimal solution given the customer’s product constraints. This commitment to performance has established us as one of the recognized leaders in the design, testing, and performance of wireless systems, and led to what we believe is one of the broadest blue chip customer lists in the industry.

Our Products

Our antennas are found in end-user devices that are deployed in carrier, enterprise, and residential wireless networks, including WLAN, access points, routers, residential gateways, set-top boxes, media adapters, and digital televisions. Our products have been adopted by some of the world’s leading telecom manufacturers and networking companies and are now being used by millions of carrier subscribers in the United States, Canada, Europe, and Asia. Designed for use in wireless access points, routers, gateways, set-top boxes, and media systems, we offer six core product lines designed to maximize the performance of wireless devices while providing cost and design flexibility:

MaxBeam High Gain Embedded Antennas . MaxBeam TM High Gain Antennas utilize patented beamforming technology to deliver up to double signal strength and receive more sensitivity than conventional antenna solutions. The superior performance is derived by combining the benefits of high gain directional antenna elements with high isolation between each beam. Each antenna utilizes mixed material, integrated multi-element assemblies to provide optimal performance and turnkey integration. The MaxBeam antenna family offers maximum coverage designed for WLAN and Cellular/LTE frequency bands. Single-, dual-, tri-band and concurrent radio, as well as switched Smart Antenna options are available.

Profile Embedded Antennas . Profile Embedded Antennas feature highly efficient printed circuit board, or PCB, based solutions offering low profile designs optimized for confined industrial designs. Ideal for embedded applications requiring integration flexibility, the Profile family includes case, through-hole, and SMT mount designs and is available in single-, dual-, and tri-band applications.

 

64


Table of Contents

Profile Contour Embedded Antennas . Profile Contour Embedded line utilizes Flexible Printed Circuit Board, or FPC, providing performance with device integration flexibility. Flexible and very low profile, these antennas can conform to many two-dimensional shapes making them ideal for integration within curved enclosures and wearable devices. Profile Contour antennas are supplied pre-fitted with adhesive tape for ease of integration.

Ultra Embedded Antennas . The Ultra line of embedded antennas has been designed for lower cost, embedded applications. The stamped metal design allows for rapid customization and tuning to each device, making them ideal for embedded applications requiring integration flexibility. The Ultra line is ideal for very high volume applications, and they utilize superior materials and plating to ensure optimal performance and extended life. The Ultra line is available in cabled and PCB mount designs, for single- or dual-band/feed operation.

OmniMax High Performance External Antennas . Our external dipole antennas are designed for indoor and outdoor WLAN applications. With an extensive variety of single- and dual-band designs available, this family of dipoles offers superior performance and flexible mounting options for various deployment scenarios including Prosumer level devices. They have a very high efficiency and omni-directional gain characteristics across 2.4 and 5 GHz bands to provide optimal coverage for maximum throughput and range.

MaxBeam Carrier Class Antennas . We have developed a series of multi-band LTE and WLAN antennas for small cell systems including Femtocells, Picocells, Wi-Fi hotspots, Wi-Fi backhaul, and community Wi-Fi systems, providing increased range and coverage. These embedded antennas have been designed for indoor or outdoor applications demanding Carrier-grade service levels, where complex issues such as coexistence and isolation between wireless standards in close proximity need to be tightly controlled. Maxbeam Carrier Class antennas achieve the best performance in the smallest possible form factor to minimize the urban landscape footprint.

These antenna product lines are incorporated into an array of devices varying in purpose, as seen in the chart below. In addition, we have a strong patent portfolio and technology in the area of switched multi-beam antennas and dynamically optimized smart antenna systems that would allow us to move into the enterprise class market for Wi-Fi hotspots and small cells, or low-powered radio access points.

 

LOGO

 

65


Table of Contents

Design Partnerships

Our collaborative relationships with 802.11 chipset vendors offer opportunities for market access and improved sales of both chipsets and antennas. Early access to chipset vendors’ offerings, including industrial design tradeoffs in enclosure, board layout and design, all offer chipset vendors the advantage of optimized performance in their reference designs. When our antennas are consequently listed in the reference bill of materials for the major chipset vendors’ products, these antennas become the default performance recommendation for all products utilizing that chipset. Ongoing contact with the OEM’s and ODM’s, along with default use of the reference bill of materials components specified by chipset vendors, generates a dependable flow of sales opportunities for us.

Smart Antenna Technology

While we believe our embedded antenna solutions provide significant performance improvement over competing antenna products and meet the demand of today’s market, the need for even better wireless coverage in home networks continues to grow. Wireless video offerings from service providers are becoming more commonplace, and next generation technologies require ever increasing data speeds, bandwidth and coverage to meet rising consumer expectations.

There are basically two ways to improve the data transfer speed in wireless networks: improve the efficiency of encoding the data on the wireless carrier signal, or reduce the need to re-transmit data to make up for poor reception. Improving the encoding efficiency requires a change in the protocol standard, which occurred when the industry transitioned from 802.11b/g/a standard to the 802.11n standard, and continues to occur today, such as with the recent transition to the new 802.11ac standard. However, there remains a fundamental relationship between the quality of the wireless signal, and performance, and the amount of information any signal can carry.

To improve signal quality, we have developed our smart antenna technology, which serves as a very effective way to direct radio wave energy and point this focused energy in a chosen direction. This focused energy is then harnessed to improve data communication in wireless networks through a set of proprietary algorithms implemented in software and firmware that can greatly enhance the range and data throughput performance versus conventional solutions. All of the algorithms operate within the standardized protocols for 802.11 networks and are fully compatible with existing products on the market.

The improved antenna performance of our smart antenna system is based on combining the benefits of multiple antennas with self-adaptive automatic antenna switching. Our patented antenna tuning process is very rapid and is applied automatically both to receiving and transmitting functions. This same control method can be used with many different physical antenna configurations, and allows our antennas to achieve greater performance than conventional solutions. Our patented Smart Antenna technology is very effective at improving the signal quality of WLAN connections. These smart antennas are optimized to receive signals from single or multiple antenna element systems, dynamically and in real time selecting the optimal configuration maximizing the performance of any given data transmission.

Our Smart Antenna switching algorithms can be applied to almost any type of antenna structure. Our Smart Antenna algorithms power intelligent switching between elements in multi-element antenna systems, however the technology can equally be applied to single element smart antenna systems whereby switching can be used to dynamically re-configure antenna patterns to maximize throughput and coverage for a given environment.

Our switched smart antenna solution focuses on delivering improvements in several key areas:

 

    Quality of service . Delivering consistent bandwidth for real-time demands of video distribution or Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, streaming content to tablets and other mobile devices.

 

    Extended range . The ability to reliably connect devices at the maximum extent of the device.

 

66


Table of Contents
    Interference avoidance . The proliferation of Wi-Fi has led to considerable levels of RF interference. Smart “agile” antenna systems dynamically avoid interference sources and allow maximum throughput.

 

    Per client optimization . Our Smart Antenna solutions are capable of analyzing individual client throughput, optimizing the antenna directionality and enhancing the throughput to individual clients.

We have a history of over 10 years of innovation in beamforming and smart antenna technology for the wireless networking market. We designed and patented some of the first commercially shipping smart antenna solutions for WLAN, and we continue to ship smart antenna systems today. We own a comprehensive portfolio of patents covering smart and embedded antennas, including smart antenna selection and switching. Our intellectual property, or IP, portfolio centers on antenna design and performance, and includes 67 issued patents and 87 pending patent applications covering smart antenna hardware and software solutions for Wi-Fi, LTE and MIMO applications.

We see growing opportunities for our Smart Antenna technology in the enterprise access point market and have developed antenna systems for both 802.11n and 802.11ac implementations. We provide hardware solutions to OEMs and consult with customer software teams to realize these benefits with software implementations ranging from a light application that delivers most of these benefits to a fully integrated software solution that maximizes the benefits of smart switching.

Our Growth Strategy

We continue to expand our product solutions and technology offerings and enter into new market segments within the home networking market. In our core carrier gateway and set-top box market, the transition to the 802.11ac standard continues to be a key driver to penetrating the market with our new antenna solutions. The shift toward Gigabit Wi-Fi 802.11ac is in the early stages and is creating increased demand for our solutions as the number of antennas per device increases substantially.

We plan to continue to drive into product segments outside our core home networking area, including growing opportunities in the enterprise AP, home security, smart TV, medical, and telematics markets. We plan to penetrate an increasing scope of target adjacent in-home wireless device applications such as home security, smart appliances, waterproof and solar outdoor wireless systems, as well as expanding our footprint in new markets for related antenna technologies such as enterprise, LTE, Bluetooth, ZigBee, and machine to machine, or M2M, applications. We have recent project wins and new customers in adjacent markets such as security cameras, smart remote controls, smart TVs, and sound bars and we anticipate continued growth of our share in these markets in the upcoming years.

The global smart TV market is expected to grow at a rate of over 30% over the coming years, driven by thinner, larger, curvier, brighter, and ever higher definition displays packed with bandwidth-hungry applications. There is an industry trend for the set-top-box/cable and OTT device function to move into the TV overtime that is making high performance wireless connectivity increasingly relevant for smart TVs. Consumers expect error free wireless 4K and UHD streaming to their smart TV’s which demands optimal performance Wi-Fi. We are experiencing a tremendous uptick in demand for antenna systems for 4K and UHD display TVs. As a key supplier to these next generation TVs, we are constantly developing new antenna solutions and shipping millions of integrated antenna systems for this segment per year. The favored location of antennas for these devices has traditionally been the edge of the screen bezel, however these existing locations for antennas are disappearing as the width of the screen bezel narrows to enable a wider viewing area, therefore new antenna systems and locations are needed to obtain optimal performance. We have experience designing and integrating antenna systems for large smart TV’s with optimal front of screen Wi-Fi coverage while providing the highest possible throughput performance.

 

67


Table of Contents

The connected home market has seen an explosion of automation services and broadband-connected devices, making the demand for increased bandwidth and reliable connectivity more critical than ever before. We have created solutions for the quickly evolving home security market, including security gateways, window and door sensors, wireless keypads, and surveillance cameras. Our engineering team provides custom antenna solutions to support a variety of device constraints, including flexible antenna technology for curved and smaller form factors. We provide IP alarms and security camera solutions for one of the world’s leading providers of video surveillance products.

We have developed a series of multi-band LTE and WLAN antennas for small cell systems including Femto cells, pico cells, Wi-Fi hotspots, and community Wi-Fi systems, providing increased range and coverage. Designed for indoor and outdoor implementations, our small cell antenna designs provide high-gain, high-performance solutions for multi-frequency and multi-mode network deployments. This includes several designs based on our patented smart antenna technology that delivers increased coverage and operational stability. Our customized small cell antenna systems address a new and growing market opportunity outside of the core in-home area. This market is characterized with lower unit volumes, and higher antenna sell prices compared to the in-home antenna market.

We offer a comprehensive set of services for single- and multi-client Wi-Fi performance testing, characterization, and validation for wireless devices utilizing advanced MIMO configurations and technologies including WLAN, Bluetooth, ZigBee, Z-Wave, and more. Our service offering includes early stage system design, custom engineering support, and superior OTA testing services for service providers and OEMs. Our proprietary OTA testing process has established itself as an industry leader in wireless throughput enabling our service offering to create stickiness with customers as they depend on our testing services. We believe there is significant potential for growth of our service offering revenue, including through renewable service provider service contracts, and to further leverage this offering to customers and applications in adjacent markets.

We are planning to develop a new software product platform called Wi-Fi Assist, that will provide an intuitive embedded and cloud-based application for wireless device installation and diagnosis, targeting major providers of residential in-home data and media services, including carriers such as AT&T and Comcast. Feedback from our carrier customers has revealed there is a significant gap in this area, with no accurate and clearly defined applications or services available to support this market. The goal for Wi-Fi Assist is to create a software and subscription based source of revenue in a new but parallel market segment, leveraging and adding value to our service provider offerings and providing a means of further customer intimacy and entrenchment. Wi-Fi Assist is a management platform for life cycle management of 802.11n- and ac-based residential WLAN networks. This platform will provide a cost effective management solution that enables installers and service representatives to successfully deploy, monitor, trouble shoot, and report on residential wireless networks.

Our mission is to be the world’s leading supplier of smart and embedded antennas to the expanding wireless device and systems marketplace. The key elements of our strategy are listed below.

 

    Expand our customer base within our core markets. We sold our products in 2015 to over 80 active accounts. We also have non-OEM/ODM or carrier and retail-focused customers accounting for more than 10% of our sales during the period from 2012 to 2015). In 2015, our top three customers accounted for approximately 28%, 15% and 12% of sales, respectively. Although the customers that pay for our products are often ODMs and distributors, it is primarily the OEMs, carriers and retail-focused end-customers that drive the selection of our solutions. While we have over 50 customers, we believe the market needs for our products and services are broad and growing.

 

    Increase our sales to existing customers. Within our customer base, we offer solutions that are valued for performance and reliability. In many cases we are providing antenna solutions for an isolated subset of our customer’s wireless product portfolios. We plan to initiate targeted marketing campaigns to expand our solutions footprint—effectively to mine our existing customer base more effectively to expand our revenue on a per customer basis.

 

68


Table of Contents
    Expand geographically. We service markets domestically and internationally. In the United States we have a strong position with the carriers that supply in home residential wireless equipment; however, there is significant scope for expansion in international regions. The substantial majority of our sales are to ODMs and distributors based in China. However, for the year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 36% of the end-customers of our products, based on sales, are in North America and approximately 64% are outside of North America.

 

    Innovate into new products and markets. Trends such as the IoT are driving an explosion of demand for wireless connectivity in new applications in and out of the home, including connected vehicles. Our technology and solutions are well suited to the majority of these high growth potential new markets. As an example, by 2020, BI Intelligence estimates that 75% of cars shipped globally will be built with the necessary hardware to allow people to stream music, look up movie times, be alerted of traffic and weather conditions, and even power driving-assistance services such as self-parking. The connected-car market is projected to grow at a five-year CAGR of 45%—ten times as fast as the overall car market. We also see new opportunities in M2M communications, LTE, Near Field Communications, Identification and Tracking via Radio Frequency Identification, or RFID, Personal Area Networks such as ZigBee, Z-Wave or Bluetooth, and other wireless communications methods and applications.

 

    Focus on system performance and products with long lifecycles . We have sticky customer relationships with over 24% of our revenues in 2015 driven by customer programs exceeding 2 years on the market. Our antenna solutions are typically integrated into customers’ products at the design stage. Once an equipment manufacturer designs our antennas into its product offering, it becomes difficult to design us out of a device because changing antenna suppliers involves significant cost, time, effort, and usually re-certification of products. This is especially valuable in the service provider market, where product generations generally ship for two to three years before displacement by next-generation devices.

 

    Acquire complementary technologies, assets and companies. The market for antenna solutions is diverse and fragmented. Opportunities arise for acquisition of technologies, assets and companies that would complement our business. We continue to consider acquisitions that will enable us to improve our strategic position and to take advantage of economies of scale through consolidation.

Customers

Our customers are global. The substantial majority of our sales are to ODMs and distributors based in China. However, for the year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 36% of the end-customers of our products, based on sales, are in North America. We generally work with Engineering, Product Management, Product Line Management, Product Marketing, Design, and similar groups to provide antenna solutions. While the sale of the product may be to an OEM or ODM, we also consider our customers to include chipset vendors and service providers. We market our design capabilities directly to chipset vendors and service providers to generate demand.

 

    OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer). We sell our products to OEM customers worldwide. These customers make many products including Wi-Fi access points and repeaters, set-top boxes, video gateways, and other wireless equipment found in homes, schools, businesses, and networks. Typically, these customers work with us to help overcome a specific performance issue, or to improve product performance against internal or external benchmarks. OEMs are also often mandated by service providers to select us.

 

    ODM (Original Design Manufacturer). We sell our products to ODM customers worldwide with the vast majority being headquartered in Asia. These customers make many of the same products as the OEM customers, but they make these for sale to an OEM or service provider customer. Generally, ODM customers do not own all of the rights to the design and engineering assets of the products they produce and deliver. Historically, ODMs have been thought to focus primarily on cost; however, our ODM customers also emphasize performance and design flexibility when working on antenna selection and placement.

 

69


Table of Contents
    Chipset Vendors. We sell small quantities of our products directly to chipset vendors for their reference designs. Through our close working relationships with the leading chipset makers for the WLAN we have developed a significant level of expertise in the testing and evaluation of chipset reference designs and systems. Chipset vendors and Semiconductor manufacturers work with us to promote better integration and improved performance, and to create optimal reference designs. These customers help influence purchasing decisions with OEM and ODMs as their reference designs and associated Bills of Materials (BoM’s) and suppliers are usually closely replicated in production designs. This can also improve time-to-market for OEM and ODM customers.

 

    Service Providers. We do not sell antennas directly to telecommunications and broadband service providers, but these companies often specify overall product performance, and sometimes use our wireless test and validation services. By working with the service providers, we are often written into the carrier’s specifications, which are sent to the OEM or ODM. Our antenna products are then shipped directly from our contract manufacturers to the device manufacturer. In doing so, we can have an impact on an OEM’s or ODM’s ability to hit certain performance levels. We have worked with service providers, and in some cases, we have sold testing equipment that mirrors the testing equipment and environment we use internally.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing organizations work together closely to improve market awareness, build a strong sales pipeline, and cultivate ongoing customer relationships to drive sales growth.

Sales

We sell our products to OEMs, ODMs, carriers and through manufactures for retail. Our global sales effort consists of direct and indirect sales teams, and indirect channel partners. Our direct sales team consists of inside sales personnel based in China and our outside field sales teams based in United States, Europe, Korea, China, and Taiwan. Our outside field sales teams consist of business, sales, account, and program managers, and field application engineers, or FAEs. Our indirect channel partners consist of value added resellers, distributors, engineering design companies and outside sales representatives.

We also use inside sales and field sales team managers to handle lead qualifications and larger or more complex transactions. Our FAEs report to these managers and help with technical support to existing customers. Our inside sales team is engaged in pre-sales, account management, distributor support, sales management, and creating partnership opportunities with third parties such as service providers and semiconductor manufacturers. They share responsibility as discussed above, and they can be assigned quotas and have defined sales territories and/or accounts. The sales process includes meeting and qualifying potential customers and actively participating in the planning stage of the devices they plan to bring to market. We intend to invest in our direct sales organization to drive greater market penetration.

Our indirect channel partners provide lead generation, pre-sales support, product fulfillment and, in certain circumstances, post-sales customer service and support. This channel partner network often co-sells with our inside sales and field sales teams. Our channel provides us with additional sales leverage by sourcing new prospects, providing technical support to existing customers, upselling for additional use cases and daily indexing capacities, and maintaining repeat business with existing customers. These channels provide added coverage to customers and prospects we cannot reach directly. The percentage of our sales from indirect channel partners was 39%, 19% and 28% in 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016, respectively.

Marketing

Our marketing strategy is focused on building market awareness and acceptance of our products, and promoting our brand. We market our products directly to both prospective and existing customers. The marketing

 

70


Table of Contents

department is engaged in product management, product marketing, program management, corporate marketing, tradeshows and public speaking, development of our website and collateral material, and creating partnership opportunities with third parties, such as service providers and semiconductor manufacturers. Marketing emphasizes our competitive strengths, and provides input into the future direction of product development and customer profiles.

Our primary marketing initiatives include trade shows, industry events, industry reputation, and publications, including white papers and trade journals. We strategically choose the location and focus of each trade show based on each show’s prospectus, reputation, and audience attendees, allocating marketing funds to support shows annually in North America, Asia, and Europe. Those decisions aid with scheduling meetings with our target audience. These shows provide us with the opportunity to showcase our newest products and system designs, as well as set up meetings with current and potential OEM and ODM customers, carriers, and chipset partners. We provide updates to new products and discuss specific applications and technology while making sure to relay our specific messaging to our audience.

Competition

The embedded antenna market is highly competitive and is characterized by rapid technological change and evolving standards. Our principal competitors fall into three categories:

 

    Direct competitors. Direct competitors include independent antenna companies, including Adant Technologies Inc., Antenova Ltd., Asian Creation Communications Factory, Ethertronics Inc., Fractus S.A., Baylin Technologies Inc., L-com, Inc., PCTEL, Inc., Pinyon Technologies Inc., Raylink Inc., Sunwave Communications Co., Ltd., Taoglas Limited, Wanshih Electronic Co. Ltd., and WHA YU Industrial Co., Ltd., among others. In addition, the barriers to entry for the antenna industry are low, and we expect new competitors to emerge in the future.

 

    In-house Antenna Design and Engineering Teams. Several of our existing customers, including ODMs which design and build complete wireless devices, also have internal resources to design, engineer, and produce antenna solutions. In such cases, we compete against the captive resource of that ODM. Several ODMs, including Gemtek Technology Co. Ltd., Wistron Corporation, Foxconn Electronics Inc., and Arcadyan Technology Corporation, design, manufacture, and sell antennas, in direct competition with us.

 

    Third-Party Custom Design and Engineering Companies. Some of our existing customers and prospects use outsourced engineering services to provide antenna solutions. In these cases, there may be short-term or long-term contractors who work to design, engineer, test, and manage production of an antenna solution. This can be done in conjunction with in-house design and engineering employees and resources.

The principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

    Price and total cost of ownership as a result of reliability and performance issues;

 

    Brand awareness and reputation;

 

    Antenna performance, such as reliability, range, throughput;

 

    Ability to integrate with other technology infrastructures;

 

    Offerings across breadth of in-home wireless products;

 

    Antenna design and testing capabilities;

 

    Relationships with semiconductor/chipset vendors; and

 

    Intellectual property portfolio.

 

71


Table of Contents

We compete primarily based on antenna performance, our intellectual product portfolio, design and testing capabilities, and reputation. We believe we generally compete favorably on the basis of these factors. However, some of our existing and potential competitors may have advantages over us. Many of our competitors are significantly larger in scale than we are and have access to greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources. In most instances, competition among these vendors creates some level of pricing pressure and forces us to lower prices below our established list prices. Many direct competitors compete based upon price, and some high-volume Asia-based competitors are prepared to operate at less than 20% gross product margins.

Manufacturing and Operations

We outsource the manufacturing of our antenna products to two contract manufacturers, or CMs, located in China. We work with CMs to purchase raw materials, assemble, test, and ship our antenna products. We perform quality assurance and testing at our California facilities.

We maintain a close direct relationship with these manufacturers to help ensure supply and quality meet our requirements. Although the contract manufacturing services required to manufacture and assemble our products can be satisfied by one of our CMs or may be readily available from several established manufacturers, it may be time consuming and costly to qualify and implement new contract manufacturer relationships. If our CMs suffer an interruption in their businesses, or experiences delays, disruptions, or quality control problems in their manufacturing operations, or we otherwise have to change or add additional contract manufacturers or suppliers, our ability to ship products to our customers could be delayed, and our business adversely affected. The CMs manufacture antenna products according to our design specification, materials specification, quality standards, and delivery requirements. We have full control and authority over the selection of materials, manufacturing processes, and inspection processes.

Research and Development

We invest considerable time and financial resources in research and development to enhance our antenna design and system integration capabilities, and conduct quality assurance testing to improve our technology. Our engineering team consists of engineers located in research, design, and test centers in California, the United Kingdom, China, and Taiwan. Our engineering team actively participates in research and development activities to expand our capabilities and target applications for the connected home market, adjacent in-home applications, connected vehicle, enterprise, and outdoor WLAN markets. We expect to continue to expand our product offerings and technology solutions in the future and to invest significantly in ongoing research and development efforts.

In the connected home, we are developing a series of antenna products for the home security market, including designs ranging from Z-Wave applications for door sensors to LTE designs for backhaul connections. We continue to architect and improve our antenna systems for our enterprise class smart antenna customers, as well as new high performance designs for the outdoor Wi-Fi and small cell markets. We are constantly reviewing alternative antenna designs for increasingly complex carrier gateway products, which are expanding beyond just delivering Wi-Fi to also include ZigBee, Z-Wave, DECT, and Bluetooth applications. Finally, we are engaged in the design and evaluation of antennas systems for next generation 802.11ac technology, including 8x8 reference designs.

Intellectual Property

We rely on patent, trademark, copyright and trade secrets laws, confidentiality procedures, and contractual provisions to protect our technology. As of July 27, 2016, we had 47 issued U.S. patents covering our embedded and smart antenna technology with expiration dates ranging from 2020 to 2032, and 88 patent applications pending for examination in the United States. We also have 22 issued patents and 5 pending patent applications for examination in non-U.S. jurisdictions (Europe, China and Japan) with expiration dates ranging from 2020 to

 

72


Table of Contents

2037, which entail counterparts of U.S. utility patent applications. The patents consist of several broad areas, as summarized by the following four patent groups:

 

    Methods of determining which antenna pattern to use;

 

    Antenna pattern selection with multiple stations connected to access point;

 

    Dynamically selected antennas for MIMO systems; and

 

    Hardware implementations of switched directional antennas.

Taken together, these patents with priority dates as far back as November 2000, form both a barrier to competition and a licensable asset for customers in the MIMO arena.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors and customers, and generally limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information. However, we cannot assure you that the steps taken by us will prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as the laws of the United States, and many foreign countries do not enforce these laws as diligently as government agencies and private parties in the United States.

Our industry is characterized by the existence of many patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular, leading companies in the technology industry have extensive patent portfolios. Third parties, including certain of these leading companies, may in the future assert patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights against us, our channel partners or our customers.

Employees

As of June 30, 2016, we had approximately 33 employees in the United States and 5 in the United Kingdom, 23 of whom were primarily engaged in research and development, eight of whom were primarily engaged in sales and marketing and seven of whom were primarily engaged in operations and general and administration functions. In addition, we also have 10 employees based out of China whom primarily were engaged in sales and marketing. In addition, we contract directly with engineers and sales contractors domestically and internationally. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a labor union. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters occupy approximately 10,300 square feet in San Diego, California, under a lease that expires in June 2020. We also lease an approximately 3,500 square feet office in San Diego, California, a 4,300 square foot home facility in Rancho Santa Fe, California and a 3,900 square foot home facility in Rancho Santa Fe, California that are used as testing facilities. In addition, we lease office buildings in four locations outside of the United States in Shenzhen, China, Jiangsu Province, China, Shulin City, Taiwan, and Cambridgeshire, United Kingdom. We believe our facilities are suitable and sufficient to meet our current operating needs. We intend to add new facilities as we hire new employees, and we believe that the current headquarters in San Diego offers suitable additional space to accommodate such an expansion.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be a party to legal proceedings and subject to claims incident in the ordinary course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

 

73


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages, and positions of our executive officers and directors as of June 30, 2016.

 

Name    Age      Position

Executive Officers

     

Charles Myers(1)

     54       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Leo Johnson

     61       Chief Financial Officer

Glenn Selbo

     54       Chief Operating Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Jim K. Sims(2)(1)

     69       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Francis X. Egan(2)

     60       Director

Frances Kordyback(3)

     62       Director

Thomas A. Munro(2)(3)(1)

     59       Director

Arthur M. Toscanini(3)

     73       Director

 

(1) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3) Member of the Audit Committee.

Executive Officers

Charles Myers has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since May 2011. Prior to joining Airgain, Mr. Myers served as a consultant in sourcing opportunities to private equity companies from 2009 to January 2011 and as the Acting Chief Executive Officer of the Wireless Business Unit at VeriSign, Inc., a Web domain names and Internet security company, from November 2007 to January 2009. Mr. Myers also served as Chief Executive Officer of Awarepoint, a developer of location based hardware and software for the healthcare industry, and Founder and Chief Executive Officer of NetworkCar, a wireless automotive technology company. Mr. Myers began his career with Science Applications International Corporation, a Fortune 500 company, where he rose to the position of Corporate Vice President. He holds a M.S. degree from Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mr. Myers’ extensive knowledge of our business and prior executive management experience contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Leo Johnson has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2014. From December 2012 to June 2014, Mr. Johnson served as a consultant to us. From September 2001 to November 2011, Mr. Johnson held several financial positions at Verisign, Inc. including Director of Finance, a position he held since 2003. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Johnson served as Chief Financial Officer at Planning Technologies, Inc., a professional services company focused on network infrastructure and architecture that was acquired by Red Hat Inc. Mr. Johnson holds a B.B.A. in Accounting from the University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia.

Glenn Selbo has served as our Chief Operating Officer since June 2012. He has been with the company since its inception in November 2003, serving as Vice President, Business Development and Marketing from October 2006 to June 2012 and Vice President, Sales & Marketing from January 2004 to October 2006. Previously, Mr. Selbo served as Senior Director of Sales and Marketing for Powerwave Technologies, where he oversaw marketing and product management activities for cellular power amplifier solutions and as Vice President of Strategic Marketing for Wireless Facilities, a wireless network services firm. Mr. Selbo also served as Vice President of Marketing for VoltDelta, an application service provider in the wireless space, and Director of Global Market Development for Unisys Corporation. Mr. Selbo began his wireless career with AirTouch Communications, where he held several marketing and business development positions in the company’s U.S. and international operations. Mr. Selbo received his M.B.A. from the University of Southern California and B.A. in Finance from California State University, Fullerton.

 

74


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

Jim K. Sims has served as our chairman of the board of directors since November 2003. Mr. Sims has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of GEN3 Partners, a consulting company that specializes in science-based technology development, since 1999, and as General Partner of its affiliated private equity investment fund, GEN3 Capital I, LP, since 2005. Mr. Sims founded Silicon Valley Data Science in 2012 and Cambridge Technology Partners in 1991. Prior to Cambridge Technology Partners, Mr. Sims also founded Concurrent Computer Corporation. Mr. Sims currently serves on the board of directors of various private companies including EPAY Systems, Inc., Connections 365, Inc. and Bright Volt, Inc. and has previously served on the board of directors of public companies including Cambridge Technology Partners, RSA Security, Inc. and Electronic Data Systems Corporation. Mr. Sims’ extensive experience as a director of numerous public and private companies, as well as his extensive experience as a founder and venture capital investor in the technology industry, contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Francis X. Egan has served on our board of directors since May 2010. Mr. Egan currently serves as a Managing Director of GEN3 Capital, a position he has held since 2005. Mr. Egan also currently serves as the Managing Director of Northwater Capital, Inc., an intellectual property focused venture capital company, a position he has held since 2006. Prior to GEN3 Capital, Mr. Egan served as Executive Vice President with PaineWebber (UBS), Kemper Securities Inc. and Dain Rauscher Wessels. Mr. Egan currently serves on the board of directors of various private companies including Arctic Sand Technologies, Inc., Aquilon Energy Services, Inc., One Chip Photonics, EPAY Systems, Red Wave Energy, Inc., MTPV Power Corporation, Ioxus, Inc., ThinkVine, Inc., R3 Fusion, Inc., Legend 3D, Inc., Skyonic Corp., Solicore, Inc. and Specialists on Call. Mr. Egan holds a B.A. from Marquette University, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Mr. Egan’s extensive experience as a venture capital investor in the technology industry, as well as his extensive experience as a board member of numerous companies, contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Frances Kordyback has served on our board of directors since November 2005. Ms. Kordyback is a Managing Director of Northwater Capital Management Inc., a position she has held since January 2005. Prior to Northwater Capital Management, she served as the Managing Director of CCFL Parklea Capital Inc. from January 2003 to December 2004. Ms. Kordyback was a partner in Plaxton & Co. Limited from February 1999 to December 2001. Ms. Kordyback represents Northwater Capital Management on the boards of private portfolio companies, such as General Compression Inc., Unique Solutions Design Ltd. and Noble Biomaterials, Inc. Ms. Kordyback holds a Bachelor of Mathematics from the University of Waterloo. Ms. Kordyback’s experience as a venture capitalist investing in the technology industry and serving on the boards of multiple technology companies contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that she should serve as a director of our company.

Thomas A. Munro has served on our board of directors since 2004. Mr. Munro is the Chief Executive Officer of Verimatrix, Inc., an Internet security technology company, a position he has held since April 2005. Prior to Verimatrix, Mr. Munro was the President of Wireless Facilities from 2001 to 2003 and Chief Financial Officer from 1997 to 2001. Previously, he was the Chief Financial Officer of Precision Digital Images from 1994 to 1995 and MetLife Capital Corporation from 1992 to 1994. Mr. Munro currently serves on the board of directors of BandwidthX, Inc., a private company, and previously served on the board of directors of private companies Kineticom, Inc. and CommNexus. Mr. Munro holds a B.A. in business and an M.B.A. from the University of Washington. Mr. Munro’s extensive knowledge of our business and history and experience in the wireless technology industry contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Arthur M. Toscanini has served on our board of directors since 2005. Mr. Toscanini is the Chief Financial Officer of GEN3 Partners, a position he has held since 2000. Prior to GEN3 Partners, he was with Cambridge Technology Partners from 1991 to 2000, where he served as the Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Toscanini also served as Vice President and Controller of Concurrent Computer Corporation from 1986 to 1991. Prior to Concurrent Computer Corporation, he worked at Perkin-Elmer Data Systems Group. Mr. Toscanini currently

 

75


Table of Contents

serves on the board of directors of various private companies, including Specialists On Call and EPAY Systems. He holds a B.A. in accounting from Pace University and an M.A. in management from Monmouth University. Mr. Toscanini’s extensive knowledge of our business and experience as a chief financial officer contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Director Independence

Our board of directors consists of six members. Our board of directors has determined that Thomas A. Munro is an independent director in accordance with the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Capital Market. The NASDAQ independence definition includes a series of objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by NASDAQ rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Classified Board of Directors

In accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    the Class I directors will be Jim K. Sims and Charles Myers, and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering;

 

    the Class II directors will be Francis X. Egan and Arthur M. Toscanini, and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering; and

 

    the Class III directors will be Frances Kordyback and Thomas A. Munro, and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

Our certificate of incorporation that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company. Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two thirds of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently led by its chairman, Jim K. Sims. Our board of directors recognizes that it is important to determine an optimal board leadership structure to ensure the independent oversight of management as the company continues to grow. We separate the roles of chief executive officer and chairman of the board in recognition of the differences between the two roles. The chief executive officer is responsible for setting the strategic direction for the company and the day-to-day leadership and performance of the company,

 

76


Table of Contents

while the chairman of the board of directors provides guidance to the chief executive officer and presides over meetings of the full board of directors. We believe that this separation of responsibilities provides a balanced approach to managing the board of directors and overseeing the company.

Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of the company’s risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our board to understand the company’s risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic and reputational risk.

The audit committee reviews information regarding liquidity and operations, and oversees our management of financial risks. Periodically, the audit committee reviews our policies with respect to risk assessment, risk management, loss prevention and regulatory compliance. Oversight by the audit committee includes direct communication with our external auditors, and discussions with management regarding significant risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures. The compensation committee is responsible for assessing whether any of our compensation policies or programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks. Matters of significant strategic risk are considered by our board as a whole.

Board Committees and Independence

Our board has established three standing committees—audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance – each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board.

Audit Committee

The audit committee’s main function is to oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. This committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

    appointing our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    evaluating the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    reviewing the design, implementation, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal accounting controls and our critical accounting policies;

 

    discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit and the review of our quarterly unaudited financial statements;

 

    reviewing, overseeing and monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

 

77


Table of Contents
    reviewing on a periodic basis, or as appropriate, any investment policy and recommending to our board any changes to such investment policy;

 

    reviewing any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding our results of operations;

 

    preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;

 

    reviewing and approving any related party transactions and reviewing and monitoring compliance with our code of conduct and ethics; and

 

    reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the audit committee and its members including compliance of the audit committee with its charter.

The members of our audit committee are Mr. Toscanini, Ms. Kordyback and Mr. Munro. Mr. Toscanini serves as the chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The NASDAQ Capital Market. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Toscanini is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable NASDAQ rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Munro is independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and The NASDAQ Capital Market. Under the applicable NASDAQ Capital Market rules, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent audit committee requirements of The NASDAQ Capital Market on the same schedule as we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent audit committee requirements pursuant to Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act which require: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. We will comply with the phase-in requirements of the NASDAQ Capital Market rules and within one year of our listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market, all members of our audit committee will be independent under NASDAQ rules and Rule 10A-3. Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market, the audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and The NASDAQ Capital Market.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee approves, or recommends to our board of directors, policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee approves, or recommends to our board of directors, corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and approves, or recommends to our board of directors, the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also approves, or recommends to our board of directors, the issuance of stock options and other awards under our equity plan. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter.

The members of our compensation committee are Mr. Munro, Mr. Egan and Mr. Sims. Mr. Munro serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our Board has determined that Mr. Munro is independent under the applicable rules and regulations of The NASDAQ Capital Market and is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our Board has determined that each of the members of our compensation committee is an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 162(m). Under the applicable NASDAQ Capital Market rules, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent compensation committee requirements of the NASDAQ Capital Market which require: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. We will comply with the phase-in requirements of the NASDAQ Capital Market rules and within one year of our listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market, all members of our compensation committee will be independent under NASDAQ rules. Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter, which the compensation committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

 

78


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors in discharging the board’s responsibilities regarding the identification of qualified candidates to become board members, the selection of nominees for election as directors at our annual meetings of stockholders (or special meetings of stockholders at which directors are to be elected), and the selection of candidates to fill any vacancies on our board of directors and any committees thereof. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies, reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters and oversight of the evaluation of our board of directors. The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Mr. Sims, Mr. Munro and Mr. Myers. Mr. Sims serves as the chairman of the committee. Our board has determined that Mr. Munro is independent under the applicable rules and regulations of The NASDAQ Capital Market relating to nominating and corporate governance committee independence. Under the applicable NASDAQ Capital Market rules, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent nominating and corporate governance committee requirements of the NASDAQ Capital Market which require: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. We will comply with the phase-in requirements of the NASDAQ Capital Market rules and within one year of our listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market, all members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be independent under NASDAQ rules. Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market, the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, which the nominating and corporate governance committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Board Diversity

Upon the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing with the board of directors, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the board of directors as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members), the nominating and corporate governance committee, in recommending candidates for election, and the board of directors, in approving (and, in the case of vacancies, appointing) such candidates, will take into account many factors, including the following:

 

    personal and professional integrity, ethics and values;

 

    experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly-held company;

 

    experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly-held company;

 

    strong finance experience;

 

    diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

 

    diversity of background and perspective, including, but not limited to, with respect to age, gender, race, place of residence and specialized experience;

 

    experience relevant to our business industry and with relevant social policy concerns; and

 

    relevant academic expertise or other proficiency in an area of our business operations.

 

79


Table of Contents

Currently, our board of directors evaluates, and following the closing of this offering will evaluate, each individual in the context of the board of directors as a whole, with the objective of assembling a group that can best maximize the success of the business and represent stockholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of experience in these various areas.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Investor Relations—Corporate Governance section of our website at www.airgain.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of The NASDAQ Capital Market concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

 

80


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2015, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

 

    Charles Myers, President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Leo Johnson, Chief Financial Officer; and

 

    Glenn Selbo, Chief Operating Officer.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the closing of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information regarding compensation earned by or awards to our named executive officers during 2014 and 2015.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary($)     Bonus($)     Stock
Awards($)(1)
    Option
Awards($)(2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation($)
    All Other
Compensation($)(3)
    Total($)  

Charles Myers,

    2015        310,000        260,000        —         110,000        —         522,696       1,202,696   

President, Chief Executive

Officer and Director

    2014        310,000        175,000        574,033        —          —          20,000        1,079,033   
               

Leo Johnson,

    2015        225,000        125,000        —          —          —         —         350,000   

Chief Financial Officer

    2014        261,750 (4)      85,000        —          90,000        —         —         436,750   

Glenn Selbo,

    2015        225,000        125,000        —          15,000        —         —         365,000   

Chief Operating Officer

    2014        225,000        85,000        —          58,050        —         —         368,050   

 

(1) Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock awards granted during the relevant fiscal year computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock awards and option awards made to our directors in Note 11 to the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The performance objectives to which the vesting of the performance-based restricted stock awards granted during 2015 to Messrs. Johnson and Selbo were subject were not deemed probable of achievement as of the date of grant and no grant date fair value was attributed to those awards as of that date. The full grant date fair value of such awards, assuming achievement of the applicable performance objectives at maximum levels, was as follows: Mr. Johnson, $35,000; and Mr. Selbo, $65,000.
(2) Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the relevant fiscal year computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock awards and option awards made to our directors in Note 11 to the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The performance objectives to which the vesting of the performance-based stock option awards granted during 2015 to Messrs. Myers and Selbo were subject were not deemed probable of achievement as of the date of grant and no grant date fair value was attributed to those awards as of that date. The full grant date fair value of such awards, assuming achievement of the applicable performance objectives at maximum levels, was as follows: Mr. Myers, $30,000; and Mr. Selbo, $15,000.
(3) For 2014, represents supplemental health insurance provided for Mr. Myers at our expense. For 2015, includes $266,282 for the forgiveness by us of a loan to Mr. Myers, a gross-up payment of $236,414 for taxes arising from the forgiveness of the loan, $5,500 paid for an annual executive medical program for Mr. Myers, $5,000 paid for health club dues and a personal trainer for Mr. Myers, and $9,500 in monthly reimbursements for Mr. Myers’ vehicle payments, and the costs of maintenance and operation of such vehicle.
(4) Represents consulting fees paid to Mr. Johnson for services rendered 2014 until July 28, 2014. Mr. Johnson served as a consultant to the company prior to July 28, 2014, when he commenced full-time employment as our Chief Financial Officer.

 

81


Table of Contents

Narrative Disclosure to Compensation Tables

Employment and Consulting Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers.

Employment Agreement with Mr. Myers

Pursuant to his employment agreement, effective for 2014, Mr. Myers is entitled to an annual base salary of $310,000 and a target annual bonus in the amount of 75% of his annual base salary. In connection with the execution of his employment agreement, on March 1, 2014, Mr. Myers received a grant of 260,924 shares of restricted common stock, all of which fully vested as of March 31, 2015. We provided a loan to Mr. Myers of $266,282 for the payment of federal and state income taxes payable by him as a result of the issuance of the restricted stock, which loan was evidenced by a promissory note secured by a pledge of the shares. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we forgave the loan and provided Mr. Myers with a gross-up payment of $236,414 for taxes on the loan forgiveness.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Myers is entitled to receive a one-time cash retention bonus (the “Retention Bonus”) in the amount of $500,000 on the date of the closing of this offering, provided he continues to be an employee through such date. In the event of (1) Mr. Myers’ death, (2) Mr. Myer’s termination of employment by reason of his disability, (3) Mr. Myers’ termination of employment without cause, or (4) Mr. Myers’ resignation for good reason, he will be entitled to receive the Retention Bonus in a lump sum cash payment. In addition, in the event of a change in control (as defined below) prior to the date of the closing of this offering, Mr. Myers will be entitled to receive the Retention Bonus on the date of such change in control.

Pursuant to the employment agreement with Mr. Myers, if we terminate his employment without cause (as defined below) or he resigns for good reason (as defined below), he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 12 months of his base salary as in effect immediately prior to the date of termination; (3) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to his “earned” bonus for the calendar year during which his date of termination occurs calculated as of the date of termination (wherein “earned” means that he has met the applicable bonus metrics as of date of such termination, as determined by the board of directors), prorated for such portion of the calendar year during which such termination occurs that has elapsed through the date of termination; (4) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 12 multiplied by the monthly premium payable by Mr. Myers (or by us on his behalf) for disability insurance under our disability insurance plans in which Mr. Myers was participating immediately prior to the date of termination, payable in a lump sum on the date that is thirty (30) days following the date of termination; (5) continuation of health benefits at our expense for a period of 12 months following the date of termination; and (6) as described above, the automatic acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of his restricted stock award.

In the event Mr. Myers termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurs within 12 months following a change in control, he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 18 months of his base salary as in effect immediately prior to the date of termination; (3) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to his target bonus for the year in which the termination of his employment occurs; (4) continuation of health benefits at our expense for a period of 18 months following the date of termination; (5) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 18 multiplied by the monthly premium payable by Mr. Myers (or by us on his behalf) for disability insurance under our disability insurance plans in which Mr. Myers was participating immediately prior to the date of termination, payable in a lump sum on the date that is thirty (30) days following the date of termination; and (6) as described above, the automatic acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of his restricted stock award.

 

82


Table of Contents

If Mr. Myers’ employment is terminated as a result of his death or following his permanent disability, Mr. Myers or his estate, as applicable, is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to his “earned” bonus for the calendar year during which his date of termination occurs calculated as of the date of termination (wherein “earned” means that he has met the applicable bonus metrics as of date of such termination, as determined by the board of directors), prorated for such portion of the calendar year during which such termination occurs that has elapsed through the date of termination; and (3) as described above, the automatic acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of his restricted stock award.

Employment Agreements with Messrs. Johnson and Selbo

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Selbo is entitled to an annual base salary of $225,000, and a target annual bonus in the amount of 50% of his annual base salary. Mr. Johnson entered into his employment agreement effective July 28, 2014, the date he commenced employment with us. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Johnson is entitled to an annual base salary of $225,000 and a target annual bonus in the amount of 50% of his annual base salary. Pursuant to their employment agreements, if we terminate such officer’s employment without cause (as defined below) or such officer resigns for good reason (as defined below), the executive officer is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 6 months of his base salary as in effect immediately prior to the date of termination; and (3) continuation of health benefits at our expense for a period of 6 months following the date of termination.

In the event an officer’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurs within 12 months following a change in control, the executive officer is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 12 months of his base salary as in effect immediately prior to the date of termination; (3) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to his target bonus for the year in which the termination of his employment occurs; (4) continuation of health benefits at our expense for a period of 18 months following the date of termination; and (5) the automatic acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of outstanding unvested stock awards.

If an officer’s employment is terminated as a result of his death or following his permanent disability, the executive officer or his estate, as applicable, is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; and (2) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to his “earned” bonus for the calendar year during which his date of termination occurs calculated as of the date of termination (wherein “earned” means that the executive officer has met the applicable bonus metrics as of date of such termination, as determined by the board of directors), prorated for such portion of the calendar year during which such termination occurs that has elapsed through the date of termination.

Defined Terms Applicable to Executive Employment Agreements

For purposes of the executive employment agreements, “cause” generally means an executive officer’s (1) material breach of his employment agreement, his confidentiality and inventions assignment agreement or the definitive agreements relating to his stock option awards; (2) continued substantial and material failure or refusal to perform according to, or to comply with, the policies, procedures or practices established by us; (3) appropriation (or attempted appropriation) of a material business opportunity of the company, including attempting to secure or securing any personal profit in connection with any transaction entered into on our behalf; (4) misappropriation (or attempted appropriation) of any of our funds or property of any kind; (5) willful

 

83


Table of Contents

gross misconduct; or (6) conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude that is likely to inflict or has inflicted material injury on our business; provided, however, that except for Cause being the result of item (6) above, we will provide written notice to the executive officer, which notice specifically identifies the nature of the alleged cause claimed by us with enough specificity for the executive officer to be able to cure, and the executive officer will have 15 days to cure the purported ground(s) for cause.

For purposes of the executive employment agreements, “good reason” generally means (1) a material reduction in the executive officer’s authority, duties or responsibilities relative to the executive officer’s authority, duties or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction; as set forth in his employment agreement; (2) a material reduction in the executive officer’s annual base salary (or, for Mr. Myers, his target cash compensation; (3) a relocation of the executive officer’s or our principal executive offices to a location outside of San Diego County, if the executive officer’s principal office is at such offices; (4) any material breach by us or any successor or affiliate of obligations to the executive officer under the employment agreement; or (5) for Mr. Myers, the assignment to him of any duties materially inconsistent with his status as an executive officer.

For purposes of the employment agreements, “change in control” generally means (1) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) (other than us, any of our subsidiaries, or any existing shareholder) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of our securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by our then outstanding voting securities, (2) the consummation of the sale, liquidation or disposition by us of all or substantially all of our assets, (3) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization or other similar transaction involving us, in each case in which our voting securities outstanding immediately prior thereto do not continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least 50% of the power represented by our voting securities or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such transaction, or (4) for Mr. Myers, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the board of directors together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with us to effect a transaction described in clause (1) or (3) of this definition) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by our shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

Consulting Agreement with Mr. Johnson

In December 2012, we entered into a consulting agreement with Mr. Johnson. The agreement was not for a specified term and was subject to termination by either party upon thirty days’ notice. Pursuant to the agreement, we paid Mr. Johnson $25,000 per month for his services. This agreement terminated upon Mr. Johnson’s commencement of employment with us on July 28, 2014 pursuant to his employment agreement described above.

Annual Cash Bonus

For 2015, Mr. Myers, Mr. Johnson and Mr. Selbo were eligible for target bonuses equal to 75%, 50% and 50% of their respective base salaries. The executives’ bonuses for 2015 were determined in the discretion of our board of directors based on its subjective assessment of both our corporate performance and their individual performance. Based on this assessment, our board of directors determined to award Mr. Myers a bonus of $260,000 for 2015, representing 84% of his base salary for 2015, determined to award Mr. Johnson a bonus of $125,000, representing 56% of his base salary for 2015, and determined to award Mr. Selbo a bonus of $125,000, representing 56% of his base salary for 2015.

Equity Compensation

We primarily offer stock options to our named executive officers as the long-term incentive component of our compensation program. Our stock options allow employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a

 

84


Table of Contents

price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and may or may not be intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the past, our board of directors has determined the fair market value of our common stock based upon inputs including valuation reports prepared by third-party valuation firms from time to time. Generally, the stock options we grant vest over four years, subject to the employee’s continued employment with us on the vesting date. We also, when appropriate, grant restricted stock to our executives.

Pursuant to his employment agreement on August 27, 2014, Mr. Johnson received a stock option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests over two years, with 25% of the shares subject to the option vested immediately on the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over a period of two years following his commencement of employment, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date. The options were originally granted with an exercise price per share of $4.20, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of the grant, as determined pursuant to an independent third party valuation. The option has a term of ten years from the date of grant. In March 2015, the option was amended to reduce the exercise price per share to $2.00 per share, which represented the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of such amendment, as determined pursuant to an independent third party valuation.

In March 2015, each of Mr. Myers and Mr. Selbo received additional stock option awards. The options were granted with an exercise price per share of $2.00, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of the grant, as determined pursuant to an independent third party valuation. The options have a term of ten years from the date of grant. Mr. Myers was granted time-based stock options to purchase 80,000 shares of our common stock, of which 75,000 were fully vested on the date of grant and 5,000 vested on March 31, 2015. Mr. Myers received a second time-based stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock, which stock option vests over four years, with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over a period of three years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date. The time-based options will vest on an accelerated basis in the event of a change in control, or in the event of Mr. Myers’ termination of employment by us without cause (as defined in his employment agreement), his resignation for good reason (as defined in his employment agreement), his death or his termination of employment by reason of his disability (as defined in his employment agreement). Mr. Selbo was granted 12,500 time-based stock options, which also vest over four years.

Mr. Myers also received performance-based stock options to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock, which stock option vests over four years, with 25% of the shares subject to the option vested immediately on the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over a period of three years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date; provided, however, that the number of shares subject to the option that would have been eligible to vest in accordance with the foregoing schedule were to be determined based on our revenues for 2015 in accordance with the following table (with results were to be interpolated between the listed data points):

 

2015 Revenues

   Percentage of Options
Eligible to Vest
 

Below $28M

     0

$28M

     50

$30M

     75

$32M

     100

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the vesting eligible shares subject to the option would have become fully vested and exercisable in the event of a change in control; provided that, to the extent such change in control occurred during 2015, Mr. Myers would have vested in 100% of the shares subject to the option on the date of such change in control. In addition, the vesting eligible shares would have become fully vested and exercisable in

 

85


Table of Contents

the event of Mr. Myers’ termination of employment by us without cause (as defined in his employment agreement), his resignation for good reason (as defined his employment agreement), his death or his termination of employment by reason of his disability (as defined in his employment agreement); provided that, to the extent such termination of employment occurred during 2015, Mr. Myers would have vested in 100% of the shares subject to the option on the date of such termination of employment. Because we did not meet the foregoing revenue target for 2015, all of the options were forfeited on December 31, 2015.

Mr. Selbo also received performance-based stock options to purchase 12,500 shares of our common stock, which stock option vests over four years, with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over a period of three years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date; provided, however, that the number of shares subject to the option that would have been eligible to vest in accordance with the foregoing schedule were to be determined based on our revenues for 2015 in accordance with the following table (with results to be interpolated between the listed data points):

 

2015 Revenues

   Percentage of Options
Eligible to Vest
 

Below $28M

     0

$28M

     50

$30M

     75

$32M

     100

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a change in control occurred during 2015, 100% of the shares subject to the option would have been deemed to be vesting eligible shares and would have been eligible to vest in accordance with the foregoing time-based schedule and the foregoing performance vesting provisions would have ceased to apply. The vesting eligible shares would have become fully vested and exercisable in the event of Mr. Selbo’s termination of employment by us without cause (as defined in Mr. Selbo’s employment agreement) or his resignation for good reason (as defined Mr. Selbo’s employment agreement), in each case following a change in control. Because we did not meet the foregoing revenue target for 2015, all of the options were forfeited on December 31, 2015.

Also in March 2015, each of Mr. Selbo and Mr. Johnson received performance-based restricted stock awards with respect to 32,500 and 17,500 shares, respectively. The shares would have vested on the date that is six months and one day following the closing date of an initial public offering ( provided such offering occurred on or before December 31, 2015), subject to the recipient’s continued employment or service to us on such vesting date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the shares would have become fully vested and exercisable in the event of a change in control prior to December 31, 2015. In addition, the shares would have become fully vested and exercisable in the event of the employee’s termination of employment by us without cause (as defined in his employment agreement), or his resignation for good reason (as defined his employment agreement), in each case following the closing of the initial public offering. As of December 31, 2015, these shares were forfeited.

Stock awards granted to our named executive officers may be subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances. For additional discussion, please see “—Employment Agreements” above and “—Change in Control Benefits” below.

Our board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, a 2016 Incentive Award Plan, referred to below as the 2016 Plan, in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants of our company and certain of its affiliates and to enable our company and certain of its affiliates to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. For additional information about the 2016 Plan, please see the section titled “Incentive Award Plans” below.

 

86


Table of Contents

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans

We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan that allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within limits prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the plan. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan. We may make discretionary matching contributions under the 401(k) plan, but we have not done so to date. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings through our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our named executive officers in accordance with our compensation policies.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans. In addition, pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Myers is entitled to receive the following additional benefits with an aggregate annual cost not to exceed $20,000: (1) annual executive medical program; (2) health club dues/personal trainer; and (3) reimbursement of monthly vehicle payment, plus the costs of maintenance and operation of such vehicle. We do not provide our named executive officers with any other perquisites or other personal benefits.

Change in Control Benefits

Our named executive officers may become entitled to certain benefits or enhanced benefits in connection with a change in control of our company. Each of our named executive officers’ employment agreements entitles them to accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards, as well as certain other benefits, upon a change in control of our company. For additional discussion, please see “—Employment Agreements” above.

 

87


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at the End of 2015

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2015.

 

          Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Grant Date     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options(#)
Exercisable(1)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options(#)
Unexercisable(1)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have Not
Vested(#)
    Market
Value of
Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have Not
Vested($)
    Equity
incentive
plan

awards:
number
of
unearned
shares,
units or
other
rights
that have
not

vested(#)
    Equity
incentive
plan

awards:
market
or
payout
value of
unearned
shares,
units or
other
rights
that have
not

vested($)
 

Charles Myers

    3/18/2015       —         25,000        —       $ 2.00        3/18/2025        —         —         —         —    
    3/18/2015       —         —         25,000 (2)    $ 2.00        3/18/2025        —         —         —         —    
    3/18/2015       80,000 (3)      —         —       $ 2.00        3/18/2025        —         —         —         —    

Leo Johnson

    8/27/2014        39,063 (4)      10,937       —        $ 2.00        8/26/2024        —         —         —         —    
    3/18/2015       —         —         —         —          —          —         —         17,500 (5)   $ 166,250 (6) 

Glenn Selbo

                 
    6/21/2006        5,000        —         —       $ 2.20        6/21/2016        —         —         —         —    
    9/20/2007        9,000        —         —       $ 2.20        9/20/2017        —         —         —         —    
    12/11/2007        10,000        —         —       $ 2.20        12/11/2017        —         —         —         —    
    11/9/2008        5,000        —         —       $ 2.60        11/9/2018        —         —         —         —    
    3/17/2009        10,000        —         —       $ 2.60        3/18/2019        —         —         —         —    
    1/22/2014        10,781        11,719        —       $ 2.20        1/21/2024        —         —         —         —    
    5/13/2014        6,333        9,667        —       $ 3.10        5/12/2024        —         —         —         —    
    3/18/2015        —         12,500        —        $ 2.00        3/18/2025        —         —         —         —    
    3/18/2015        —         —         12,500 (7)    $ 2.00        3/18/2025        —         —         —         —    
    3/18/2015        —         —         —         —         —         —         —         32,500 (5)    $ 308,750 (6) 

 

(1) Except as specified below, all options have a term of ten years from the date of grant and vest over four years, with 25% of the shares underlying the options vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remaining shares underlying the options vesting monthly over the three-year period thereafter, subject to the option holder’s continuous employment or service. Each of our named executive officers’ employment agreements entitles them to accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards, as well as certain other benefits, upon a change in control of our company. For additional discussion, please see “—Employment Agreements” above.
(2) Represents performance-based stock options, which stock options vest over four years, with 25% of the shares subject to the option vested immediately on the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over a period of three years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date; provided, however, that the number of shares subject to the option that would have been eligible to vest in accordance with the foregoing schedule were to be determined based on our revenues for 2015 in accordance with the following table (with results were to be interpolated between the listed data points):

 

2015 Revenues

   Percentage of Options
Eligible to Vest
 

Below $28M

     0

$28M

     50

$30M

     75

$32M

     100

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the vesting eligible shares subject to the option would have become fully vested and exercisable in the event of a change in control; provided that, to the extent such change in control occurred during 2015, Mr. Myers would have vested in 100% of the shares subject to the option on the date of such change in control. In addition, the vesting eligible shares would have become fully vested and exercisable in the event of Mr. Myers’ termination of employment by us without cause (as defined in his employment agreement), his resignation for good reason (as defined his employment agreement), his death or his termination of employment by reason of his disability (as defined in his employment agreement); provided that, to the extent such termination of employment occurred during 2015, Mr. Myers would have vested in 100% of the shares subject to the option on the date of such termination of employment. Because we did not meet the foregoing revenue target for 2015, all of the options were forfeited on December 31, 2015.

(3) The options have a term of ten years from the date of grant. The option was vested as to 75,000 shares subject to the option on the date of grant and the remaining shares subject to the option vested on March 31, 2015.

 

88


Table of Contents
(4) The options have a term of ten years from the date of grant and vest over two years, with 25% of the shares underlying the options being vested on the date of grant and the remaining shares underlying the options vesting monthly over the two year period thereafter, subject to the option holder’s continuous employment or service. Mr. Johnson’s employment agreement entitles him to accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards, as well as certain other benefits, upon a change in control of our company. The options were originally granted with an exercise price per share of $4.20, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of the grant, as determined pursuant to an independent third party valuation. The option has a term of ten years from the date of grant. In March 2015, the option was amended to reduce the exercise price per share to $2.00 per share, which represented the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of such amendment, as determined pursuant to an independent third party valuation. For additional discussion, please see “—Employment Agreements” above.
(5) Represents shares of restricted stock. The shares would have vested on the date that is six months and one day following the closing date of an initial public offering (provided such offering occurred on or before December 31, 2015, subject to the recipient’s continued employment or service to us on such vesting date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the shares would have become fully vested in the event of a change in control prior to December 31, 2015. In addition, the shares would have become fully vested in the event of the employee’s termination of employment by us without cause (as defined in his employment agreement), or his resignation for good reason (as defined his employment agreement), in each case following the closing of the initial public offering. As of December 31, 2015, these shares were forfeited.
(6) Since we have not yet completed our initial public offering, the market value was computed using $9.50, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(7) Represents performance-based stock options, which stock options vest over four years, with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over a period of three years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date; provided, however, that the number of shares subject to the option that would have been eligible to vest in accordance with the foregoing schedule were to be determined based on our revenues for 2015 in accordance with the following table (with results to be interpolated between the listed data points):

 

2015 Revenues

   Percentage of Options
Eligible to Vest
 

Below $28M

     0

$28M

     50

$30M

     75

$32M

     100

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a change in control occurred during 2015, 100% of the shares subject to the option would have been deemed to be vesting eligible shares and would have been eligible to vest in accordance with the foregoing time-based schedule and the foregoing performance vesting provisions would have ceased to apply. The vesting eligible shares would have become fully vested and exercisable in the event of Mr. Selbo’s termination of employment by us without cause (as defined in Mr. Selbo’s employment agreement) or his resignation for good reason (as defined Mr. Selbo’s employment agreement), in each case following a change in control. Because we did not meet the foregoing revenue target for 2015, all of the options were forfeited on December 31, 2015.

Director Compensation

Mr. Myers, who is our Chief Executive Officer, received no compensation for his service as a director. The compensation received by Mr. Myers as an employee is presented in “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.”

The following table sets forth information for the year ended December 31, 2015 regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our non-employee directors who served on our board of directors during 2015.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash($)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)
     All Other
Compensation($)
     Total($)  

Jim K. Sims

     —        $ 21,879         —        $ 21,879   

Francis X. Egan

     —          12,604         —          12,604   

Frances Kordyback

     —          19,977         —          19,977   

Thomas A. Munro

     —          25,334         —          25,334   

Arthur M. Toscanini

     —          20,513         —          20,513   

 

(1)

Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock options granted during 2015 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock awards and option awards made to our directors in Note 11 to the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015

 

89


Table of Contents
  contained elsewhere in this prospectus. In June 2015, each of our non-employee directors was granted options to purchase shares of our common stock (other than Tom Munro, who received options to purchase shares of our common stock in both March 2015 and June 2015), which options were fully vested on the date of grant.

The table below shows the aggregate numbers of option awards outstanding held as of December 31, 2015 by each non-employee director who was serving as of December 31, 2015.

 

Name

   Options
Outstanding at
Year End
 

Jim K. Sims

     63,370   

Francis X. Egan

     28,647   

Frances Kordyback

     47,555   

Thomas A. Munro

     63,481   

Arthur M. Toscanini

     46,347   

Our board of directors has approved a compensation policy for our non-employee directors, to be effective on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The non-employee director compensation policy provides for annual retainer fees and long-term equity awards for our non-employee directors. Pursuant to the terms of the non-employee director compensation policy, each non-employee director will receive an annual retainer of $30,000, with an additional $25,000 annual retainer payable to the Chairman of the Board. Non-employee directors serving as the chairs of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive additional annual retainers of $15,000, $10,000 and $7,500, respectively. Non-employee directors serving as members of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive additional annual retainers of $7,500, $5,000 and $3,750, respectively. The non-employee director will also receive an initial grant of options to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock upon election to the board of directors, vesting in substantially equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. Thereafter, each non-employee director will receive an annual grant of options to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock, with the Chairman of the Board receiving an additional 2,500 shares of our common stock, vesting on the first to occur of the first anniversary of the date of grant or the next occurring annual meeting of our stockholders.

Compensation under our non-employee director compensation policy will be subject to the annual limits on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2016 Plan, as described below. Our board of directors or its authorized committee may modify the non-employee director compensation program from time to time in the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, subject to the annual limit on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2016 Plan. As provided in the 2016 Plan, our board of directors or its authorized committee may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the board of directors or its authorized committee may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other compensation decisions involving non-employee directors.

Incentive Award Plans

2016 Incentive Award Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, a 2016 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2016 Plan, under which we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2016 Plan are summarized below.

 

90


Table of Contents

Eligibility and Administration

Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees and consultants of our subsidiaries, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2016 Plan. Following our initial public offering, the 2016 Plan will generally be administered by our board of directors with respect to awards to non-employee directors and by our compensation committee with respect to other participants, each of which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under the 2016 Plan, Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator will have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2016 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2016 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available

An aggregate of 300,000 shares of our common stock will initially be available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2016 Plan. The number of shares initially available for issuance will be increased by (1) the number of shares that as of the effective date of the 2016 Plan, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 2013 Plan and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, (2) the number of shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under our 2013 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2013 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2016 Plan pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above equal to 1,700,000 shares, and (3) an annual increase on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2017 and ending in 2026, equal to the lesser of (a) 4% of the shares of common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as determined by our board of directors. No more than 7,500,000 shares of common stock may be issued under the 2016 Plan during its term. In addition, no more than 7,500,000 shares of common stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options. Shares issued under the 2016 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased in the open market or treasury shares.

If an award under the 2016 Plan or the 2013 Plan expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, any shares subject to such award will, as applicable, become or again be available for new grants under the 2016 Plan. Awards granted under the 2016 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2016 Plan.

Awards

The 2016 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, restricted stock units, or RSUs, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and other stock or cash based awards. Certain awards under the 2016 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2016 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. A brief description of each award type follows.

Stock Options . Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Internal Revenue Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option will not be less than 100% of the fair

 

91


Table of Contents

market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions. ISOs generally may be granted only to our employees and employees of our parent or subsidiary corporations, if any.

SARs . SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction), and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Restricted Stock and RSUs . Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and may be accompanied by the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock prior to the delivery of the underlying shares. Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Conditions applicable to restricted stock and RSUs may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

Other Stock or Cash Based Awards. Other stock or cash based awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock. Other stock or cash based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash based awards, which may include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Performance Awards

Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals or other criteria the plan administrator may determine, which may or may not be objectively determinable. Performance criteria upon which performance goals are established by the plan administrator may include: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including, but not limited to, gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources

 

92


Table of Contents

management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to our performance or the performance of a subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies.

Provisions of the 2016 Plan Relating to Director Compensation

The 2016 Plan provides that the plan administrator may establish compensation for non-employee directors from time to time subject to the 2016 Plan’s limitations. Our board of directors has approved the initial terms of our non-employee director compensation program, which is described below under the heading “—Director Compensation.” Our board of directors or its authorized committee may modify the non-employee director compensation program from time to time in the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that the sum of any cash compensation or other compensation and the grant date fair value (as determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of any equity awards granted as compensation for services as a non-employee director during any fiscal year may not exceed $500,000, increased to $750,000, in the fiscal year of a non-employee director’s initial service as a non-employee director. The plan administrator may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the plan administrator may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous compensation decisions involving non-employee directors.

Certain Transactions

In connection with certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, including a change in control, or change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2016 Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate such transaction or event, or give effect to such change in applicable laws or accounting principles. This includes canceling awards, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares available and replacing or terminating awards under the 2016 Plan. In the event of a change in control where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under the 2016 Plan, awards issued under the 2016 Plan will be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of the awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders, or an “equity restructuring,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2016 Plan and outstanding awards as it deems appropriate to reflect the equity restructuring.

Foreign Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability and Participant Payments

With respect to foreign participants, the plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by our company to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2016 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting, and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2016 Plan and exercise price obligations arising in connection with the exercise of stock options under the 2016 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash, wire transfer, or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable or any combination of the foregoing.

 

93


Table of Contents

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2016 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2016 Plan. The plan administrator will have the authority, without the approval of our stockholders, to amend any outstanding stock option or SAR to reduce its price per share. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2016 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which our board of directors adopts the 2016 Plan.

Securities Laws and Federal Income Taxes . The 2016 Plan is designed to comply with various securities and federal tax laws as follows:

Securities Laws . The 2016 Plan is intended to conform to all provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder, including, without limitation, Rule 16b-3. The 2016 Plan will be administered, and awards will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

The material federal income tax consequences of the 2016 Plan under current federal income tax law are summarized in the following discussion, which deals with the general tax principles applicable to the 2016 Plan. The following discussion is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Foreign, state and local tax laws, and employment, estate and gift tax considerations are not discussed due to the fact that they may vary depending on individual circumstances and from locality to locality.

Stock Options and SARs . A 2016 Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income and we generally will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of a stock option or SAR. The tax consequences of exercising a stock option and the subsequent disposition of the shares received upon exercise will depend upon whether the option qualifies as an ISO or an NSO. Upon exercising an NSO when the fair market value of our stock is higher than the exercise price of the option, a 2016 Plan participant generally will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates equal to the excess of the fair market value of the stock on the date of exercise over the purchase price, and we (or our subsidiaries, if any) generally will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the shares purchased exceeds the purchase price for the shares. Upon a subsequent sale or other disposition of the option shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

Upon exercising an ISO, a 2016 Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income, and we will not be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense. However, upon exercise, the amount by which the fair market value of the shares purchased exceeds the purchase price will be an item of adjustment for alternative minimum tax purposes. The participant will recognize taxable income upon a sale or other taxable disposition of the option shares. For federal income tax purposes, dispositions are divided into two categories: qualifying and disqualifying. A qualifying disposition generally occurs if the sale or other disposition is made more than two years after the date the option was granted and more than one year after the date the shares are transferred upon exercise. If the sale or disposition occurs before these two periods are satisfied, then a disqualifying disposition generally will result.

Upon a qualifying disposition of ISO shares, the participant will recognize long-term capital gain in an amount equal to the excess of the amount realized upon the sale or other disposition of the shares over their purchase price. If there is a disqualifying disposition of the shares, then the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date (or, if less, the price at which the shares are sold) over their purchase price will be taxable as ordinary income to the participant. If there is a disqualifying disposition in the same year of exercise, it eliminates the item of adjustment for alternative minimum tax purposes. Any additional gain or loss recognized upon the disposition will be recognized as a capital gain or loss by the participant.

 

94


Table of Contents

We will not be entitled to any tax deduction if the participant makes a qualifying disposition of ISO shares. If the participant makes a disqualifying disposition of the shares, we should be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense in the amount of the ordinary income recognized by the participant.

Upon exercising or settling an SAR, a 2016 Plan participant will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount paid or value of the shares issued upon exercise or settlement. Payments in shares will be valued at the fair market value of the shares at the time of the payment, and upon the subsequent disposition of the shares the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

Restricted Stock and RSUs . A 2016 Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates and we generally will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of restricted stock or RSUs. Upon the termination of restrictions on restricted stock or the payment of RSUs, the participant will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount paid to the participant or the amount by which the then fair market value of the shares received by the participant exceeds the amount, if any, paid for them. Upon the subsequent disposition of any shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares. However, a 2016 Plan participant granted restricted stock that is subject to forfeiture or repurchase through a vesting schedule such that it is subject to a “risk of forfeiture” (as defined in Section 83 of the Code) may make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, at the time of the grant, in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of grant, less the amount paid, if any, for such shares. We will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation, in the amount recognized as taxable income by the participant. If a timely Section 83(b) election is made, the participant will not recognize any additional ordinary income on the termination of restrictions on restricted stock, and we will not be entitled to any additional tax deduction.

Other Stock or Cash Based Awards . A 2016 Plan participant will not recognize taxable income and we will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of other stock or cash based awards until cash or shares are paid or distributed to the participant. At that time, any cash payments or the fair market value of shares that the participant receives will be taxable to the participant at ordinary income tax rates and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense. Payments in shares will be valued at the fair market value of the shares at the time of the payment, and upon the subsequent disposition of the shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

In June 2013, our board of directors and stockholders approved the Airgain, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2013 Plan.

A total of 1,700,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan. As of June 30, 2016, 926,717 shares of our common stock were subject to outstanding option awards, 57,475 shares of our common stock were subject to outstanding restricted stock awards and 424,523 shares of our common stock remained available for future issuance. After the effective date of the 2016 Plan, no additional awards will be granted under the 2013 Plan.

Administration . The compensation committee of our board of directors administers the 2013 Plan, except with respect to any award granted to non-employee directors (as defined in the 2013 Plan), which must be administered by our full board of directors. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2013 Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the type or types of awards to be granted to each person, determine the number of awards to grant, determine the number of

 

95


Table of Contents

shares to be subject to such awards, and the terms and conditions of such awards, and make all other determinations and decisions and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2013 Plan. The plan administrator is also authorized to establish, adopt, amend or revise rules relating to administration of the 2013 Plan, subject to certain restrictions.

Eligibility . Options, SARs, restricted stock and other awards under the 2013 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our employees, consultants and members of our board of directors and our subsidiaries. Only employees may be granted ISOs.

Awards . The 2013 Plan provides that our administrator may grant or issue stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock-based awards, or any combination thereof. The administrator considers each award grant subjectively, considering factors such as the individual performance of the recipient and the anticipated contribution of the recipient to the attainment of our long-term goals. Each award is set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and indicates the type, terms and conditions of the award.

 

    NQSOs provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of our compensation committee or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of performance targets established by our compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors). NQSOs may be granted for any term specified by our compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors), but the term may not exceed ten years.

 

    ISOs are designed to comply with the provisions of the Code and are subject to specified restrictions contained in the Internal Revenue Code applicable to ISOs. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, must expire within a specified period of time following the optionee’s termination of employment, and must be exercised within the ten years after the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock on the date of grant, the 2013 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must expire on the fifth anniversary of the date of its grant.

 

    Restricted stock may be granted to participants and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Typically, restricted stock may be repurchased by us at the original purchase price or, if no cash consideration was paid for such stock, forfeited for no consideration if the conditions or restrictions are not met, and the restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred to third parties until restrictions are removed or expire. Recipients of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, may have voting rights and may receive dividends, if any, prior to when the restrictions lapse.

 

    Restricted stock units may be awarded to participants, typically without payment of consideration or for a nominal purchase price, but subject to vesting conditions including continued employment or performance criteria established by the administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold or otherwise transferred or hypothecated until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until sometime after the restricted stock units have vested, and recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied and the shares have been issued.

 

   

Other stock-based awards may entitle participants to receive shares of our common stock in the future. Other stock-based awards may also be a form of payment in the settlement of other awards granted

 

96


Table of Contents
 

under the 2013 Plan, as stand-alone payments and/or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a participant is otherwise entitled. Other stock-based awards may be paid in shares of our common stock, cash or other property, as the plan administrator shall determine.

Corporate Transactions . In the event of a change of control where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under the 2013 Plan, awards issued under the 2013 Plan will be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of the awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable, immediately prior to the change in control. Under the 2013 Plan, a change of control is generally defined as:

 

    a merger or consolidation of the company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person;

 

    a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

 

    any other transaction, including the sale by us of new shares of our capital stock or a transfer of existing shares of our capital stock, the result of which is that a third party that is not an affiliate of us or our shareholders (or a group of third parties not affiliated with us or our shareholders) immediately prior to such transaction acquires or holds capital stock representing a majority of our outstanding voting power immediately following such transaction;

provided that the following events shall not constitute a “change in control” under the 2013 Plan:

 

    a transaction (other than a sale of all or substantially all of our assets) in which the holders of our voting securities immediately prior to the merger or consolidation hold, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the voting securities in the successor corporation or its parent immediately after the merger or consolidation;

 

    a sale, lease, exchange or other transaction in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of our assets to an affiliate of ours;

 

    an initial public offering of any of our securities;

 

    a reincorporation solely to change our jurisdiction; or

 

    a transaction undertaken for the primary purpose of creating a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportion by the persons who held our securities immediately before such transaction.

Amendment and Termination of the 2013 Plan . Our board of directors may terminate, amend or modify the 2013 Plan. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the 2013 Plan must be obtained to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, or for any amendment to the 2013 Plan that increases the number of shares available under the 2013 Plan. The administrator may, with the consent of the affected option holders, cancel any or all outstanding awards under the 2013 Plan and grant new awards in substitution. If not terminated earlier by the compensation committee or the board of directors, the 2013 Plan will terminate on June 3, 2023.

Securities Laws and Federal Income Taxes . The 2013 Plan is designed to comply with applicable securities laws in the same manner as described above in the description of the 2016 Plan under the heading “—2016 Incentive Award Plan—Securities Laws and Federal Income Taxes—Securities Laws.” The general federal tax consequences of awards under the 2013 Plan are the same as those described above in the description of the 2016 Plan under the heading “—2016 Incentive Award Plan—Securities Laws and Federal Income Taxes—Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

2003 Equity Incentive Plan

In May 2003, our board of directors and stockholders approved the Airgain, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2003 Plan.

 

97


Table of Contents

A total of 600,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2003 Plan. As of June 30, 2016, 126,550 shares of our common stock were subject to outstanding option awards under the 2003 Plan. The 2003 Plan expired by its terms in December 2012 and no additional awards will be granted under the 2003 Plan.

Administration . The compensation committee of our board of directors administers the 2003 Plan, except with respect to any award granted to non-employee directors (as defined in the 2003 Plan), which must be administered by our full board of directors. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2003 Plan, the administrator has the authority to make all determinations and decisions and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2003 Plan.

Eligibility . Options under the 2003 Plan were able to be granted to individuals who were our employees, consultants and members of our board of directors and our subsidiaries at the time of grant. Only employees were eligible to be granted ISOs.

Awards . The 2003 Plan provided for the grant or issue stock options and stock awards. Only stock options were granted under the 2003 Plan. Each award is set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and indicates the type, terms and conditions of the award.

 

    NQSOs provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of our compensation committee or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of performance targets established by our compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors). NQSOs may be granted for any term specified by our compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors), but the term may not exceed ten years.

 

    ISOs are designed to comply with the provisions of the Code and are subject to specified restrictions contained in the Code applicable to ISOs. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, must expire within a specified period of time following the optionee’s termination of employment, and must be exercised within the ten years after the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock on the date of grant, the 2003 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must expire on the fifth anniversary of the date of its grant.

Corporate Transactions . In the event of a change of control where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under the 2003 Plan, awards issued under the 2003 Plan will terminate if not exercised (to the extent then vested and exercisable) prior to such transaction.

Amendment of the 2003 Plan . Our board of directors may amend or modify the 2003 Plan. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the 2003 Plan must be obtained to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule.

Securities Laws and Federal Income Taxes . The 2003 Plan is designed to comply with applicable securities laws in the same manner as described above in the description of the 2016 Plan under the heading “—2016 Incentive Award Plan—Securities Laws and Federal Income Taxes—Securities Laws.” The general federal tax consequences of awards under the 2003 Plan are the same as those described above in the description of the 2016 Plan under the heading “—2016 Incentive Award Plan—Securities Laws and Federal Income Taxes—Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

98


Table of Contents

2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, a 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. The material terms of the ESPP are summarized below.

Shares Available; Administration. A total of 100,000 shares of our common stock are initially reserved for issuance under our ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2017 and ending in 2026, by an amount equal to the least of: (a) 100,000 shares, (b) 1% of the shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (c) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our board of directors.

Our board of directors or its committee will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the compensation committee will be the initial administrator of the ESPP.

Eligibility. Our employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are customarily employed by us or a participating subsidiary for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our common or other class of stock.

Grant of Rights. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code and stock will be offered under the ESPP during offering periods. The length of the offering periods under the ESPP will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to 27 months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase dates for each offering period will be the final trading day in each offering period. Offering periods under the ESPP will commence when determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

The ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 20% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s gross base compensation for services to us, including overtime payments and excluding sales commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and other special payments. The plan administrator will establish a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be 20,000 shares. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will automatically be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option will expire at the end of the applicable offering period, and will be exercised at that time to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the offering period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary determination by the plan administrator, will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the purchase date, which will be the final trading day of the offering period. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP at any time at least one week prior to the end of the applicable offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

Certain Transactions. In the event of certain transactions or events affecting our common stock, such as any stock dividend or other distribution, change in control, reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate

 

99


Table of Contents

transaction, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the ESPP and outstanding rights. In addition, in the event of the foregoing transactions or events or certain significant transactions, including a change in control, the plan administrator may provide for (1) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (2) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (3) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (4) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (5) the termination of all outstanding rights. Under the ESPP, a change in control has the same definition as given to such term in the 2016 Plan.

Plan Amendment. The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the ESPP will be obtained for any amendment which increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP, changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP or changes the ESPP in any manner that would cause the ESPP to no longer be an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Securities Laws. The ESPP has been designed to comply with various securities laws in the same manner as described above in the description of the 2016 Plan.

Federal Income Taxes. The material federal income tax consequences of the ESPP under current federal income tax law are summarized in the following discussion, which deals with the general tax principles applicable to the ESPP. The following discussion is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Foreign, state and local tax laws, and employment, estate and gift tax considerations are not discussed due to the fact that they may vary depending on individual circumstances and from locality to locality.

The ESPP, and the right of participants to make purchases thereunder, is intended to qualify under the provisions of Section 423 of the Code. Under the applicable Code provisions, no income will be taxable to a participant until the sale or other disposition of the shares purchased under the ESPP. This means that an eligible employee will not recognize taxable income on the date the employee is granted an option under the ESPP (i.e., the first day of the offering period). In addition, the employee will not recognize taxable income upon the purchase of shares. Upon such sale or disposition, the participant will generally be subject to tax in an amount that depends upon the length of time such shares are held by the participant prior to disposing of them. If the shares are sold or disposed of more than two years from the first day of the offering period during which the shares were purchased and more than one year from the date of purchase, or if the participant dies while holding the shares, the participant (or his or her estate) will recognize ordinary income measured as the lesser of: (1) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such sale or disposition over the purchase price; or (2) an amount equal to 15% of the fair market value of the shares as of the first day of the offering period. Any additional gain will be treated as long-term capital gain. If the shares are held for the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, there is no ordinary income and the participating employee has a long-term capital loss for the difference between the sale price and the purchase price.

If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above, the participant will recognize ordinary income generally measured as the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date the shares are purchased over the purchase price and we will be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense in the amount of ordinary income recognized by the employee. Any additional gain or loss on such sale or disposition will be long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on how long the shares were held following the date they were purchased by the participant prior to disposing of them. If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, the participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the excess of the fair

 

100


Table of Contents

market value of the shares on the date of purchase over the purchase price (and we will be entitled to a corresponding deduction), but the participant generally will be able to report a capital loss equal to the difference between the sales price of the shares and the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that if Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we shall have the power to indemnify our employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws would permit indemnification. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

The above description of the indemnification provisions of our certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

101


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below the transactions and series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2013, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the section above titled “Executive Compensation.”

Convertible Note and Warrant Financing

Convertible Note and Warrant Financing. From 2010 through 2011, we sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of $3.0 million of convertible promissory notes, or the 2011 Notes, and 8,099,723 warrants to purchase shares of our Series G preferred redeemable convertible stock, or the 2011 Warrants. In June 2012, in accordance with the terms of the 2011 Notes, the principal and accrued interest balance totaling $7.1 million converted into 6,680,463 shares of our Series G preferred redeemable convertible stock at a conversion price of $1.04 per share. In May 2016, the 2011 Warrants were amended to provide for the automatic net exercise of the 2011 Warrants into shares of our common stock, and we issued an aggregate of 127,143 shares of our common stock in connection with such net exercise. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of 2011 Warrants and shares of common stock acquired by members of our board of directors and the holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or their affiliates.

 

Directors and 5% or Greater Stockholders(1)

   Series G
Warrants
     Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
Issued Upon
Net Exercise of
Warrants
 

GEN3 Capital I, LP

     3,177,265         51,245   

Northwater Intellectual Property Fund L.P. 1

     3,609,957         58,223   

Arthur Toscanini

     57,692         930   

 

(1) Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in “Principal Stockholders” below.

Jim K. Sims, Francis X. Egan and Arthur M. Toscanini, members of our board of directors, are affiliated with GEN3 Capital. Mr. Egan and Frances Kordyback, members of our board of directors, are affiliated with Northwater Intellectual Property Fund L.P.1.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We entered into a fourth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement in May 2008 with the holders of our preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. This agreement provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of their preferred stock, a right of first refusal for certain holders of preferred stock to purchase future securities sold by us and certain additional covenants made by us. Except for the registration rights (including the related provisions pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify the parties to the investors’ rights agreement), all rights under this agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering. The registration rights will continue following this offering and will terminate three years following the closing of a firm commitment underwritten offering, or for any particular holder with registration rights, at such time following this offering when such holder may sell all of such shares pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

102


Table of Contents

Restricted Common Stock

In connection with the execution of his employment agreement, on March 1, 2014, Charles Myers received a grant of 260,924 shares of restricted common stock. We provided a loan to Mr. Myers of $266,282 for the payment of federal and state income taxes payable by him as a result of the issuance of the restricted stock, which loan was evidenced by a promissory note secured by a pledge of the shares. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we forgave the loan and incurred $266,282 of expense for the loan forgiveness and an additional $236,414 of expense related to our gross-up payment to Mr. Myers for taxes arising from the loan forgiveness.

Executive Compensation and Employment Arrangements

Please see “Executive Compensation” for information on compensation arrangements with our executive officers and agreements with our executive officers containing compensation and termination provisions, among others.

Director and Officer Indemnification and Insurance

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, and we maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director (and in certain cases their related venture capital funds) and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers, and we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances. For further information, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related-person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

103


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of June 30, 2016, and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering, by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of stock options or warrants held by the respective person or group that may be exercised or converted within 60 days after June 30, 2016. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, stock options and warrants exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2016 are included for that person or group but not for any other person or group.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 3,904,218 shares of common stock outstanding at June 30, 2016 and does not include accumulated dividends, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,080,733 shares of our common stock. The number of shares and percentage of shares beneficially owned after the offering also gives effect to the issuance by us of 1,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering and 1,917,604 shares of our common stock that will be issued to holders of our Series A, D, E, F and G preferred stock in connection with this offering in satisfaction of accumulated dividends as of June 30, 2016.

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o Airgain, Inc., 3611 Valley Centre Drive, Suite 150, San Diego, CA 92130.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Shares(#)      Percentage(%)     Shares(#)      Percentage(%)  

5% or Greater Stockholders:

          

Entities affiliated with GEN3 Capital(1)

     1,011,264         25.9     1,389,783         19.0

Northwater Intellectual Property Fund L.P. 1(2)

     824,069         21.1     1,263,363         17.3

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

          

Charles Myers(3)

     349,257         8.7     349,257         4.7

Leo Johnson(4)

     50,000         1.3     50,000         *   

Glenn Selbo(5)

     61,697         1.6     61,697         *   

Jim K. Sims(1)(6)

     1,153,781         29.0     1,590,966         21.5

Francis X. Egan(1)(2)(7)

     1,897,565         48.2     2,722,739         37.0

Frances Kordyback(2)(8)

     878,337         22.2     1,317,631         17.9

Thomas A. Munro(9)

     69,313         1.7     69,313         *   

Arthur M. Toscanini(1)(10)

     1,115,444         28.2     1,533,522         20.8

All current directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons)(11)

     2,728,795         62.2     3,652,194         46.8

 

* Less than 1%.

 

104


Table of Contents
(1) Consists of (a) 689,657 shares of common stock held by GEN3 Capital I, LP, or GEN3 Capital, and (b) 321,607 shares of common stock held by Gen 3 Partners, Inc., or Gen 3 Partners. The General Partner of GEN3 Capital is GEN3 Capital Partners, LLC, or GEN3 LLC. Jim K. Sims is a Managing Member of GEN3 LLC and Mr. Egan and Mr. Toscanini are Members of GEN3 LLC, and, together with James M. Sims and Michael Treacy, the other Member of GEN3 LLC, shares voting and investment control over the shares owned by GEN3 Capital. Jim K. Sims is the Chairman of the board of directors of Gen 3 Partners, and, together with Mr. Egan, Mr. Toscanini and Michael Treacy, the other members of the board of directors of Gen 3 Partners, shares voting and investment control over the shares owned by Gen 3 Partners. Mr. Toscanini also serves as the Chief Financial Officer of Gen 3 Partners. As a result, Jim K. Sims, James M. Sims, Mr. Toscanini, Mr. Egan and Mr. Treacy share voting and investment control over the shares owned by Gen 3 Partners and GEN3 Capital and may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Each of such persons disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Gen 3 Partners and GEN3 Capital, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein.
(2) Consists of (i) 824,069 shares of common stock held by Northwater Intellectual Property Fund L.P. 1, (ii) 35,360 shares of common stock that Mr. Egan has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of June 30, 2016 pursuant to the exercise of stock options, of which Northwater Intellectual Property Fund L.P. 1. is the indirect beneficial owner, and (iii) 54,268 shares of common stock that Ms. Kordyback has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of June 30, 2016 pursuant to the exercise of stock options, of which Northwater Intellectual Property Fund L.P. 1. is the indirect beneficial owner. Northwater Intellectual Property Fund L.P. 1 is an investment fund managed by Northwater Capital Management, Inc., a registered investment adviser and a wholly owned subsidiary of Northwater Capital Inc. Mr. Egan serves as Managing Director of Northwater Capital Inc., and Ms. Kordyback serves as Managing Director of Northwater Intellectual Property Fund. Mr. Egan and Ms. Kordyback share voting and investment control over the shares owned by Northwater Intellectual Property Fund L.P. 1, and may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Mr. Egan and Ms. Kordyback disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by Northwater Intellectual Property Fund L.P. 1, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein.
(3) Consists of 88,333 shares of common stock that Mr. Myers has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of June 30, 2016 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.
(4) Includes 50,000 shares of common stock that Mr. Johnson has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of June 30, 2016 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.
(5) Includes 61,697 shares of common stock that Mr. Selbo has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of June 30, 2016 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.
(6) Includes 72,880 shares of common stock that Mr. Sims has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of June 30, 2016 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.
(7) Includes 35,360 shares of common stock that Mr. Egan has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of June 30, 2016 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.
(8) Includes 54,268 shares of common stock that Ms. Kordyback has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of June 30, 2016 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.
(9) Consists of 69,313 shares of common stock that Mr. Munro has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of June 30, 2016 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.
(10) Includes 54,179 shares of common stock that Mr. Toscanini has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of June 30, 2016 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.
(11) Includes shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, as set forth in the previous footnotes.

 

105


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock, certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, the investors’ rights agreement and of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. For more detailed information, please see our certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and investors’ rights agreement, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We plan to reincorporate in the State of Delaware prior to the closing of this offering. The description of our common stock and preferred stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Our certificate of incorporation as in effect upon the consummation of this offering will provide for one class of common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 210,000,000 shares, all with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

    200,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

    10,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of March 31, 2016, there were 5,737,615 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by 103 stockholders, assuming (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,080,733 shares of common stock, (2) the issuance of 1,863,897 shares of common stock in satisfaction of accumulated dividends as of March 31, 2016, which will automatically occur prior to the closing of this offering, and (3) the issuance of 127,143 shares of common stock to the holders of outstanding warrants, or the 2011 Warrants, as a result of the net exercise of the 2011 Warrants in May 2016. An additional 81,398 shares of our common stock are issuable to these holders in satisfaction of dividends that accrued from April 1, 2016 to the conversion in connection with the closing of this offering, assuming the closing occurs on August 16, 2016.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote, including the election of directors. Holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights. Except in respect of matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation or required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. In the case of election of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a plurality of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of common stock. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any preferred stock we may issue may be entitled to elect.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in any dividends that our board of directors may determine to issue from time to time.

 

106


Table of Contents

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of our debts and other liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution and/or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.

Other Rights

Our stockholders will have no preemptive, conversion or other rights to subscribe for additional shares, and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares are, and all shares offered by this prospectus will be, when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, all of our previously outstanding shares of preferred stock will have been converted into common stock, there will be no authorized shares of our previously outstanding preferred stock and we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the dividend, voting and other rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of June 30, 2016, options to purchase 1,053,267 shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which 1,017,424 were vested and expected to vest and 614,810 were exercisable as of that date.

Warrants

In connection with the completion of this offering, for the price of $50, Northland Capital Markets may purchase a warrant to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 3.0% of the number of shares sold in this offering at an exercise price that is 150% of the public offering price per share in this offering; provided that the underwriters will only receive such warrants relating to the over-allotment option upon the closing (if any) of the over-allotment option. The warrants are exercisable during the period commencing six months from the date of the prospectus and ending five years from the date of this prospectus. The warrants may not be sold during this offering, or sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the underwriter’s

 

107


Table of Contents

warrants, or the shares acquirable upon exercise thereof, by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of this registration statement, except as provided in paragraph (g)(2) of Rule 5110 of FINRA.

Registration Rights

As of March 31, 2016, upon the closing of this offering, holders of 5,071,773 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock prior to the closing of this offering, will be entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of such shares for public resale under the Securities Act, pursuant to an investors’ rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. The registration of shares of common stock as a result of the following rights being exercised would enable holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective.

Demand Registration Rights

If at any time beginning 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the holders of at least 40% of the registrable securities request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to their shares in an offering with an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of greater than $7.5 million, we may be required to register their shares. We are obligated to effect at most two registrations for the holders of registrable securities in response to these demand registration rights, subject to certain exceptions.

If we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 and a holder of registrable securities requests in writing that we register their shares for public resale on Form S-3, the price to the public of the offering is $1.0 million or more, we will be required to provide notice to all holders of registrable securities and to use our best efforts to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if we have already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the holders of registrable securities.

If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the numbers of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If at any time following the closing of this offering we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. If our proposed registration involves an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Expenses

Ordinarily, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, we will be required to pay all reasonable expenses incurred by us related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights. These expenses may include all registration, filing and qualification fees, printer and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling security holders.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights terminate upon the earlier of three years after the closing of this offering, or for any particular holder with registration rights, at such time following this offering when such holder may sell its shares pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

108


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law contain and our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability of our board of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board, chief executive officer or president, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Staggered Board

Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Board Composition and Election of Directors.” This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Removal of Directors

Our certificate of incorporation provides that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

109


Table of Contents

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Choice of Forum

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable if it is challenged in a proceeding or otherwise.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “AIRG.”

 

110


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock and there can be no assurance that a market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale by our existing stockholders shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and assuming (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock, (2) the issuance of 1,863,897 shares in satisfaction of accumulated dividends and the issuance by us of 1,500,000 shares in this offering, (3) the issuance of 127,143 shares of common stock to the holders of the 2011 Warrants as a result of the net exercise of the 2011 Warrants in May 2016 and (4) no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock, upon the closing of this offering we will have outstanding an aggregate of 7,237,615 shares of common stock.

All of the shares sold in this offering by us will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, generally may be sold in the public market only in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining 5,737,615 shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below.

In addition, of the 1,053,267 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2016, options to purchase 1,017,424 shares of common stock were vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2016 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the effective date of registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is one of our affiliates and has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period, beginning on the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus, that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 72,376 shares immediately after the closing of this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to a certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month

 

111


Table of Contents

period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and The NASDAQ Capital Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months but less than a year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell the shares beginning on the 91st day after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, and will be subject only to the current public information requirements of Rule 144. If such person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Rule 701

Any of our employees, officers, directors, consultants or advisors who purchased shares under a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written contract may be entitled to sell such shares in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act before selling those shares. However, substantially all of the shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to the lock-up agreements described below and will only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the other holders of substantially all shares of common stock (including securities exercisable or convertible into our common stock) outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of Northland Capital Markets, during the period from the date of this prospectus and ending on the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, among other things:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock; or

 

    in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

    in the case of our directors, officers and other holders of our securities, make any demand for exercise of any rights with respect to the registration of any securities.

This agreement is subject to certain exceptions. See “Plan of Distribution” below for additional discussion.

Registration Rights

We are party to an investors’ rights agreement which provides that certain stockholders have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our common stock be covered by a

 

112


Table of Contents

registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” in this prospectus. Registration of their shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration statement, subject to the expiration of the lock-up period described above and under “Plan of Distribution” in this prospectus.

Equity Plan

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans and employee stock purchase plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the closing of this offering. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock up agreements to which they are subject.

 

113


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We have entered into an underwriting agreement with Northland Capital Markets as representative of the several underwriters listed below. In connection with this offering, we have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “AIRG.”

The underwriters named below have agreed to buy, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement, the number of shares of common stock listed opposite its respective name below. The underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all of the shares if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. Northland Capital Markets and Wunderlich Securities, Inc. are the joint book-running managers for the offering.

 

Underwriter

   Number of Shares  

Northland Securities, Inc.(1)

  

Wunderlich Securities, Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     1,500,000   

 

(1) Northland Capital Markets is the trade name for certain capital markets and investment banking services of Northland Securities, Inc., member FINRA/SIPC

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at a price of $         per share. The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to certain dealers at the same price less a concession of not more than $         per share. After the offering, these figures may be changed by the underwriters.

The shares sold in this offering are expected to be ready for delivery against payment in immediately available funds on or about                     , 2016, subject to customary closing conditions. The underwriters may reject all or part of any order.

We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 225,000 shares of common stock from us at the same price to the public, and with the same underwriting discount, as set forth in the table below. The underwriters may exercise this option any time during the 30-day period after the date of this prospectus, but only to cover over-allotments, if any. To the extent the underwriters exercise the option, the underwriters will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase the shares for which they exercise the option.

Commissions and Discounts

The table below summarizes the underwriting discounts that we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the over-allotment option. In addition to the underwriting discount, we have agreed to pay up to $150,000 of the fees and expenses of the underwriters, which may include the fees and expenses of counsel to the underwriters. We have already paid Northland Capital Markets a $25,000 refundable retainer. The refundable retainer will be applied against reasonable, accountable out-of-pocket expenses actually anticipated to be incurred by the underwriters and related persons and such expenses will be reimbursed to us to the extent not actually incurred pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C). We entered into an engagement letter with Northland Capital Markets that may be terminated by any party subject to certain restrictions, pursuant to which Northland Capital Markets provides us with certain financial advisory services. In connection with the successful completion of this offering, for the price of $50, Northland Capital Markets may purchase a warrant to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 3.0% of the shares sold in this offering at an exercise price that is 150% of the public offering price per share in this offering; provided further, that Northland Capital Markets will only receive such warrants relating to the over-allotment option upon the closing (if any) of the over-allotment option. The warrants are exercisable during the period commencing six months from the date of the prospectus and ending five years from the date of this prospectus. The warrants may not be sold during this offering, or sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any

 

114


Table of Contents

hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants, or the shares acquirable upon exercise thereof, by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of this registration statement, except as provided in paragraph (g)(2) of Rule 5110 of FINRA. The fees and expenses of the underwriters that we have agreed to reimburse are not included in the underwriting discounts set forth in the table below.

We granted Northland Capital Markets a right of first refusal to serve as co-manager or joint-bookrunner in connection with future public offering of securities we undertake within one year following the effective date of this offering. In accordance with applicable rules of FINRA, Northland Capital Markets does not have more than one opportunity to waive or terminate the right of first refusal in consideration of any payment or fee, and any payment or fee to waive or terminate the right of first refusal must be paid in cash and have a value not in excess of the greater of 1% of the proceeds in this offering (or, if greater, the maximum amount permitted by FINRA rules for compensation in connection with this offering) or 5% of the underwriting discount or commission paid in connection with any future financing subject to right of first refusal (including any overallotment option that may be exercised). This right of first refusal is not reflected in the table below.

Except as disclosed in this prospectus, the underwriters have not received and will not receive from us any other item of compensation or expense in connection with this offering considered by FINRA to be underwriting compensation under FINRA Rule 5110. The underwriting discount was determined through an arms’ length negotiation between us and the underwriters.

 

     Per Share     

Total with No

Over-Allotment

    

Total with

Over-Allotment

 

Underwriting discount to be paid by us

   $                        $                        $                    

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts, will be $1.4 million. This includes $150,000 of fees and expenses of the underwriters. These expenses are payable by us.

Indemnification

We also have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

No Sales of Common Stock

We and each of our directors and officers have agreed not to offer, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of Northland Capital Markets for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. These lock-up agreements provide limited exceptions and their restrictions may be waived at any time by Northland Capital Markets.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

To facilitate this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after the offering. Specifically, the underwriters may create a short position in our common stock for their own accounts by selling more shares of common stock than we have sold to the underwriters. The underwriters may close out any short position by purchasing shares in the open market.

In addition, the underwriters may stabilize or maintain the price of our common stock by bidding for or purchasing shares in the open market and may impose penalty bids. If penalty bids are imposed, selling concessions allowed to broker-dealers participating in this offering are reclaimed if shares previously distributed in this offering are repurchased, whether in connection with stabilization transactions or otherwise. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock at a level above that

 

115


Table of Contents

which might otherwise prevail in the open market. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of our common stock to the extent that it discourages resales of our common stock. The magnitude or effect of any stabilization or other transactions is uncertain. These transactions may be effected on The NASDAQ Capital Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters and selling group members may also engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market. Passive market making consists of displaying bids on The NASDAQ Capital Market limited by the prices of independent market makers and effecting purchases limited by those prices in response to order flow. Rule 103 of Regulation M promulgated by the SEC limits the amount of net purchases that each passive market maker may make and the displayed size of each bid. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of our common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that any transaction, if commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

The underwriters or syndicate members may facilitate the marketing of this offering online directly or through one of their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms and a prospectus online and place orders online or through their financial advisors. Such websites and the information contained on such websites, or connected to such sites, are not incorporated into and are not a part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters have in the past, and may in the future, engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. The underwriters have in the past, and may in the future, receive customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that it acquires, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Canada.  The shares of common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions  or subsection 73.3(1) of the  Securities Act  (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103  Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the shares of common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit

 

116


Table of Contents

prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105  Underwriting Conflicts  (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

European Economic Area.  In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive each, a Relevant Member State, no offer to the public of any of our shares of common stock will be made, other than under the following exemptions:

 

    to any legal entity that is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the issuer for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock will result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or any supplementary prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom.  This document is not an approved prospectus for the purposes of section 85 of the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or FSMA, and a copy of it has not been, and will not be, delivered to or approved by the UK Listing Authority or approved by any other authority which could be a competent authority for the purposes of the Prospectus Directive.

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are “qualified investors” within the meaning of section 86(7) of FSMA that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) high net worth companies, unincorporated associations or partnerships and the trustees of high value trusts falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”).

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on these documents or any of their contents. Any investment, investment activity or controlled activity to which this document relates is available in the United Kingdom only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with such persons. Accordingly, this document has not been approved by an authorized person, as would otherwise be required by Section 21 of FSMA.

Any purchaser of shares of common stock resident in the United Kingdom will be deemed to have represented to us and the underwriters, and acknowledge that each of us and the underwriters are relying on such representation, that it, or the ultimate purchaser for which it is acting as agent, is a relevant person.

 

117


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, San Diego, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Faegre Baker Daniels LLP, Minneapolis, Minnesota.

EXPERTS

Our financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2015, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, or any other document, are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 

118


Table of Contents

Airgain, Inc.

Index to Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Statements of Operations

     F-5   

Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Airgain, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Airgain, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Airgain, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Irvine, California

June 8, 2016, except as to the second paragraph of Note 16, which is as of July 29, 2016.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Airgain, Inc.

Balance Sheets

December 31, 2014 and 2015, March 31, 2016 (unaudited), Pro Forma March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

 

   

 

 

December 31,

    March 31,
2016
    Pro Forma
stockholders’
equity as of
March 31,
2016
 
    2014     2015      
                (unaudited)  

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,590,745      $ 5,335,913      $ 4,037,358      $ 4,037,398   

Trade accounts receivable, net

    3,512,871        3,731,998        3,679,003        3,679,003   

Inventory

    —         119,733        46,684        46,684   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    180,944        191,502        146,090        146,090   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    7,284,560        9,379,146        7,909,135        7,909,135   

Property and equipment, net

    1,352,664        1,026,784        950,369        950,369   

Goodwill

    —         1,249,956        1,249,956        1,249,956   

Customer relationships, net

    —         3,137,918        3,059,168        3,059,168   

Intangible assets, net

    —         345,069        332,486        332,486   

Other assets

    95,834        121,541        83,705        83,705  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 8,733,058      $ 15,260,414      $ 13,584,819      $ 13,584,819   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, preferred redeemable convertible stock, and stockholders’ deficit

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 2,413,579      $ 2,873,471      $ 2,524,370      $ 2,524,370   

Accrued bonus

    819,091        1,335,500        398,250        398,250   

Accrued liabilities

    284,671        1,660,987        1,613,685        1,613,685   

Current portion of long-term notes payable

    273,197        1,625,030        1,609,092        1,609,092   

Current portion of deferred rent obligation under operating lease

    81,332        81,332        81,332        81,332   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    3,871,870        7,576,320        6,226,729        6,226,729   

Preferred stock warrant liability

    809,974        709,504        630,670        —     

Long-term notes payable

    346,873        2,721,865        2,333,333        2,333,333   

Deferred rent obligation under operating lease

    650,123        558,641        531,958        531,958   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    5,678,840        11,566,330        9,722,690        9,092,020   

Preferred redeemable convertible stock:

       

Series E preferred redeemable convertible stock—10,500,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); 8,202,466 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $15,545,786, $16,274,823 and $16,454,586 at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    15,545,786        16,274,823        16,454,586        —     

Series F preferred redeemable convertible stock—5,000,000 shares authorized and 4,734,374 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $10,024,707, $10,517,081 and $10,638,489 at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    10,024,707        10,517,081        10,638,489        —     

Series G preferred redeemable convertible stock—23,500,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); 10,118,516, 10,334,862 and 10,334,862 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $16,770,164, $17,987,553 and $18,219,586 at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    15,153,863        16,315,002        16,547,035        —     

 

F-3


Table of Contents
   

 

 

December 31,

    March 31,
2016
    Pro Forma
stockholders’
equity as of
March 31,
2016
 
    2014     2015      
                (unaudited)  

Stockholders’ deficit:

       

Preferred convertible stock:

       

Series A preferred convertible stock, 313,500 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $2,328,354, $2,416,194 and $2,437,853 at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    976,000        976,000        976,000        —     

Series B preferred convertible stock, 1,183,330 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); 1,157,606 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $5,081,890 at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    2,457,253        2,457,253        2,457,253        —     

Series C preferred convertible stock, 682,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited) ; aggregate liquidation preference of $682,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    549,010        549,010        549,010        —     

Series D preferred convertible stock, 4,276,003 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); 4,091,068 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $4,316,451, $4,516,013 and $4,565,220 at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    1,986,286        1,986,286        1,986,286        —     

Common shares, 55,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 80,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); 625,282 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014, 665,842 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015, and 665,842 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

    1,017,003        1,094,375        1,094,375        51,333,704   

Additional paid-in capital

    —         —         —          —     

Note to employee

    (266,282     —          —          —     

Accumulated (deficit) equity

    (44,389,408     (46,475,746     (46,840,905     (46,840,905
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (37,670,138     (39,412,822     (39,777,981     4,492,799   

Commitments and contingencies (note 12)

       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, preferred redeemable convertible stock and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 8,733,058      $ 15,260,414      $ 13,584,819      $ 13,584,819   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Airgain, Inc.

Statements of Operations

Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

Sales

   $ 25,509,572      $ 27,793,073      $ 5,732,733      $ 8,512,305   

Cost of goods sold

     14,132,357        16,148,163        3,250,038        4,834,681   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     11,377,215        11,644,910        2,482,695        3,677,624   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     3,311,337        4,257,400        966,097        1,321,686   

Sales and marketing

     3,516,095        4,035,591        962,601        1,241,104   

General and administrative

     2,972,257        3,453,288        836,611        998,040   

IPO cost

     726,926        229,332        —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     10,526,615        11,975,611        2,765,309        3,560,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     850,600        (330,701     (282,614     116,794   

Other expense (income):

        

Interest expense, including amortization of debt discount

     42,692        39,489        9,368        52,475   

Fair market value adjustment - warrants

     (2,747,570     (85,325     (242,993     (78,834

Exercise and expiration of warrants

     (38,993     (15,145     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     (2,743,871     (60,981     (233,625     (26,359

Income (loss) before income taxes

     3,594,471        (269,720     (48,989     143,153   

Provision for income taxes

     6,171        622        8,511        4,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     3,588,300        (270,342     (57,500     139,153   

Accretion of dividends on preferred convertible stock

     (2,431,836     (2,444,954     (599,631     (604,069
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 1,156,464      $ (2,715,296   $ (657,131   $ (464,916
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share:

        

Basic

   $ 2.08      $ (4.17   $ (1.05   $ (0.70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (2.86   $ (4.30   $ (1.44   $ (0.82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in calculating income (loss) per share

        

Basic

     555,805        651,593        625,282        665,842   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     555,805        651,593        625,282        665,842   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Airgain, Inc.

Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

 

    Preferred
Convertible Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Note to
Employee
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance at December 31, 2013

    6,244,174      $ 5,968,549        380,566      $ 1,016,783      $ —         —       $ (46,491,004   $ (39,505,672
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         657,730        —         —         657,730   

Shares issued pursuant to stock awards

    —         —         244,616        —         —         —         —         —    

Exercise of stock options

    —         —         100        220        —         —         —         220   

Issuance of note to employee

    —         —         —         —         —         (266,282     —         (266,282

Effect of accretion to redemption value

    —         —         —         —         (657,730     —         (1,486,704     (2,144,434

Net income

    —         —         —         —         —         —         3,588,300        3,588,300   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    6,244,174      $ 5,968,549        625,282      $ 1,017,003      $ —       $ (266,282   $ (44,389,408   $ (37,670,138
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         341,554        —         —         341,554   

Shares issued pursuant to stock awards

    —         —         16,300        —         —         —         —         —    

Exercise of Stock Options

    —         —         24,260        77,372        —         —         —         77,372   

Forgiveness of note to employee

    —         —         —         —         —         266,282        —         266,282   

Effect of accretion to redemption value

    —         —         —         —         (341,554     —         (1,815,996     (2,157,550

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (270,342     (270,342
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

    6,244,174      $ 5,968,549        665,842      $ 1,094,375      $ —       $ —        $ (46,475,746   $ (39,412,822
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

    —         —         —         —         28,893        —         —         28,893   

Shares issued pursuant to stock awards (unaudited)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Effect of accretion to redemption value (unaudited)

    —         —         —         —         (28,893     —         (504,312     (533,205

Net income (unaudited)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         139,153        139,153   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

    6,244,174      $ 5,968,549        665,842      $ 1,094,375      $ —       $ —        $ (46,840,905   $ (39,777,981
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Airgain, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2014     2015               2015                         2016            
                (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net income (loss)

  $ 3,588,300      $ (270,342   $ (57,500   $ 139,153   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

       

Depreciation

    371,603        458,734        113,263        117,445   

Amortization

    —         14,013        —         91,333   

Fair market value adjustment - warrants

    (2,747,570     (85,325     (242,993     (78,834

Exercise and expiration of warrants

    (38,993     (15,145     —         —    

Stock-based compensation

    657,730        341,554        150,571        28,893   

Forgiveness of note to employee

    —         266,282        —         —    

Gain on disposal of fixed assets

    (25,441     —          —          —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Trade accounts receivable

    (90,942     210,140        197,375        52,995   

Inventory

    —         (119,733 )     (50,774     73,048   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    2,408        (36,265     7,114        83,248   

Accounts payable

    173,896        298,918        (653,079     (349,102

Accrued bonus

    (119,841     516,409        (598,125     (937,250

Accrued liabilities

    (337,354     361,067        152,397        (47,302

Deferred obligation under operating lease

    214,578        (91,482     (22,659     (26,683
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    1,648,374        1,848,825        (1,004,410     (853,056

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Cash paid for acquisition

    —         (4,000,000     —         —    

Purchases of property and equipment

    (984,697     (132,854     (34,752     (41,030

Proceeds from sale of equipment

    34,786        —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (949,911     (4,132,854     (34,752     (41,030

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Proceeds from notes payable

    500,000        4,000,000        —         —    

Repayment of notes payable

    (129,930     (273,175     (66,736     (404,469

Proceeds from exercise of warrant

    —         225,000        —         —    

Issuance of note to employee

    (266,282     —          —          —    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    220        77,372        —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    104,008        4,029,197        (66,736     (404,469

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    802,471        1,745,168        (1,105,898     (1,298,555

Cash, beginning of period

    2,788,274        3,590,745        3,590,745        5,335,913   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of period

  $ 3,590,745      $ 5,335,913      $ 2,484,847      $ 4,037,358   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

       

Interest paid

  $ 42,692      $ 39,489      $ 9,368      $ 52,475   

Income taxes paid

    10,786        6,171        5,000        —    

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

       

Accretion of Series E, F, and G preferred redeemable convertible stock to redemption amount

  $ 2,144,434      $ 2,157,550      $ 528,765      $ 533,203   

Property and equipment acquired through lease incentives

  $ 650,100      $ —        $ —        $ —     

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

(1) Significant Accounting Policies

 

  (a) Description of Business

Airgain, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the State of California on March 20, 1995. The Company is a leading provider of embedded antenna technologies used to enable high performance wireless networking across a broad range of home, enterprise, and industrial devices. The Company designs, develops, and engineers its antenna products for original equipment and design manufacturers worldwide. The Company’s main office is in San Diego, California with office space and research facilities in San Diego, California, Taipei, Taiwan, Shenzhen and Jiangsu, China and Cambridgeshire, United Kingdom.

 

  (b) Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim balance sheet as of March 31, 2016, the interim statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, and the interim statement of stockholders’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in management’s opinion, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, that management believes are necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2016, and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 are unaudited. The results of operations during the three months ended March 31, 2016 are not indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2016 or for any future period.

 

  (c) Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Deficit

The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ deficit information as of March 31, 2016 gives effect to: (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,080,733 shares of our common stock prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the issuance of 1,863,897 shares of our common stock to the holders of Series A, D, E, F and G preferred stock in connection with this offering in satisfaction of accumulated dividends as of March 31, 2016, and (3) the issuance of 127,143 shares of common stock to the holders of the 2011 Warrants as a result of the net exercise of the 2011 Warrants in May 2016.

 

  (d) Segment Information

The Company’s operations are located primarily in the United States, and most of its assets are located in San Diego, California. The Company operates in one segment related to the sale of antenna products. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its chief executive officer, who reviews operating results on an aggregate basis and manages the Company’s operations as a single operating segment.

 

  F-8    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

  (e) Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of financial statement presentation, the Company classifies all highly liquid financial instruments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. At times, the Company has had cash and cash equivalents deposited at financial institutions in excess of federally insured deposit limits. However, cash is held on deposit at major financial institutions and is considered subject to minimal credit risk. To date, the Company has not realized any losses on its cash and cash equivalents.

 

  (f) Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable is adjusted for all known uncollectible accounts. The policy for determining when receivables are past due or delinquent is based on the contractual terms agreed upon. Accounts are written off once all collection efforts have been exhausted. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established when, in the opinion of management, collection of the account is doubtful. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $0 as of December 31, 2014, December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

 

  (g) Inventory

The vast majority of the Company’s products are manufactured by third parties that retain ownership of the inventory until title is transferred to the customer at the shipping point. In certain instances, shipping terms are delivery at place and the Company is responsible for arranging transportation and delivery of goods ready for unloading at the named place. The Company bears all risk involved in bringing the goods to the named place and records the related inventory in transit to the customer as inventory on the accompanying balance sheet.

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method (FIFO).

 

  (h) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three years. The estimated useful lives for leasehold improvements are the estimated useful life of the asset or lease term, if shorter. Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.

 

  (i) Goodwill

Goodwill, which has an indefinite useful life, represents the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired. The change in the carrying value of goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2015, was due to a current acquisition.

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually on December 1 st and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired.

 

  F-9    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

  (j) Long-lived Assets

The Company’s identifiable intangible assets are comprised of acquired developed technologies, customer relationships and non-compete agreements. The cost of the identifiable intangible assets with finite lives is amortized on a straight-line basis over the assets’ respective estimated useful lives. The Company periodically re-evaluates the original assumptions and rationale utilized in the establishment of the carrying value and estimated lives of long-lived assets and finite-lived intangible assets. Long-lived assets and finite-lived intangibles are assessed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If an asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment recognized is equal to the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.

 

  (k) Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue primarily from the sale of its antenna products. The Company recognizes revenue when products are shipped and the customer takes ownership and assumes risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is reasonably assured, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the sales price is fixed or determinable. Title and risk of loss transfer to customers either when the products are shipped to or received by the customer, based on the terms of the specific agreement with the customer.

A portion of the Company’s sales are made through distributors under agreements allowing for pricing credits and/or rights of return under certain circumstances. To date, pricing credits and returns under these provisions have been insignificant; accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue upon shipment to the distributor and the Company’s allowance for sales returns and pricing credits was insignificant as of December 31, 2014, December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

 

  (l) Shipping and Transportation Costs

Shipping and other transportation costs are expensed as incurred. Shipping and other transportation costs were $154,025 and $221,974 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively and $37,795 and $53,531 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively. These costs are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

 

  (m) Research and Development Costs

Costs incurred in connection with research and development are expensed as incurred.

 

  (n) Income Taxes

The Company records income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period

 

  F-10    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

that includes the enactment date. When applicable, a valuation allowance is established to reduce any deferred tax asset when it is determined that it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in general and administrative expenses.

The Company uses the with-and-without approach, disregarding indirect tax impacts, for determining the period in which tax benefits for excess share-based deductions are recognized.

 

  (o) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes all employee stock-based compensation as a cost in the financial statements. Equity classified awards are measured at the grant-date fair value of the award. The Company estimates the grant-date fair value using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The impact of forfeitures that may occur prior to vesting is also estimated and considered in the amount recognized for all stock-based compensation. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $657,730 and $341,554, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited) was $150,571 and $28,893, respectively.

 

  (p) Preferred Redeemable Convertible Stock

The Company has Series E, F, and G preferred redeemable convertible stock (collectively, Senior Preferred Stock). As these securities are redeemable for cash at the option of the holders, they are excluded from stockholders’ equity and presented as temporary equity in the accompanying balance sheets.

At any time after May 2013, but within ninety days after the receipt of a written request from the holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the then outstanding Senior Preferred Stock, all shares of the Senior Preferred Stock can be redeemed at the original issue price plus any accrued and unpaid dividends in two annual installments. At least one of the Company’s two largest shareholders would need to vote in favor of redemption to meet the 66 2/3% requirement. The Company has obtained written commitments from these two shareholders committing that neither shareholder would vote in favor of redemption prior to January 1, 2018.

As only the passage of time is required for Senior Preferred Stock to be redeemable, the Company adjusts the carrying value of the Senior Preferred Stock to its redemption value at each balance sheet date.

 

  (q) Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

As of March 31, 2016, the Company had issued freestanding warrants exercisable to purchase shares of its Series G preferred redeemable convertible stock. These warrants are classified as a liability in the

 

  F-11    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as the terms for redemption of the underlying security are outside the Company’s control. The warrants are recorded at fair value using a combination of an option pricing model and current value model under the probability-weighted return method. The fair value of all warrants is remeasured at each balance sheet date with any changes in fair value being recognized in the statement of operations. In May 2016, the warrants were amended such that the warrants became immediately exercisable into shares of the Company’s common stock. Concurrent with such amendment, the holders of the outstanding warrants elected to net exercise the warrants, and the Company issued an aggregate of 127,143 shares of common stock.

 

  (r) Fair Value Measurements

The carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to the short maturity of these instruments.

Fair value measurements are market-based measurements, not entity-specific measurements. Therefore, fair value measurements are determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The Company follows a three-level hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used in the valuation techniques to derive fair values. The basis for fair value measurements for each level within the hierarchy is described below:

 

    Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets.

 

    Level 3: Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable in active markets.

The following table provides a summary of the recognized liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Balance as of December 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Liabilities:

        

Warrant liability (note 10)

   $ —           —           809,974   
     Balance as of December 31, 2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Liabilities:

        

Warrant liability (note 10)

   $ —           —           709,504   
     Balance as of March 31, 2016  
     (unaudited)  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Liabilities:

        

Warrant liability (note 10)

   $ —           —           630,670   

 

  F-12    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

The Company’s accounting policy is to recognize transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy on the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer. There were no transfers into or out of Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

The following table provides a rollforward of the Company’s Level 3 fair value measurements during the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited), which consist of the Company’s warrant liability:

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 3,596,537   

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (2,747,570

Exercise and expiration of warrants

     (38,993
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     809,974   

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (85,325

Exercise and expiration of warrants

     (15,145
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     709,504   

Change in fair value of warrant liability (unaudited)

     (78,834

Exercise and expiration of warrants (unaudited)

     —    
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

   $ 630,670   
  

 

 

 

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of assets and liabilities that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the warrant liability may fluctuate from period to period. Additionally, the fair value of the liability may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such liabilities.

 

  (s) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include valuation of the preferred redeemable convertible stock warrant liability, stock-based compensation and intangible assets.

 

  (t) Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company had no other transactions or activity, other than net income (loss), that would be considered as part of comprehensive income (loss).

 

  (u) Net Income or Loss Per Share

Basic net income or loss per share is calculated by dividing net income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net

 

  F-13    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

income or loss per share is calculated by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding for the period plus amounts representing the dilutive effect of securities that are convertible into common stock. Preferred dividends are deducted from net income or loss in arriving at net income or loss attributable to common stockholders. The Company calculates diluted earnings or loss per common share using the treasury stock method and the as-if-converted method, as applicable.

The following table presents the computation of net income or loss per share:

 

     Years ended
December 31,
    Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

Numerator:

        

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,588,300      $ (270,342   $ (57,500   $ 139,153   

Accretion of dividends on preferred stock

     (2,431,836     (2,444,954     (599,631     (604,069
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders -basic

   $ 1,156,464      $ (2,715,296   $ (657,131   $ (464,916

Adjustment for change in fair value of warrant liability

     (2,747,570     (85,325     (242,993     (78,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders - diluted

   $ (1,591,106   $ (2,800,621   $ (900,124   $ (543,750
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted average common shares outstanding

        

Basic

     555,805        651,593        625,282        665,842   

Diluted

     555,805        651,593        625,282        665,842   

Net income (loss) per share:

        

Basic

   $ 2.08      $ (4.17   $ (1.05   $ (0.70

Diluted

   $ (2.86   $ (4.30   $ (1.44   $ (0.82

Potentially dilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because to do so would be anti-dilutive are as follows (in common stock equivalent shares):

 

     Years ended
December 31,
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2014      2015      2015      2016  
                   (unaudited)  

Preferred redeemable convertible stock, including accumulated dividends

     4,653,197         4,891,205         4,706,300         4,944,630   

Employee stock options

     504,550         756,692         692,358         754,192   

Series G preferred stock warrants outstanding

     809,972         788,338         809,972         788,338   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,967,719         6,436,235         6,208,630         6,487,160   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  F-14    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income or loss per share is calculated by dividing the pro forma net income or loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period plus the weighted average number of common shares resulting from the assumed conversion of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock and the assumed issuance of common stock in satisfaction of accumulated dividends. The assumed conversion is calculated using the as-if-converted method, as if such conversion had occurred as of the beginning of each period presented or the original issuance date, if later. The pro forma net income or loss is calculated by adding the accretion to liquidation value of convertible preferred stock and the adjustment for change in the fair value of warrant liability from the net loss attributable to common stockholders.

 

    Pro Forma
December 31, 2015
    Pro Forma
March 31, 2016
 
     
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

    (2,715,296     (464,916

Add: Accretion of dividends on preferred stock

    2,444,954        604,069   

Add: Adjustment for change in fair value of warrant liability

    85,325        78,834   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    (185,017     217,987   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

   

Weighted average common shares outstanding basic and diluted

    651,593        665,842   

Add: Adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of preferred stock

    3,080,733        3,080,733   

Add: Adjustment to reflect assumed issuance of accumulated preferred dividends

    1,810,472        1,863,897   

Add: Adjustment of outstandiing stock options (treasury method)

    16,489        23,432   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    5,559,287        5,633,904   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share

   

Basic

    (0.03     0.04   

Diluted

    (0.03     0.04   

 

  F-15    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

(2) Property and Equipment

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is calculated on the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of six to ten years for tenant improvements, and three years for all other property and equipment. Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

     December 31,      March 31, 2016
(unaudited)
 
     2014      2015     

Lab equipment

     1,211,476         1,284,626         1,325,656   

Computer equipment

     166,149         182,266         182,266   

Computer software

     289,278         302,549         302,549   

Furniture and fixtures

     178,886         184,233         184,233   

Tenant improvements

     738,930         763,898         763,898   

Other office equipment

     38,753         38,753         38,753   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,623,472         2,756,325         2,797,355   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,270,808      (1,729,541      (1,846,986
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,352,664         1,026,784         950,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $371,603 and $458,734 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $113,263 and $117,445 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

 

(3) Acquisitions

On December 17, 2015, the Company executed and entered into an asset purchase agreement for certain North American assets of Skycross, Inc., a manufacturer of advanced antenna and radio-frequency solutions. As a result of the acquisition, the Company expects to benefit from the acquisition primarily through the addition of new customers. The goodwill of $1,249,956 arising from the acquisition relates to expected synergies and cost reductions through economies of scale. The amount of goodwill expected to be deductible for tax purposes is $1,249,956.

In addition to the $4.0 million paid up front, the purchase price also includes a contingent consideration arrangement. The $1.0 million of deferred consideration is payable upon the later of (i) the expiration of the Transition Services Agreement between the Company and Skycross, Inc. which defines transition services to be provided by Skycross to the Company, and (ii) the date on which the Company has received copies of third party approvals with respect to each customer and program that was purchased. The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that could be required to be paid under the contingent consideration arrangement is between $0 and $1.0 million. The fair value of the contingent consideration was estimated by applying the income approach. The income approach is based on estimating the value of the present worth of future net cash flow.

 

  F-16    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes the consideration paid and the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date.

 

Consideration:

  

Cash

   $ 4,000,000   

Contingent consideration arrangement

     1,000,000   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of total consideration transferred

   $ 5,000,000   
  

 

 

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Accounts receivable

   $ 429,267   

Intangible assets

     3,497,000   

Current liabilities

     (176,223
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets acquired

     3,750,044   

Goodwill

     1,249,956   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,000,000   
  

 

 

 

The fair value of accounts receivable is $429,267. The contingent consideration of $1.0 million is included in the accrued liabilities balance on the accompanying balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

Revenue associated with the acquired Skycross assets since the date of acquisition was $0.2 million and $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited), respectively. Cost of goods sold associated with the acquired Skycross assets since the date of acquisition was $0.1 million and $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited), respectively. The acquired assets were not managed as a discrete business by the previous owner. Accordingly, the historical financial information for the assets acquired was impracticable to obtain, and inclusion of pro forma information would require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding these assets’ historical financial results that may not be reasonable or accurate. As a result, pro forma results are not presented. It is not practicable to determine net income included in the Company’s operating results relating to Skycross assets since the date of acquisition because the assets have been fully integrated into the Company’s operations, and the operating results of the Skycross assets can therefore not be separately identified.

 

(4) Goodwill

Changes to the Company’s goodwill balance during the year ended December 31, 2015 and during the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited) are as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ —    

Current period acquisition

     1,249,956   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 1,249,956   

Current period adjustments

     —     

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

   $ 1,249,956   
  

 

 

 

 

  F-17    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

(5) Intangible Assets

The following is a summary of the Company’s acquired intangible assets:

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Intangibles,
Net
 
           

Developed technologies

     10       $ 280,000       $ 1,074       $ 278,926   

Customer relationships

     10         3,150,000         12,082         3,137,918   

Non-compete agreement

     3         67,000         857         66,143   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

     10       $ 3,497,000       $ 14,013       $ 3,482,987   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     March 31, 2016 (unaudited)  
     Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Intangibles,
Net
 

Developed technologies

     10       $ 280,000       $ 8,074       $ 271,926   

Customer relationships

     10         3,150,000         90,832         3,059,168   

Non-compete agreement

     3         67,000         6,440         60,560   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

     10       $ 3,497,000       $ 105,346       $ 3,391,654   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The estimated annual amortization of intangible assets for the next five years and thereafter is shown in the following table. Actual amortization expense to be reported in future periods could differ from these estimates as a results of acquisitions, divestitures, asset impairments, among other factors. Amortization expense was $0 and $14,013 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and $0 and $91,333 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

 

     December 31,
2015
     March 31,
2016
(unaudited)
 

2016

   $ 365,333       $ 274,000   

2017

     365,333         365,333   

2018

     364,477         364,477   

2019

     343,000         343,000   

2020

     343,000         343,000   

Thereafter

     1,701,844         1,701,844   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,482,987       $ 3,391,654   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  F-18    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

(6) Long-term Notes Payable (including current portion) and Line of Credit

In June 2012, the Company amended its line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank. The amended revolving line of credit facility allows for an advance up to $3.0 million. The facility bears an interest rate of prime (4% as of December 31, 2015) plus 1.25%. The revolving facility is available as long as the Company maintains a liquidity ratio of cash and cash equivalents plus accounts receivable to outstanding debt under the facility of 1.25 to 1.00; otherwise, the facility reverts to its previous eligible receivables financing arrangement. The amended facility matures in April 2018. The bank has a first security interest in all the Company’s assets excluding intellectual property, for which the bank has received a negative pledge. There was no balance owed on the line of credit as of December 31, 2014, December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

In December 2013, the Company further amended its revolving line of credit under the amended and restated loan and security with Silicon Valley Bank to include a growth capital term loan of up to $750,000. The growth capital term loan requires interest only payments through June 30, 2014 at which point it is to be repaid in 32 equal monthly installments of interest and principal. The growth capital term loan matures on February 1, 2017, at which time all unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest is due. The growth capital term loan interest rate is 6.5%. The Company must maintain a liquidity ratio of cash and cash equivalents plus accounts receivable to outstanding debt under the facility of greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2014, December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), $620,070, $346,895 and $275,759 was outstanding under this loan, respectively.

The remaining principal payments subsequent to December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited) are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2015
     March 31,
2016
(unaudited)
 

Year ending:

     

2016

   $ 291,697       $ 220,561   

2017

     55,198         55,198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 346,895       $ 275,759   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In December 2015, the Company amended its loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank to include a term loan in the amount of $4.0 million. The loan requires 36 monthly installments of interest and principal. The loan matures on December 1, 2018. The loan agreement requires the Company to maintain a liquidity ratio of 1.25 to 1.00 as of the last day of each month and a minimum EBITDA, measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter for the previous six month period (for December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 the minimum EBITDA is ($350,000)). The interest rate is 5%. As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), $4,000,000 and $3,666,667 was outstanding under this loan, respectively.

 

  F-19    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

The remaining principal payments on the $4.0 million loan subsequent to December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited) are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2015
     March 31,
2016
(unaudited)
 

Year ending:

     

2016

   $ 1,333,333       $ 1,000,000   

2017

     1,333,333         1,333,333   

2018

     1,333,334         1,333,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,000,000       $ 3,666,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company was in compliance with all financial term loan and line of credit financial covenants as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

 

(7) Income Taxes

 

  (a) Income Taxes

Income tax expense attributable to income from continuing operations consists of the following:

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Current      Deferred      Total  

U.S. federal

   $ —          —          —    

State and local

     6,171         —          6,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,171         —          6,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2015   
     Current      Deferred      Total  

U.S. federal

   $ —          —          —    

State and local

     622         —          622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 622         —          622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  F-20    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

  (b) Tax Rate Reconciliation

Income tax expense attributable to income from continuing operations was $6,171 and $622 for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax income from continuing operations as a result of the following:

 

     2014      2015  

Computed “expected” tax provision (benefit)

     1,222,120         (91,705

Change in federal valuation allowance

     (1,953,002      (674,460

Section 382 limitation expiration

     1,712,466         —    

State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

     4,132         411   

Nondeductible warrant adjustment

     (947,432      (34,160

Research and development credit

     (143,114      (168,940

Uncertain tax position

     —          797,513   

Other

     111,001         171,963   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,171         622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (c) Significant Components of Current and Deferred Taxes

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets at December 31, 2014 and 2015 are presented below.

 

     2014      2015  

Deferred tax assets, net:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

     9,448,214         9,008,344   

Capitalization of patent costs net of amortization

     710,286         441,076   

Capitalization of acquisition costs net of amortization

     —          35,263   

Tax credit carry forwards

     2,519,715         1,421,252   

Other timing differences

     (199,440      197,464   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12,478,775         11,103,399   

Less valuation allowance

     (12,478,775      (11,103,399
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The net change in the total valuation allowance was a decrease of $2,085,328 and $1,375,356 in 2014 and 2015, respectively. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income, and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment.

Current federal and state tax laws include substantial restrictions on the annual utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the event of an ownership change as defined. In May,

 

  F-21    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

2014, the Company completed its analysis to determine whether prior ownership changes have resulted in limitations on the Company’s ability to utilize these net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. The Company has determined that as of December 31, 2015, it has $21,756,000 in available unlimited federal net operating loss carryforwards which will begin to expire in 2022, and $18,226,000 of unlimited California net loss carryforwards which began expiring in 2015. In addition, the Company has federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $797,462 at December 31, 2015, which if unutilized will expire between 2026 and 2034 The Company also has state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $610,192 at December 31, 2015 which may be available to reduce future state taxable income if any, over an indefinite period. The net loss carryforwards and these tax credits are subject to examination by state and federal taxing authorities and may need to be revised as a result of any exam.

The Company’s tax years that remain open and are subject to examination by tax jurisdiction are years 2011 and forward for federal and years 2010 and forward for the state of California.

During 2015, the Company derecognized $1,408,000 of tax benefit associated with certain federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards that, in previous, periods were offset with a full valuation allowance.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, there were $0 and $1,408,000 in total unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. If recognized, none of these unrecognized tax benefits would result in a tax benefit since they would be fully offset with a valuation allowance.

 

(8) Stockholders’ Deficit

 

  (a) Preferred Convertible Stock

In June 2000, the Company sold 313,500 shares of Series A preferred convertible stock (Series A Preferred Stock) at $3.84 per share for gross proceeds of $1.2 million.

In March 2001, the Company sold 290,993 shares of Series B preferred convertible stock (Series B Preferred Stock) at $4.39 per share for gross proceeds of $1.3 million in cash. At various times during 2003 the company issued a total of 866,613 additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock for cash and as compensation for services received and to satisfy debt obligations totaling approximately $1.2 million.

In September 2003, the Company sold 682,000 shares of Series C preferred convertible stock (Series C Preferred Stock) at $1.00 per share for gross proceeds of $0.7 million.

In November 2003, the Company sold 4,091,068 shares of Series D Preferred Convertible Stock (Series D Preferred Stock) at $0.542 per share for gross proceeds of $2.2 million.

The holders of the Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock (collectively, Junior Preferred Stock), are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at a rate of $0.0488, $0.00, $0.00 and $0.0488 per share, per annum, respectively, and are payable upon liquidation, redemption or conversion in order of their preference prior to any dividends on common stock.

The holders of the Junior Preferred Stock are entitled to receive liquidation preferences upon certain deemed liquidation events at the rate equal to their purchase price per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. Upon completion of this distribution, any remaining assets will be distributed to the holders

 

  F-22    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

of the common stock and to holders of the Junior Preferred Stock and to the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock (on an as converted basis) until all amounts received by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock is equal to $19.20 per share, the Series D Preferred Stock is equal to $2.168 per share, Series E Preferred Stock is equal to $4.44 per share, Series F Preferred Stock is equal to $5.20 per share, and Series G Preferred Stock is equal to $5.20 per share, the remaining assets shall be distributed among holders of shares of the common stock. The holders of the Senior Preferred Stock have priority and are made in preference to any payments to the Junior Preferred Stock up to the Senior Preferred Stock’s liquidation preference. The holders of the Junior Preferred Stock have priority and are made in preference to any payments to the holders of the common stock up to the Junior Preferred Stock’s liquidation preference. After distribution of both the Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock’s liquidation preferences, any remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed to the holders of the common stock.

Each share of Junior Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time, into a number of shares of common stock at a conversion price of $21.70, $24.23, $8.59, $5.42 for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, subject to adjustments for stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, reclassifications and reorganizations. Each share of Junior Preferred Stock is automatically convertible into common stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) the Company’s sale of its common stock in a firm commitment, underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which aggregate proceeds to the Company are at least $15.0 million and at a per share offering price of at least $76.80 per share, as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, reclassifications, recapitalizations or splits, or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement by the holders of the majority of the then outstanding shares voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis (without giving effect to the conversion dividends).

As long as 1,678,450 shares of Junior Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Company is prohibited from certain transactions without the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock or the majority of the Board of Directors.

The holders of the Junior Preferred Stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares of preferred stock could be converted and have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock.

 

  F-23    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

  (b) Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

The following common stock is reserved for future issuance at December 31, 2014, December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited):

 

     Shares  
     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2015
     March 31,
2016
 
                   (unaudited)  

Conversion of Series A, B, C, and D preferred convertible stock

     753,687         753,687         753,687   

Conversion of Series E, F, and G preferred redeemable convertible stock

     2,305,535         2,327,170         2,327,170   

Warrants issued and outstanding

     809,972         788,338         788,338   

Stock option awards issued and outstanding

     505,450         756,692         754,192   

Authorized for grants under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

     126,876         321,313         321,313   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,501,520         4,947,200         4,944,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(9) Preferred Redeemable Convertible Stock

In June 2005 and February 2006, the Company sold a total of 7,984,727 shares of Series E Preferred Redeemable Convertible Stock (Series E Preferred Stock) at $1.11 per share for gross proceeds of $8.8 million in cash.

In February 2007, the Company sold 4,734,374 shares of Series F Preferred Redeemable Convertible Stock (Series F Preferred Stock) at $1.30 per share for gross proceeds of $6.2 million in cash.

In March 2008 and June 2009, the Company completed an offering of Series G Preferred Stock at $1.30 per share for gross proceeds of $4.3 million in cash. In June 2012, the then outstanding convertible promissory notes and accrued interest thereon in the amount of $7.1 million converted to 6,216,607 and 463,856 shares of Series G Preferred Stock at the conversion price of $1.04 or $1.30 per share, respectively.

The holders of the Senior Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at a rate of 8% of the original purchase price, per annum and are payable in cash or common shares, at the option of the Company upon liquidation, redemption or conversion in order of their preference prior to any dividends on common stock or Junior Preferred Stock.

The holders of the Senior Preferred Stock are entitled to receive liquidation preferences upon certain deemed liquidation events at the rate equal to their conversion price per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends.

Each share of Senior Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time, into a number of shares of common stock at a conversion price of $11.11, $13.00, and $13.00 for the Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, and Series G Preferred Stock, respectively, subject to adjustments for stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, reclassifications and reorganizations. Each share of Senior Preferred Stock is automatically convertible into common stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) the Company’s sale of its common stock in a firm commitment, underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which aggregate proceeds to

 

  F-24    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

the Company are at least $15.0 million, and at a per share offering price of at least $76.80 per share, as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, reclassifications, recapitalizations or splits, or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement by the holders of the majority of the then outstanding shares voting together as a single class, provided that the Junior Preferred Stock will also concurrently convert.

As long as 4,875,000 shares of Senior Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Company is prohibited from certain transactions without the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock or the majority of the Board of Directors.

The holders of the Senior Preferred Stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares of preferred stock could be converted and have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock .

The following table provides a rollforward of the preferred redeemable convertible stock during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited):

 

     Preferred redeemable
convertible stock
 
     Shares      Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2013

     2,305,535       $ 38,579,922   

Effect of accretion to redemption value

     —          2,144,434   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     2,305,535         40,724,356   

Exercise of warrants

     21,634         225,000   

Effect of accretion to redemption value

     —          2,157,550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     2,327,169       $ 43,106,906   

Effect of accretion to redemption value (unaudited)

     —          533,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     2,327,169         43,640,110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(10) Warrants

As of December 31, 2014, December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), the Company had warrants outstanding that allow the holders to purchase shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock.

 

  F-25    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

Warrants outstanding at December 31, 2014, December 31, 2015, and March 31, 2016 (unaudited) are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Number of
warrants
outstanding
     Issuance date      Expiration
dates
     Exercise
price(s)
     Common
share
equivalent if
exercised and
converted
 

Shares:

           

Series G preferred redeemable convertible stock

     8,099,723        
 
 
 
 
April
2010
through
September
2012
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
Various
through
September
2016
  
  
  
  
   $ 1.04         809,972   
     December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited)  
     Number of
warrants
outstanding
     Issuance date      Expiration
dates
     Exercise
price(s)
     Common
share
equivalent if
exercised and
converted
 

Shares:

              

Series G preferred redeemable convertible stock

     7,883,377        
 
 
 
 
April
2010
through
September
2012
  
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
Various
through
September
2017
 
 
 
  
   $ 1.04         788,338   

As the Series G Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the Series G preferred stockholders, the Company has determined the warrants for Series G Preferred Stock should be classified as liabilities and adjusted to fair value at each reporting date. The fair value of the warrants is estimated using a combination of an option-pricing model and current value model under the probability-weighted return method, using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs) including: management’s cash flow projections; probability and timing of potential liquidity scenarios; weighted-average cost of capital that included the addition of a company specific risk premium to account for uncertainty associated with the Company achieving future cash flows; selection of appropriate market comparable transactions and multiples; expected volatility; and risk-free rate. The Company used a combination of discounted cash flow, guideline public company and market transaction valuation techniques in estimating the fair value of the warrant liability at each reporting date. The discount rates used were 19%, 21% and 23% at December 31, 2014, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), respectively. The fair value of the warrants was $809,974, $709,504 and $630,670 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

Due to the inherent uncertainty in determining the fair value of the Company’s warrant liability, the fair value may fluctuate from period to period. On April 2, 2015, the Company and certain holders of the warrants to purchase Series G Preferred Stock adopted an amendment to extend the exercise period for the holders of all outstanding warrants to purchase Series G Preferred Stock by one year, which resulted in incremental expense of $343,446 during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

  F-26    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

In May 2016, the warrants were amended such that the warrants became immediately exercisable into shares of our common stock. Concurrent with such amendment, the holders of the outstanding warrants elected to net exercise the warrants, and the Company issued an aggregate of 127,143 shares of common stock.

 

(11) Stock Options

In 2013, the Company’s board of directors adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) for employees, directors, and consultants. On March 18, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted an amendment to the Plan to increase the share reserve thereunder by 300,000 shares. On June 18, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted an amendment to the Plan to increase the share reserve thereunder by an additional 300,000 shares. The common stock authorized under the Plan is 1,200,000 shares. Under the Plan, the administrator shall have authority to determine which service providers will receive awards, to grant awards and to set all terms and conditions of awards (including, but not limited to, vesting, exercise and forfeiture provisions). Vested options are canceled 90 days after termination of employment and become available for reissuance under the Plan. As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), 321,313 shares are available for issue under the Plan.

In 2003, the Company’s board of directors adopted the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2003 Plan) for employees, directors, and consultants, which terminated December 31, 2012. The common stock authorized under the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan was 600,000 shares. As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), there are no shares available for issuance under the 2003 Plan.

The grant-date fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The weighted average assumptions for 2014 and 2015 grants and the grants for the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited) are provided in the following table. The Company’s lack of historical share option exercise experience does not provide it a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected term because of a lack of sufficient data. Therefore, we estimate the expected term by using the simplified method, which calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. Since the Company’s shares are not publicly traded and its shares are rarely traded privately, expected volatility is estimated based on the average historical volatility of similar entities with publicly traded shares. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the date of grant.

 

     2014     2015     March 31, 2016
(unaudited)
 

Valuation assumptions:

      

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0

Expected volatility

     64.4        56.7        56.7   

Expected term (years)

     5.74        5.42        5.42   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.9     1.7     1.7

 

  F-27    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

Stock option activity during the periods indicated is as follows:

 

     Number
of shares
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     364,450        2.73         4.3   

Granted

     255,600        2.70         9.2   

Exercised

     (100     2.20         —    

Expired/Forfeited

     115,400        3.22         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     504,550        2.60         5.8   

Granted

     512,402        2.00         9.2   

Exercised

     (24,260 )     3.19         —    

Expired/Forfeited

     (236,000     2.77         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     756,692        2.10         7.6   

Granted

     —         —          —    

Exercised

     —         —          —    

Expired/Forfeited

     (2,500     2.20         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     754,192        2.10         7.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2015

     546,232        2.10         7.1   

Vested and Expected to vest at December 31, 2015

     743,957        2.10         7.5   

Vested and exercisable at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     588,106        2.10         7.0   

Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     741,890        2.10         7.3   

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2014 was $1.43 and $0.84 during 2015. For fully vested stock options and stock options expected to vest, the aggregate intrinsic value was immaterial as of December 31, 2015.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company granted 260,924 shares of restricted common stock with a fair value of $2.20 per share to its CEO of which 68.75% were vested immediately and 6.25% of the shares vest on each of March 31, 2014, June 30, 2014, September 30, 2014, December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2015, 50,000 shares of restricted stock were granted to other executives contingent upon the Company achieving an initial public offering of its equity securities. The performance measures were not met and the shares expired as of December 31, 2015. There was no expense recorded for these contingently issuable shares.

At December 31, 2014, December 31, 2015, and March 31, 2016 (unaudited) there was $198,523, $214,304 and $185,411 (unaudited), respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options and restricted stock granted under the plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over the next three years.

 

  F-28    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

The Company currently uses authorized and unissued shares to satisfy share award exercises.

 

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

 

  (a) Operating Leases

The Company has entered into lease agreements for office space and research facilities in San Diego, California; Taipei, Taiwan; Shenzhen and Jiangsu, China; and Cambridgeshire, United Kingdom. Rent expense was $584,269 and $672,526, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and $146,534 and $189,862, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited). The longest lease expires in June 2020. The Company moved into its new facility in San Diego, California during the year ended December 31, 2014. The new San Diego facility lease agreement included a tenant improvement allowance which provided for the landlord to pay for tenant improvements on behalf of the Company up to $515,000. Based on the terms of this landlord incentive and involvement of the Company in the construction process, the leasehold improvements purchased under the landlord incentive were determined to be property of the Company.

The future minimum lease payments required under operating leases in effect at December 31, 2015 were as follows:

 

Year ending:

  

2016

   $ 622,226   

2017

     503,644   

2018

     496,515   

2019

     513,893   

2020 and beyond

     265,940   
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,402,218   
  

 

 

 

 

  (b) Indemnification

In some agreements to which the Company is a party, the Company has agreed to indemnify the other party for certain matters, including, but not limited to, product liability and intellectual property. To date, there have been no known events or circumstances that have resulted in any material costs related to these indemnification provisions and no liabilities have been recorded in the accompanying financial statements.

 

  (c) Employment Agreements

During 2014 the Company entered into employment agreements with its CEO and certain members of its management team. These agreements provide severance in the aggregate amount of $575,000 for termination without cause as defined in the agreements.

 

  F-29    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

(13) Concentration of Credit Risk

 

  (a) Concentration of Sales and Accounts Receivable

The following represents customers that accounted for 10% or more of total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited) and customers that accounted for 10% or more of total trade accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited).

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

Percentage of net revenue

      

Customer A

     29     15     18     15

Customer B

     11        28        19        34   

Customer C

     9        12        12        7   
     December 31,     March 31,  
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

Percentage of gross trade accounts receivable

      

Customer A

     12     12     18     14

Customer B

     12        23        14        22   

Customer C

     —         —         12        1   

 

  (b) Revenue by Geography

Net revenue by geographic area are as follows. Revenue is attributed by geographic location based on the bill-to location of the Company’s customers.

 

     Years Ended December 31,     March 31,  
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

Percentage of net revenue

        

China

     68     65     65     73

Other Asia

     15        21        16        11   

North America

     11        8        11        12   

Europe

     6        6        8        4   

Although the Company ships the majority of antennas to its customers in China (primarily ODM’s and distributors), the end-users of the Company’s products are much more geographically diverse.

 

  (c) Concentration of Purchases

During the year ended December 31, 2015, and the three months ended March 31, 2016, all of the Company’s products were manufactured by two vendors in China. The second vendor started production in April 2013.

 

  F-30    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AIRGAIN, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and pro forma information is unaudited)

 

(14) Related-Party Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company provided its CEO a loan of $266,282 for the payment of federal and state income taxes payable by him as the result of issuance of restricted stock. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company forgave the loan and incurred $266,282 of expense for the loan forgiveness and an additional $236,414 of expense related to the CEO’s taxes on the loan forgiveness.

The Company entered into a professional services agreement with a stockholder, GEN3 Partners, in October 2008. Professional services expense was approximately $9,000 and $0, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

 

(15) Employee Benefit Plan

The Company established a discretionary 401(k) plan effective January 2005. The 401(k) plan was amended and restated in May 2006. The 401(k) plan covers substantially all employees who have attained age 21. The participants may elect to defer a percentage of their compensation as allowable by law. The Company can make discretionary matching contributions, but so far has not done so.

 

(16) Subsequent Events (unaudited)

On May 24, 2016, the Company granted stock options for an aggregate of 339,315 shares of common stock, with an exercise price of $1.90 per share, and also granted an aggregate of 57,475 shares of restricted common stock. The estimated fair value of such options and restricted stock as of the date of grant was $1.90 per share.

On July 22, 2016, the Company’s board of directors approved an amendment to its articles of incorporation effecting a one-for-ten reverse stock split of its common stock. The Company’s stockholders approved the reverse stock split on July 27, 2016. All issued and outstanding common stock, and per share amounts contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split for all periods presented. The reverse stock split became effective on July 28, 2016.

 

  F-31   


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

1,500,000 Shares

Airgain, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

 

Northland Capital Markets   Wunderlich

 

 

 

 

Until                     , 2016 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and The NASDAQ Capital Market listing fee.

 

     Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 1,738   

FINRA filing fee

     3,088   

NASDAQ Capital Stock Market listing fee

     50,000   

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     400,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     750,000   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     10,000   

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses

     5,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     125,000   

Miscellaneous

     15,174   
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 1,360,000   

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We plan to reincorporate in Delaware prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement. Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of the offering of our common stock pursuant to this registration statement, will provide that we will indemnify each person who was or is a

 

II-1


Table of Contents

party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by us within the last three years. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

 

  (a) Issuances of Capital Stock and Warrants to Purchase Capital Stock

From 2009 through 2011, we sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of $3.0 million of convertible promissory notes and 8,099,723 warrants to purchase shares of our Series G preferred redeemable convertible stock. In May 2016, the warrants were amended such that the warrants became immediately exercisable into shares of our common stock. Concurrent with such amendment, the holders of the outstanding warrants elected to net exercise the warrants, and were granted an aggregate of 127,143 shares of our common stock.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All purchasers of convertible notes and shares of preferred convertible redeemable stock described above represented to us in connection with their purchase that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the shares for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

 

  (b) Grants and Exercise of Stock Options

From January 1, 2013 through June 30, 2016, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,142,742 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.10 per share, to certain of our employees, consultants and directors in connection with services provided to us by such persons. Of these, options to purchase 56,860 shares of common stock have been exercised through June 30, 2016 for aggregate consideration of $160,692, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.80 per share.

 

  (c) Grants of Restricted Stock

From January 1, 2013 through June 30, 2016, we granted restricted stock awards covering an aggregate of 368,399 shares of our common stock to certain of our employees in connection with services provided to us by such persons. Of these, a total of 57,475 shares of restricted stock remain outstanding.

The stock options and the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options as described in this section (b) and the restricted stock awards described in this section (c) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees and directors, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or the exemption set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits. The list of exhibits is set forth under “Exhibit Index” at the end of this registration statement and is incorporated by reference herein.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules. Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant

 

II-3


Table of Contents

has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on this 29th day of July, 2016.

 

AIRGAIN, INC.
By:  

/s/ Charles Myers

  Charles Myers
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Charles Myers

Charles Myers

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)

  July 29, 2016

/s/ Leo Johnson

Leo Johnson

  

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)

  July 29, 2016

*

Jim K. Sims

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

  July 29, 2016

*

Francis X. Egan

  

Director

  July 29, 2016

*

Frances Kordyback

  

Director

  July 29, 2016

*

Thomas A. Munro

  

Director

  July 29, 2016

*

Arthur M. Toscanini

  

Director

  July 29, 2016

 

*By:   /s/ Charles Myers
  Charles Myers
  Attorney-in-fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1   Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended (currently in effect)
  3.2   Form of Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering
  3.3(1)   Bylaws, as amended (currently in effect)
  3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering
  4.1   Specimen stock certificate evidencing the shares of common stock
  4.2(1)   Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated May 7, 2008
  4.3(1)   Form of Preferred Stock Warrant issued to investors in the note financings
  4.4   Form of Warrant to be issued to Northland Securities, Inc. in connection with the offering
  5.1   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
10.1(1)   Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 21, 2012, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and the Registrant
10.2(1)   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 12, 2013, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and the Registrant
10.3(1)   Office Lease, dated June 13, 2013, by and between Kilroy Realty, L.P. and the Registrant
10.4   Form of Indemnity Agreement for Directors and Officers
10.5#(1)   Airgain, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan
10.6#(1)   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Airgain, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan
10.7#(1)   Airgain, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8#(1)   Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the Airgain, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9#(1)   Restricted Stock Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Agreement under the Airgain, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan dated March 1, 2014, by and between Charles Myers and the Registrant
10.10#   Airgain, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan
10.11#   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Airgain, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan
10.12#   Airgain, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.13#   Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
10.14#(1)   Employment Agreement, dated October 28, 2013, by and between Charles A. Myers and the Registrant
10.15#(1)   Employment Agreement, dated July 28, 2014, by and between Leo Johnson and the Registrant
10.16#(1)   Services Agreement, dated December 4, 2012, by and between Leo Johnson and the Registrant
10.17#(1)   Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2014, by and between Glenn Selbo and the Registrant

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
10.18(1)   Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 16, 2015, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and the Registrant
23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
23.2   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1(1)   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

(1) Filed with Airgain, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 on July 15, 2016.
# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

II-8

Exhibit 1.1

[•] Shares 1

AIRGAIN, INC.

Common Stock, par value $ 0.0001 per share

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[•], 2016

NORTHLAND SECURITIES, INC.

As Representative of the several Underwriters

    Named in Schedule I hereto

c/o Northland Securities, Inc.

45 South Seventh Street, Suite 2000

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Airgain, Inc., a California corporation (together with its successor entity following its reincorporation into the state of Delaware, the “Company” ), proposes to sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters” ) an aggregate of [•] authorized but unissued shares (the “Firm Shares” ) of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock” ), of the Company. The Company also has granted to the several Underwriters an option to purchase up to [•] additional shares of Common Stock on the terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 3 hereof (the “Option Shares” ). The Firm Shares and any Option Shares purchased pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement are herein collectively called the “Securities.”

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with respect to the sale of the Securities to the several Underwriters, for whom Northland Securities, Inc. is acting as representative (the “Representative” or “you” ).

1. Registration Statement and Prospectus . A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-212542) with respect to the Securities, including a preliminary form of prospectus, has been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act” ), and the rules and regulations ( “Rules and Regulations” ) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” ) thereunder and has been filed with the Commission. Such registration statement, including the amendments, exhibits and schedules thereto, as of the time it became effective, including the Rule 430A Information (as defined below), is referred to herein at the “Registration Statement . The Company will prepare and file a prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations that discloses the information previously omitted from the prospectus in the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, which information will be deemed retroactively to be a part of the Registration Statement in accordance with Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations ( “Rule 430A Information” ). If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations

 

1  

Plus an option to purchase up to [•] additional shares to cover over-allotments.


to increase the size of the offering registered under the Act, the Company will prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such increase pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations (such registration statement, including the contents of the Registration Statement incorporated by reference therein is the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” ). References herein to the “Registration Statement” will be deemed to include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement at and after the time of filing of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. “Preliminary Prospectus” means any prospectus included in the Registration Statement prior to the effective time of the Registration Statement, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Rules and Regulations and each prospectus that omits Rule 430A Information used after the effective time of the Registration Statement. “Prospectus” means the prospectus that discloses the public offering price and other final terms of the Securities and the offering and otherwise satisfies Section 10(a) of the Act. All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, is deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System or any successor system thereto ( “EDGAR” ).

All references herein to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or a Prospectus shall be deemed as of any time to include the documents and information incorporated therein by reference in accordance with the Rules and Regulations.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company .

(a) Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters as follows:

(i) Registration Statement and Prospectuses . The Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective under the Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) has been issued by the Commission and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission. As of the time each part of the Registration Statement (or any post-effective amendment thereto) became or becomes effective, such part conformed or will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations. Upon the filing or first use within the meaning of the Rules and Regulations, each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (or any supplement to either) conformed or will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

(ii) Accurate Disclosure . Each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof or the time of first use within the meaning of the Rules and Regulations, did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at the effective time of each part thereof, at the First

 

-2-


Closing Date (as defined below) or at the Second Closing Date (as defined below), contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Time of Sale (as defined below), neither (A) the Time of Sale Disclosure Package (as defined below) nor (B) any issuer free writing prospectus (as defined below), when considered together with the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any supplement thereto, as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations, at the First Closing Date or at the Second Closing, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties in this Section 2(a)(ii) shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company by you, or by any Underwriter through you, specifically for use in the preparation of such document, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(e).

“Time of Sale Disclosure Package” means the Preliminary Prospectus dated [•], 2016 and the information on Schedule III, all considered together.

Each reference to a “free writing prospectus” herein means a free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations.

“Time of Sale” means [•] [a/p].m. (New York City time) on the date of this Agreement.

(iii) No Other Offering Materials . The Company has not distributed and will not distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or other materials permitted by the Act to be distributed by the Company; provided, further, that the Company has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a free writing prospectus.

(iv) Financial Statements . The financial statements of the Company, together with the related notes, set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and Prospectus comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for the periods therein specified. The financial statements of the Company, together with the related notes, set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and Prospectus are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ( “GAAP” )

 

-3-


consistently applied throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules of the Company included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein. All non-GAAP financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus complies with the requirements of Regulation G and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Act. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined in Regulation S-K under the Act, Item 303(a)(4)(ii)) or any other relationships with unconsolidated entities or other persons, that may have a material current or, to the Company’s knowledge, material future effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources or significant components of revenue or expenses. No other financial statements or schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus. KPMG LLP, which has expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements of the Company and related schedules filed as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is (x) an independent public accounting firm within the meaning of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, (y) a registered public accounting firm (as defined in Section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act” )) and (z) not in violation of the auditor independence requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

(v) Organization and Good Standing . Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly organized and is validly existing as an entity in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and reorganization, as applicable. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has full corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as currently being carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property or in which the conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary and in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect upon the business, prospects, management, properties, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole ( “Material Adverse Effect” ).

(vi) Absence of Certain Events . Except as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; and there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt (other than as a result of the conversion of convertible securities), or any issuance of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the capital stock, of the Company or any of its

 

-4-


subsidiaries, or any material adverse change in the general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects, management, properties, operations or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole ( “Material Adverse Change” ) or any development which could reasonably be expected to result in any Material Adverse Change.

(vii) Absence of Proceedings . Except as set forth in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, there is not pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, any action, suit or proceeding a) to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or (b) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of the Company or any subsidiary, any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any subsidiary or any property or assets owned or leased by the Company or any subsidiary before or by any court or Governmental Authority (as defined below), or any arbitrator, which, individually or in the aggregate, might result in any Material Adverse Change, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Representative’s Warrant (as defined below). There are no current or, to the knowledge of the Company, pending, legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings (x) to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject or (y) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of the Company or any subsidiary, any employee plan sponsored by the Company or any subsidiary or any property or assets owned or leased by the Company or any subsidiary, that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, Time of Sale Disclosure Package and Prospectus by the Act or by the Rules and Regulations and that have not been so described.

(viii) Authorization; No Conflicts; Authority . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company. The Representative’s Warrant has been duly authorized and, at the First Closing Date and, if applicable, the Second Closing Date, will be duly executed and delivered by the Company. This Agreement constitutes, and the Representative’s Warrant will constitute at the First Closing Date and, if applicable, the Second Closing Date, a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (B) result in any violation of the provisions of the Company’s charter or by-laws or (C) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule, regulation or decree of any court or arbitrator or federal, state, local or foreign governmental agency or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties or

 

-5-


assets (each, a “Governmental Authority” ), except in the case of clauses (A) and (C) as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or registration or filing with any Governmental Authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Representative’s Warrant or for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuance or sale of the Securities by the Company or the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Representative’s Warrant, except such as may be required under the Act, the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ( “FINRA” ), The NASDAQ Stock Market Rules or state securities or blue sky laws; and the Company has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including the authorization, issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement and the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Representative’s Warrant.

(ix) Capitalization; the Securities; Registration Rights . All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company, including the outstanding shares of Common Stock, are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, have been issued in compliance with all federal and state and foreign securities laws, were not issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase securities that have not been waived in writing (a copy of which has been delivered to counsel to the Underwriters), and the holders thereof are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Securities which may be sold hereunder and the shares of Common Stock which may be sold pursuant to the Representative’s Warrant by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant (as applicable), will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable, and the holders thereof will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and the capital stock of the Company, including the Common Stock, conforms to the description thereof in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus. Except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, (A) there are no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s charter, by-laws or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound, (B) none of the filing of the Registration Statement, the offering, the sale of the Securities or the Representative’s Warrant as contemplated by this Agreement, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrant, give rise to any rights for or relating to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (collectively “Registration Rights” ) and (C) any person to whom the Company has granted Registration Rights has agreed not to exercise such rights until after expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as defined below). All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the Company’s subsidiaries have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, the Company owns of record and beneficially, free and clear of any security interests, claims, liens, proxies, equities or other

 

-6-


encumbrances, all of the issued and outstanding shares of such stock. The Company has an authorized and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock.” The Common Stock (including the Securities) conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(x) Stock Options . Except as described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, there are no options, warrants, agreements, contracts or other rights in existence to purchase or acquire from the Company or any subsidiary of the Company any shares of the capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company. The description of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements (the “Company Stock Plans” ), and the options (the “Options” ) or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights. Each grant of an Option (A) was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Option was by its terms to be effective by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto and (B) was made in accordance with the terms of the applicable Company Stock Plan, and all applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including all applicable federal securities laws.

(xi) Compliance with Laws . The Company and each of its subsidiaries holds, and is operating in compliance in all material respects with, all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders of any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory body required for the conduct of its business and all such franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certifications and orders are valid and in full force and effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such franchise, grant, authorization, license, permit, easement, consent, certification or order or has reason to believe that any such franchise, grant, authorization, license, permit, easement, consent, certification or order will not be renewed in the ordinary course; and the Company and each of its subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations, orders and decrees.

(xii) Ownership of Assets . The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all property (whether real or personal) described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus as being owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, other encumbrances or defects except such as are described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus. The property held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries is held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with only such exceptions with respect to any particular lease as do not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the business of the Company or its subsidiaries.

 

-7-


(xiii) Intellectual Property . The Company and each of its subsidiaries owns, possesses, or, to the knowledge of the Company, can acquire on reasonable terms, all material Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of the Company’s and it subsidiaries’ business as now conducted or as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus to be conducted. Furthermore, (A) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any such Intellectual Property; (B) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ rights in or to any such Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (C) the Intellectual Property owned by the Company and its subsidiaries, and to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property licensed to the Company and its subsidiaries, has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (D) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any of its subsidiaries infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property or other proprietary rights of others, neither the Company or any of its subsidiaries has received any written notice of such claim and the Company is unaware of any other fact which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is in or has ever been in violation of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except as such violation would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. “Intellectual Property” shall mean all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, domain names, technology, know-how and other intellectual property.

(xiv) No Violations or Defaults . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its respective charter, by-laws or other organizational documents, or in breach of or otherwise in default, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default in the performance of any material obligation, agreement or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note, indenture, loan agreement or any other material contract, lease or other instrument to which it is subject or by which any of them may be bound, or to which any of the material property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject.

 

-8-


(xv) Taxes . The Company and its subsidiaries have timely filed all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise tax returns required to be filed and are not in default in the payment of any taxes which were payable pursuant to said returns or any assessments with respect thereto, other than any which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is contesting in good faith. There is no pending dispute with any taxing authority relating to any of such returns, and the Company has no knowledge of any proposed liability for any tax to be imposed upon the properties or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries for which there is not an adequate reserve reflected in the Company’s financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(xvi) Exchange Listing and Exchange Act Registration . The Securities have been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Capital Market upon official notice of issuance and, on the date the Registration Statement became effective, the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A or other applicable form under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ), became effective. Except as previously disclosed to counsel for the Underwriters or as set forth in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no affiliations with members of FINRA among the Company’s officers or directors or, to the knowledge of the Company, any five percent or greater stockholders of the Company or any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities that were acquired during the 180-day period immediately preceding the initial filing date of the Registration Statement. The Company is currently in compliance in all material respects with the applicable requirements of The NASDAQ Capital Market for maintenance of inclusion of the Common Stock thereon.

(xvii) Ownership of Other Entities . Other than the subsidiaries of the Company listed in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement or as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, Time of Sale Disclosure Package and Prospectus, the Company, directly or indirectly, owns no capital stock or other equity or ownership or proprietary interest in any corporation, partnership, association, trust or other entity.

(xviii) Internal Controls . The Company and its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and none of the Company, its board of directors and audit committee is aware of any “significant deficiencies” or “material weaknesses” (each as defined by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board) in its internal control over financial reporting, or any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees of the Company or its subsidiaries who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls; and since the

 

-9-


end of the latest audited fiscal year, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s board of directors has, subject to the exceptions, cure periods and the phase-in periods specified in the applicable stock exchange rules ( “Exchange Rules” ), validly appointed an audit committee to oversee internal accounting controls whose composition satisfies the applicable requirements of the Exchange Rules and the Company’s board of directors and/or the audit committee has adopted a charter that satisfies the requirements of the Exchange Rules.

(xix) No Brokers or Finders . Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, the Company has not incurred and will not incur any liability for any finder’s or broker’s fee or agent’s commission in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(xx) Insurance . The Company and each of its subsidiaries carries, or is covered by, insurance from reputable insurers in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of its business and the value of its properties and the properties of its subsidiaries and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries; all policies of insurance and any fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or any of its subsidiaries or its business, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; there are no claims by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxi) Investment Company Act . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities, will not be an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(xxii) Sarbanes-Oxley Act . The Company is in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(xxiii) Disclosure Controls . The Company has established disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Exchange Act) and such controls and procedures are effective to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its subsidiaries, will be made known to the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer. The Company will use such controls and procedures in preparing and evaluating the disclosures in the Company’s Exchange Act filings and other public disclosure documents.

 

-10-


(xxiv) Anti-Bribery and Anti-Money Laundering Laws . Each of the Company, its subsidiaries, or to the Company’s knowledge its affiliates and any of their respective officers, directors, supervisors, managers, agents, or employees, has not violated, its participation in the offering will not violate, and the Company and each of its subsidiaries has instituted and maintains policies and procedures designed to ensure continued compliance with, each of the following laws: (A) anti-bribery laws, including but not limited to, any applicable law, rule, or regulation of any locality, including but not limited to any law, rule, or regulation promulgated to implement the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed December 17, 1997, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or any other law, rule or regulation of similar purposes and scope or (B) anti-money laundering laws, including but not limited to, applicable federal, state, international, foreign or other laws, regulations or government guidance regarding anti-money laundering, including, without limitation, Title 18 US. Code section 1956 and 1957, the Patriot Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, and international anti-money laundering principles or procedures by an intergovernmental group or organization, such as the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, of which the United States is a member and with which designation the United States representative to the group or organization continues to concur, all as amended, and any executive order, directive, or regulation pursuant to the authority of any of the foregoing, or any orders or licenses issued thereunder. The Company has instituted, maintains and enforces policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with anti-bribery laws.

(xxv) OFAC .

(A) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any or their directors, officers or employees, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity that is, or is owned or controlled by an individual or entity that is:

(1) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions” ), nor

(2) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

(B) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity:

 

-11-


(1) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any individual or entity or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

(2) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(C) For the past five years, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has knowingly engaged in, and is not now knowingly engaged in, any dealings or transactions with any individual or entity, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

(xxvi) Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, any rule, regulation, decision or order of any Governmental Authority or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “Environmental Laws” ), owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any Environmental Laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any Environmental Laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any Environmental Laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim would individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company is not aware of any pending investigation which might lead to such a claim. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries anticipates incurring any material capital expenditures relating to compliance with Environmental Laws.

(xxvii) Compliance with Occupational Laws . The Company and each of its subsidiaries (A) is in compliance, in all material respects, with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, treaties, statutes and codes promulgated by any and all Governmental Authorities (including pursuant to the Occupational Health and Safety Act) relating to the protection of human health and safety in the workplace ( “Occupational Laws” ); (B) has received all material permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Occupational Laws to conduct its business as currently conducted; and (C) is in compliance, in all material respects, with all terms and conditions of such permit, license or approval. No action, proceeding, revocation proceeding, writ, injunction or claim is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Occupational Laws, and the Company does not have knowledge of any facts, circumstances or developments relating to its operations or cost accounting practices that could reasonably be expected to form the basis for or give rise to such actions, suits, investigations or proceedings.

 

-12-


(xxviii) ERISA and Employee Benefits Matters . (A) To the knowledge of the Company, no “prohibited transaction” as defined under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code and not exempt under ERISA Section 408 and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder has occurred with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan. At no time has the Company or any ERISA Affiliate maintained, sponsored, participated in, contributed to or has or had any liability or obligation in respect of any Employee Benefit Plan subject to Part 3 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, Title IV of ERISA, or Section 412 of the Code or any “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA or any multiple employer plan for which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or could incur liability under Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA. No Employee Benefit Plan provides or promises, or at any time provided or promised, retiree health, life insurance, or other retiree welfare benefits except as may be required by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, or similar state law. Each Employee Benefit Plan is and has been operated in material compliance with its terms and all applicable laws, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code and, to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred (including a “reportable event” as such term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) and no condition exists that would subject the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to any material tax, fine, lien, penalty or liability imposed by ERISA, the Code or other applicable law. Each Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Code Section 401(a) is so qualified and has a favorable determination or opinion letter from the IRS upon which it can rely, and any such determination or opinion letter remains in effect and has not been revoked; to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred since the date of any such determination or opinion letter that is reasonably likely to adversely affect such qualification; (B) with respect to each Foreign Benefit Plan, such Foreign Benefit Plan (1) if intended to qualify for special tax treatment, meets, in all material respects, the requirements for such treatment, and (2) if required to be funded, is funded to the extent required by applicable law, and with respect to all other Foreign Benefit Plans, adequate reserves therefor have been established on the accounting statements of the applicable Company or subsidiary; (C) the Company does not have any obligations under any collective bargaining agreement with any union and no organization efforts are underway with respect to Company employees. As used in this Agreement, “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; “Employee Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, including, without limitation, all stock purchase, stock option, stock-based severance, employment, change-in-control, medical, disability, fringe benefit, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, employee loan and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA, under which (x) any current or former employee, director or independent contractor of the Company or its subsidiaries has any present or future right to benefits and which are contributed to, sponsored by or maintained by the Company or any of its respective subsidiaries or (y) the Company or any of its subsidiaries has had or has any present or future obligation or liability; “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; “ERISA Affiliate” means any member of the company’s controlled group as defined in Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o); and “Foreign Benefit Plan” means any Employee Benefit Plan established, maintained or contributed to outside of the United States of America or which covers any employee working or residing outside of the United States.

 

-13-


(xxix) Business Arrangements . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has granted any material rights to develop, manufacture, produce, assemble, distribute, license, market or sell its products to any other person and is not bound by any material agreement that affects the exclusive right of the Company or such subsidiary to develop, manufacture, produce, assemble, distribute, license, market or sell its products.

(xxx) Labor Matters . No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or is threatened or imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxxi) Restrictions on Subsidiary Payments to the Company . No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, except as described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(xxxii) Disclosure of Legal Matters . There are no statutes, regulations, legal or governmental proceedings or contracts or other documents required to be described in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or in the Prospectus or included as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or included as required.

(xxxiii) Statistical Information . Any third-party statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(xxxiv) Forward-looking Statements . No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(xxxv) Emerging Growth Company . From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company” ).

 

-14-


(xxxvi) Related Party Transactions . To the Company’s knowledge, no transaction has occurred between or among the Company, on the one hand, and any of the Company’s officers, directors or five percent or greater stockholders or any affiliate or affiliates of any such officer, director or five percent or greater stockholders that is required to be described that is not so described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The Company has not, directly or indirectly, extended or maintained credit, or arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any of its directors or executive officers in violation of applicable laws, including Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

(b) Effect of Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to you or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Securities .

(a) Firm Shares . On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Firm Shares to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto. The purchase price for each Firm Share shall be $[•] per share. In making this Agreement, each Underwriter is contracting severally and not jointly; except as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section 3, the agreement of each Underwriter is to purchase only the respective number of Firm Shares specified in Schedule I.

(b) Option Shares . On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants to the several Underwriters an option to purchase all or any portion of the Option Shares at the same purchase price as the Firm Shares, for use solely in covering any over-allotments made by the Underwriters in the sale and distribution of the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder may be exercised in whole or in part at any time within 30 days after the effective date of this Agreement upon notice (confirmed in writing) by the Representative to the Company setting forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the date and time, as determined by you, when the Option Shares are to be delivered, but in no event earlier than the First Closing Date (as defined below) nor earlier than the second business day or later than the tenth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised. The number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of Option Shares to be purchased by the several Underwriters as the number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter is of the total number of Firm Shares to be purchased by the several Underwriters, as adjusted by the Representative in such manner as the Representative deems advisable to avoid fractional shares. No Option Shares shall be sold and delivered unless the Firm Shares previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered.

 

-15-


(c) Payment and Delivery .

(i) The Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in book-entry form in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as you may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company, shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to you, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company ( “DTC” ), for the account of such Underwriter, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Securities to the Underwriters duly paid, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company to you at least forty-eight hours in advance. The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [•], 2016, or such other time and date as you and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Option Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified by you in each written notice given by you of the election to purchase such Option Shares, or such other time and date as you and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Closing Date , each such time and date for delivery of the Option Shares, if not the First Closing Date, is herein called a “Second Closing Date,” and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Closing.”

(ii) The documents to be delivered at each Closing by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 5 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Securities and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(l) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of the Company, and the Securities will be delivered to you, through the facilities of the DTC, for the account of such Underwriter, all at such Closing.

(d) Purchase by Representative on Behalf of Underwriters . It is understood that you, individually and not as Representative of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment to the Company, on behalf of any Underwriter for the Securities to be purchased by such Underwriter. Any such payment by you shall not relieve any such Underwriter of any of its obligations hereunder. Nothing herein contained shall constitute any of the Underwriters an unincorporated association or partner with the Company.

4. Covenants . The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters as follows:

(a) Required Filings . The Company will prepare and file a Prospectus with the Commission containing the Rule 430A Information omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus within the time period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Rules 424(b) and 430A of the Rules and Regulations. If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations to increase the size of the offering registered under the Act and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has not yet been filed and become effective, the Company will prepare and file the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission within the time period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations and the Act. The Company will prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon

 

-16-


your request, any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus that, in your opinion, may be necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters; and the Company will furnish you and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of any proposed amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus and will not file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus to which you shall reasonably object by notice to the Company after having been furnished a copy a reasonable time prior to the filing.

(b) Notification of Certain Commission Actions . The Company will advise you, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereto or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose; and the Company will promptly use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such a stop order should be issued.

(c) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . Within the time during which a prospectus (assuming the absence of Rule 172) relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act by any Underwriter or any dealer, the Company will comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Act, as now and hereafter amended, and by the Rules and Regulations, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Securities as contemplated by the provisions hereof, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If during such period any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then existing, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective investors, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) to comply with the Act, the Company promptly will (x) notify you of such untrue statement or omission, (y) amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) (at the expense of the Company) so as to correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance and (z) notify you when any amendment to the Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective or when any supplement to the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) is filed.

(d) Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company shall take or cause to be taken all necessary action to qualify the Securities for sale under the securities laws of such domestic United States or foreign jurisdictions as you reasonably designate and to continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Securities, except that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process in any state.

 

-17-


(e) Provision of Documents . The Company will furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters copies of the Registration Statement (three of which will be signed and will include all consents and exhibits filed therewith), and to the Underwriters and any dealer each Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request.

(f) Rule 158 . The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 months after the end of the Company’s current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (which, for purposes of this paragraph, will be deemed to be the effective date of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if applicable) that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 of the Rules and Regulations.

(g) Payment and Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, will pay or cause to be paid (A) all expenses (including transfer taxes allocated to the respective transferees) incurred in connection with the delivery to the Underwriters of the Securities, (B) all expenses and fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and counsel in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, delivery, and shipping of the Registration Statement (including the financial statements therein and all amendments, schedules, and exhibits thereto), the Securities, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, and any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and the printing, delivery, and shipping of this Agreement and other underwriting documents, including Blue Sky Memoranda (covering the states and other applicable jurisdictions), (C) all filing fees and fees incurred in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale by the Underwriters or by dealers under the securities or blue sky laws of the states and other jurisdictions which you shall designate, (D) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar, (E) the reasonable out-of-pocket accountable fees and disbursements incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the offer, sale or marketing of the Securities and performance of the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder, including all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket accountable fees and disbursements of Underwriters’ counsel, and for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any general overhead, salaries, supplies, or similar expenses of the Underwriters incurred in the normal conduct of business, (F) listing fees, if any, (G) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of the Company’s officers and directors (H) the cost and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations or any “road show” undertaken in connection with marketing of the Securities, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, and (H) all other costs and expenses of the Company incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder that are not otherwise specifically provided for herein. The expenses to be paid by the Company and reimbursed to the Underwriters under Subsection 4(g) shall be capped at $150,000 (less any advances previously paid by the Company).

 

-18-


Except as provided for in this Agreement, the Underwriters shall bear the costs and expenses incurred by them in connection with the sale of the Securities and the transactions contemplated hereby. If this Agreement is terminated by you pursuant to Section 8 hereof or if the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated by reason of any failure, refusal or inability on the part of the Company to perform any agreement on its part to be performed, or because any other condition of the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder required to be fulfilled by the Company is not fulfilled, the Company will reimburse the several Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket accountable disbursements (including but not limited to fees and disbursements of counsel, printing expenses, travel expenses, postage, facsimile and telephone charges) incurred by the Underwriters in connection with their investigation, preparing to market and marketing the Securities or in contemplation of performing their obligations hereunder; provided such reimbursement shall be capped at $50,000 (less any advances previously paid by the Company).

(h) Use of Proceeds . The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus and will file such reports with the Commission with respect to the sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds therefrom as may be required in accordance with Rule 463 of the Rules and Regulations.

(i) Company Lock Up . The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, from the date of execution of this Agreement and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period” ), (A) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (B) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, except to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and (i) grants of options, shares of Common Stock and other awards to purchase or receive shares of Common Stock under the Company Stock Plans that are in effect as of or prior to the date hereof, (ii) issuances of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options or other awards or the conversion of the Company’s preferred stock outstanding as of the date hereof or (iii) the issuance by the Company of any shares of Common Stock in connection with a licensing agreement, joint venture, acquisition or business combination or other collaboration or strategic transaction (including the filing of a registration statement on Form S-4 or other appropriate form with respect thereto) provided that recipients of such shares of Common Stock agree to be bound by the terms of the lock-up letter described in Section 4(j) hereof and the sum of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock so issued shall not exceed 5% of the total outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately following the consummation of the offering; (iv) issuances of any shares of Common Stock related to the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto relating to shares of Common Stock granted under any equity compensation plan or employee stock purchase plan; or (v) shares of Common Stock issued in connection with the Company’s reincorporation into the state of Delaware.

 

-19-


(j) Stockholder Lock-Ups . The Company has caused to be delivered to you prior to the date of this Agreement a letter, in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “Lock-Up Agreement” ), from each individual or entity listed on Schedule II. The Company will enforce the terms of each Lock-Up Agreement and issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock with respect to any transaction or contemplated transaction that would constitute a breach of or default under the applicable Lock-Up Agreement.

(k) Waiver of Lock-up Period . If the Representative in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 4(j) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(l) No Market Stabilization or Manipulation . The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, or which has constituted, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and has not effected any sales of Common Stock which are required to be disclosed in response to Item 701 of Regulation S-K under the Act which have not been so disclosed in the Registration Statement.

(m) Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representative, and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company and the Representative, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an issuer free writing prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a free writing prospectus.

(o) Emerging Growth Company . The Company will promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (A) completion of the distribution of Securities within the meaning of the Act and (B) completion of the Lock-up Period referenced to in Section 4(i) hereof.

(p) Representative’s Warrant . On each Closing Date, the Company shall sell to the Representative, for an aggregate purchase price of $50, a warrant in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto (the “Representative’s Warrant” ) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock equal to 3.0% of the shares issued on such Closing Date (rounded up to the nearest whole share).

5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and at each of the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date (as if made at such Closing Date), of and compliance with all representations, warranties and agreements of the Company contained herein, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

-20-


(a) Required Filings; Absence of Certain Commission Actions . The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:30 p.m., New York City time, on the date of this Agreement, or such later time and date as you, as Representative of the several Underwriters, shall approve and all filings required by Rules 424, 430A and 433 of the Rules and Regulations shall have been timely made (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or Rule 164(b)); no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus shall have been issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall have been initiated or threatened; and any request of the Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to your satisfaction.

(b) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . No Underwriter shall have advised the Company that (i) the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a material fact which, in your opinion, is material or omits to state a material fact which, in your opinion, is required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, contains an untrue statement of fact which, in your opinion, is material, or omits to state a fact which, in your opinion, is material and is required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

(c) Absence of Certain Events . Except as contemplated in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; and there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt of the Company (other than as a result of the conversion of convertible securities), or any issuance of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any Material Adverse Change or any development involving a prospective Material Adverse Change (whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business), that, in your judgment, makes it impractical or inadvisable to offer or deliver the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus.

(d) Opinion of Company Counsel . On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as Representative of the several Underwriters, the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you, in form and substance satisfactory to you.

 

-21-


(e) Opinion of Underwriters’ Counsel . On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as Representative of the several Underwriters, such opinion or opinions from Faegre Baker Daniels LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you, with respect to the formation of the Company, the validity of the Securities, the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus and other related matters as you reasonably may request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(f) Opinion of Company Intellectual Property Counsel . On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you the opinion of Clause Eight Intellectual Property Services LLP, special intellectual property counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to you., dated such Closing Date and addressed to you.

(g) Comfort Letters . On the date hereof, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed after the date hereof and on each Closing Date, you, as Representative of the several Underwriters, shall have received a letter from KPMG LLP, each dated such date and addressed to you, in form and substance satisfactory to you.

(h) Officers’ Certificate . On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as Representative of the several Underwriters, a certificate, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you, signed by the chief executive officer and by the chief financial officer of the Company, to the effect that:

(i) The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct as if made at and as of such Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date; and

(ii) No stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof or the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus, has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or, to the best of their knowledge, is contemplated by the Commission or any state or regulatory body.

(i) Lock-Up Agreement . The Representative shall have received all of the Lock-Up Agreements referenced in Section 4 and the Lock-Up Agreements shall remain in full force and effect.

(j) CFO Certificate . On the date hereof and on each Closing Date, as applicable, the Company shall have furnished to you, as Representative of the several Underwriters, a certificate, dated as of such date, signed on behalf of the Company by its chief financial officer, regarding the accuracy of certain financial information in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

-22-


(k) Representative’s Warrant . The Representative shall have received the Representative’s Warrant referenced in Section 4(o) with the respect to the Securities to be delivered on such Closing Date.

(l) Other Documents . The Company shall have furnished to you, as Representative of the several Underwriters, and counsel for the Underwriters such additional documents, certificates and evidence as you or they may have reasonably requested.

(m) FINRA No Objections . FINRA shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

(n) Exchange Listing . The Securities to be delivered on such Closing Date will have been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Capital Market.

All such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents will be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are satisfactory in form and substance to you, as Representative of the several Underwriters, and counsel for the Underwriters. The Company will furnish you with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents as you shall reasonably request.

6. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (i) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the 430A Information and any other information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to the Rules and Regulations, if applicable, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus, any issuer information that the Company has filed or is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations, or any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “road show” ), or (ii) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by you, or by any Underwriter through you, specifically for use in the preparation thereof; it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished by an Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(e).

 

-23-


(b) Indemnification by the Underwriters . Each Underwriter will, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (i) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus, any issuer information that the Company has filed or is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations, or any road show, or (ii) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by you, or by such Underwriter through you, specifically for use in the preparation thereof (it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished by an Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(e)), and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred and documented by the Company in connection with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

(c) Notice and Procedures . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party except to the extent such indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses). In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that if, in your sole judgment, it is advisable for the Underwriters to be represented as a group by separate counsel, you shall have the right to employ a single counsel (in addition to local counsel) to represent all Underwriters who may be subject to liability arising from any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Underwriters under subsection (a) above, in which event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying party or parties and reimbursed to the Underwriters as incurred. An indemnifying party shall not be

 

-24-


obligated under any settlement agreement relating to any action under this Section 6 to which it has not agreed in writing. In addition, no indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party for all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel pursuant to this Section 6(c), such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

(d) Contribution; Limitations on Liability; Non-Exclusive Remedy . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b), (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relevant intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d). The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the Securities exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent

 

-25-


misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint. The remedies provided for in this Section 6 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that might otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(e) Information Provided by the Underwriters . The Underwriters severally confirm and the Company acknowledges that the statements with respect to the public offering of the Securities by the Underwriters set forth in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the estimate of the Underwriters’ reasonable out-of-pocket accountable fees and disbursements in connection with the offering of the Securities in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus are correct and constitute the only information concerning the Underwriters furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriters specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus.

7. Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery . All representations, warranties, and agreements of the Company herein or in certificates delivered pursuant hereto, and the agreements of the several Underwriters and the Company contained in Section 6 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person thereof, or the Company or any of its officers, directors, or controlling persons, and shall survive delivery of, and payment for, the Securities to and by the Underwriters hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.

8. Termination .

(a) Right to Terminate . You shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice as hereinafter specified at any time at or prior to the First Closing Date, and the option referred to in Section 3(b), if exercised, may be cancelled at any time prior to the Second Closing Date, if (i) there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any Material Adverse Change, (ii) any other condition of the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder is not fulfilled, (iii) trading on The NASDAQ Stock Market or New York Stock Exchange shall have been wholly suspended, (iv) minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required, on The NASDAQ Stock Market or New York Stock Exchange, by such Exchange or by order of the Commission or any other Governmental Authority, (v) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by federal or state authorities, or (vi) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the sale of and payment for the Securities. Any such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions of Section 4(g) and Section 6 hereof shall at all times be effective.

 

-26-


(b) Notice of Termination . If you elect to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section, the Company shall be notified promptly by you by telephone, confirmed by letter.

9. Default by the Company .

(a) Default by the Company . If the Company shall fail at the First Closing Date to sell and deliver the Securities which it is obligated to sell hereunder, then this Agreement shall terminate without any liability on the part of any Underwriter.

(b) No Relief from Liability . No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve the Company from liability, if any, in respect of any default hereunder.

10. Notices. Except as otherwise provided herein, all communications hereunder shall be in writing and, if to the Underwriters, shall be mailed via overnight delivery service or hand delivered via courier, to the Representative c/o Northland Securities, Inc. 45 South Seventh Street, Suite 2000, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, to the attention of Investment Banking; and (ii) if to the Company, shall be mailed or delivered to it at 3611 Valley Centre Drive, Suite 150, San Diego, California 92130, Attention: [•]. Any party to this Agreement may change such address for notices by sending to the parties to this Agreement written notice of a new address for such purpose.

11. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and the controlling persons, officers and directors referred to in Section 6. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to any other person, firm or corporation any legal or equitable remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” as herein used shall not include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the Securities from any of the several Underwriters.

12. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Representative has been retained solely to act as an underwriter in connection with the sale of the Securities and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and the Representative has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether the Representative has advised or is advising the Company on other matters; (b) the price and other terms of the Securities set forth in this Agreement were established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representative and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (c) it has been advised that the Representative and its affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that the Representative has no obligation to disclose such interest and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; (d) it has been advised that the you are acting, in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, solely for the benefit of the Underwriters, and not on behalf of the Company; (e) it waives to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and agrees that the Underwriters shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company.

 

-27-


13. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Representative’s Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

15. General Provisions. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof, including that certain engagement letter dated May 13, 2016, by and between the Company and the Representative, except as to the provisions contained in Sections 11, 12, 13, 18 and 19 thereto that shall survive and remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless in writing by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit. The Section headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-28-


Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this letter whereupon this letter will become a binding agreement between the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
A IRGAIN , I NC .
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Confirmed as of the date first

above mentioned, on behalf of

itself and the other several

Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto.
N ORTHLAND S ECURITIES , I NC .
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter    Number of Firm Shares (1)
Northland Securities, Inc.    [●]
Wunderlich Securities, Inc.    [●]
[●]    [●]
  

                                     

 

Total    [●]

 

(1) The Underwriters may purchase up to an additional [●] Option Shares, to the extent the option described in Section 3(b) of the Agreement is exercised, in the proportions and in the manner described in the Agreement.


SCHEDULE II

List of Individuals and Entities Executing Lock-Up Agreements

Charles Myers

Leo Johnson

Glenn Selbo

James Sims

Francis Egan

Frances Kordyback

Thomas Munro

Arthur Toscanini

GEN3 Capital I, LP

Gen 3 Partners, Inc.

Northwater Intellectual Property Fund L.P. 1


SCHEDULE III

Pricing Information

Firm Shares: [●]

Option Shares: [●]

Price to the public: $[●] per share

Price to the Underwriters: $[●] per share


EXHIBIT A

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

             , 2016

Airgain, Inc.

3611 Valley Centre Drive

Suite 150

San Diego, CA 92130

Northland Securities, Inc.

As representative of the several underwriters named

in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement

referred to below

c/o Northland Securities, Inc.

45 South Seventh Street, Suite 2000

Minneapolis, MN 55402

 

  Re: Airgain, Inc. (the “Company”)

Dear Sir or Madam:

This letter agreement is delivered to you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) to be entered into by the Company, as issuer, and Northland Securities, Inc., as representative (the “Representative”) of the several underwriters named in Schedule I thereto (the “Underwriters”). Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters intend to effect a public offering (the “Offering”) of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company (the “Shares”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1.

The undersigned recognizes that it is in the best financial interests of the undersigned, as an officer or director, or an owner of stock, options, warrants or other securities of the Company (the “Company Securities”), that the Company completes the proposed Offering.

The undersigned further recognizes that the Company Securities held by the undersigned are, or may be, subject to certain restrictions on transferability, including those imposed by United States federal securities laws. Notwithstanding these restrictions, the undersigned has agreed to enter into this letter agreement to further assure the Underwriters that the Company Securities of the undersigned, now held or hereafter acquired, will not enter the public market at a time that might impair the Offering.

Therefore, as an inducement to the Underwriters to execute the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that the undersigned will not (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, announce the intention to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise

 

A-1


dispose of (collectively, a “Disposition”) any Company Securities, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or any rights to purchase or otherwise acquire, any Company Securities held by the undersigned or acquired by the undersigned after the date hereof, or that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned (collectively, the “Lock-Up Shares”), pursuant to the Rules and Regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), for a period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the Company’s final prospectus used to sell the Shares in the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, inclusive (the “Lock-Up Period”), without the prior written consent of the Representative; (ii) exercise or seek to exercise or effectuate in any manner any rights of any nature that the undersigned has or may have hereafter to require the Company to register under the Act the undersigned’s sale, transfer or other disposition of any of the Lock-Up Shares or other securities of the Company held by the undersigned, or to otherwise participate as a selling securityholder in any manner in any registration effected by the Company under the Act during the Lock-Up Period; or (iii) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. The foregoing restrictions are expressly agreed to preclude the undersigned from engaging in any hedging, collar (whether or not for any consideration), swap or other transaction that is designed to or reasonably expected to lead to or result in a Disposition of Lock-Up Shares during the Lock-Up Period, even if such Lock-Up Shares would be disposed of by someone other than such holder. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including any put or call option or reversal or cancellation thereof) with respect to any Lock-Up Shares or with respect to any security (other than a broad-based market basket or index) that includes, relates to or derives any significant part of its value from the Lock-Up Shares.

Notwithstanding the agreement not to make any Disposition during the Lock-Up Period, you have agreed that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:

 

  (1) the Shares being offered in the final prospectus used to sell the Shares in the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement;

 

  (2) any grant or exercise by the undersigned of any option or warrant to acquire any shares of Common Stock or options to purchase shares of Common Stock, pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus or other stock plan or arrangement;

 

  (3) any exchange of warrants to acquire preferred stock in exchange for warrants to acquire common stock made prior to the date of the Underwriting Agreement;

 

  (4) any transfer of Lock-Up Shares to the “immediate family” of the undersigned or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the “immediate family” of the undersigned;

 

  (5) any bona fide gift;

 

  (6) any transfer of Lock-Up Shares by will or intestate succession;

 

  (7) any transfer of Lock-Up Shares solely to cover applicable withholding taxes due upon the vesting of stock-based awards under the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan or 2014 Incentive Award Plan;

 

  (8) any distribution or other transfer by a partnership to its partners or former partners or by a limited liability company to its members or retired members or by a corporation to its stockholders or former stockholders or to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation;

 

A-2


  (9) any transfer to the undersigned’s affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Act) or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned;

 

  (10) any transfer pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

  (11) the conversion or exchange of shares of Common Stock in connection with any reincorporation of the Company into the State of Delaware, provided that any such shares received upon such conversion shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter agreement;

 

  (12) any Company Securities acquired in open market transactions after completion of the Offering; provided that, no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer;

provided that in the case of any transfer, gift or other disposition pursuant to (4), (5), (6), (8), (9) or (10), the transferee, trust, donee or other recipient agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of this letter agreement prior to such transfer and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than required filings under Section 16(a) and Section 13(d) or 13(g) of the Exchange Act and any filings made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period). For purposes of this letter agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, nor more remote than first cousin.

Furthermore, no provision in this letter agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit (1) the transfer of Lock-Up Shares upon the completion of a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s securities involving a change of control of the Company, provided that (i) the per-share consideration for the Company Securities transferred as described above shall be greater than the public offering price per share in the Offering, (ii) all Company Securities subject to this letter agreement that are not so transferred, sold, tendered or otherwise disposed of remain subject to this letter agreement and (iii) it shall be a condition of transfer, sale, tender or other disposition that if such tender offer or other transaction is not completed, any Company Securities subject to this letter agreement shall remain subject to the restrictions herein and (2) the conversion of the outstanding preferred shares of the Company into shares of Common Stock, provided that any shares received upon such conversion shall be subject to restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter agreement.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent the undersigned from establishing a 10b5-1 trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“10b5-1 trading plan”) or from amending an existing 10b5-1 trading plan so long as there are no sales of Lock-Up Shares under such plans during the Lock-Up Period; and provided that, the establishment of a 10b5-1 trading plan or the amendment of a 10b5-1 trading plan shall only be permitted if (i) the establishment or amendment of such plan is not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities Exchange Commission, or otherwise and (ii) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding the establishment or amendment of such plan.

 

A-3


If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the restrictions imposed by this letter agreement shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed shares of Common Stock the undersigned may purchase in the Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representative agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Shares, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver and (ii) the Company has agreed and has or will agree in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

It is understood that, this letter agreement shall automatically terminate, and the undersigned shall be released from its obligations hereunder, upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company advises the Representative in writing that it has determined not to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) is executed but is terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares, or (iii) March 31, 2017 (provided that the Company may by written notice to the undersigned extend such date for a period of up to three additional months), in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of Lock-Up Shares if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this letter agreement. This letter agreement shall be binding on the undersigned and the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Underwriting Agreement.

The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Offering in reliance upon this letter agreement.

This letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

A-4


Very truly yours,

 

Printed Name of Holder

 

Signature

 

Printed Name and Title of Person Signing

(if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity )

 

A-5


EXHIBIT B

Form of Representative’s Warrant

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

THIS WARRANT IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED, OR BE THE SUBJECT OF ANY HEDGING, SHORT SALE, DERIVATIVE, PUT, OR CALL TRANSACTION THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE EFFECTIVE ECONOMIC DISPOSITION OF THIS WARRANT OR THE SHARES ACQUIRABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF, OTHER THAN IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 5110(G) OF THE FINANCIAL INDUSTRY REGULATORY AUTHORITY, INC. AND SECTION 7 HEREOF.

WARRANT

To Subscribe for and Purchase

Shares of Common Stock of

AIRGAIN, INC.

Date: [    ], 2016

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, Northland Securities, Inc., or its registered assigns, (herein referred to as the “ Purchaser ” or “ holder ”), is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from Airgain, Inc., a California corporation (together with its successor entity following its reincorporation into the state of Delaware, herein called the “ Company ”),             (            ) shares (the “ Shares ”) of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company (subject to adjustment as noted below) at the exercise price of $[    ] per Share (the “ Warrant Purchase Price ”) (subject to adjustment as noted below). This Warrant may only be exercised during the Exercise Period specified herein. This Warrant has been issued pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, dated [    ], 2016, between the Company and the several underwriters listed in Schedule I thereto, in connection with a public offering (the “ Offering ”) of [    ] shares of Common Stock.

This Warrant is subject to the following provisions, terms and conditions:

1. The Warrant exercise period (the “ Exercise Period ”) for this Warrant shall begin on the date that is six (6) months after the effective date of the Offering and shall end on the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the effective date of the Offering. As used herein, the “effective date of the Offering” means [insert closing date], 2016.

 

B-1


2. The rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, by the holder hereof as follows:

(a) The holder hereof shall deliver to the Company written notice of exercise of this Warrant and in connection therewith shall surrender this Warrant (properly endorsed if required) at the principal office of the Company and pay the Warrant Purchase Price for such Shares as provided for herein.

(b) The holder hereof shall pay the Warrant Purchase Price (i) in immediately available funds or (ii) by “cashless exercise”, in which event the Company shall issue to the holder hereof a number of Shares determined as follows:

 

  X = Y * [(A-B)/A]

where:

 

  X = the number of Shares to be issued to the holder.

 

  Y = the total number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised.

 

  A = the fair market value of one Share at the time the “cashless exercise” election is made.

 

  B = the Warrant Purchase Price then in effect for the Shares at the “cashless exercise” election is made.

For purposes of this Warrant, the fair market value of one Share as of a particular date shall be determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is traded on a U.S. national securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock on such exchange over the 10-Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day prior to the net exercise election; (ii) if clause (i) is not applicable, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) of the Common Stock on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which the Common Stock trades over the 10-Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day prior to the net exercise election; and (iii) if none of the foregoing is applicable, the value shall be the fair market value of one share of Common Stock mutually agreed upon by the holder and the Company; provided, that if the Company and the holder are unable to agree upon the fair market value of a Share, then the board of directors of the Company shall use its good faith judgment to determine the fair market value, and such determination shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error.

For purposes of this Warrant, “ Trading Day ” means any day on which the Common Stock is traded on a U.S. stock exchange or, if inapplicable, the principal securities exchange or securities market on which the Common Stock is then traded.

 

B-2


(c) Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall promptly (but in no event later than three Trading Days after the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms) issue or cause to be issued and cause to be delivered to or upon the written order of the holder and in such name or names as the holder may designate (provided that, if the holder directs the Company to deliver a certificate for the Shares in a name other than that of the holder or an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)) of the holder, it shall deliver to the Company on the date of exercise an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that the issuance of such Shares in such other name may be made pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and all applicable state securities or blue sky laws), a certificate for the Shares issuable upon such exercise or credit for such Shares through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to the account designated by the holder (with any restrictive legends required by applicable securities laws). The form of delivery of the Shares acquired upon exercise will be at the election of the holder, subject to the other terms of this Warrant. The holder, or any person permissibly so designated by the holder to receive the Shares acquired upon exercise hereof, shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such Shares as of the date notice of exercise of payment of the applicable Warrant Purchase Price is made in accordance with the terms hereof.

(d) If by the fifth Trading Day after the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with this Section 2 the Company fails to deliver the required number of Shares in the manner required pursuant to Section 2(c), then, in addition to any other remedy the holder may have at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance or injunctive relief), the holder hereof will have the right to rescind such exercise.

(e) In the event that this Warrant has not been exercised prior to the end of the Exercise Period and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with the provisions hereof exceeds the Warrant Purchase Price on the last day of the Exercise Period, on such date this Warrant will be automatically exercised pursuant to the cashless exercise provisions set forth in Section 2(b); provided, that the holder hereof, upon the request of the Company, must surrender to the Company of this Warrant within 30 days of a request for delivery of thereof by the Company. If the holder hereof does not surrender this Warrant within such time period, this Warrant will be deemed to not have been exercised under this Section 2(e) and will terminate and no longer be exercisable.

3. The Company represents and warrants that this Warrant has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, has been duly executed and delivered and is a legal and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with the terms of this Warrant, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity. The Company covenants and agrees that all Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant according to the terms hereof have been duly authorized and will, upon issuance and payment therefor, be validly issued and fully paid. The Company further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of issue upon exercise of the subscription rights evidenced by this

 

B-3


Warrant, a sufficient number of its shares of Common Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, free from preemptive rights or other actual contingent purchase rights other than those held by a holder of this Warrant (as a result of holding this Warrant).

4. The Company will pay any documentary stamp taxes attributable to the issuance of Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the registration of any certificates for Warrants, or Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant, in a name other than that of the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall be responsible for all other tax liability that may arise as a result of holding or transferring this Warrant or receiving Shares upon exercise hereof.

5. The above provisions are, however, subject to the following:

(a) The Warrant Purchase Price shall, from and after the date of issuance of this Warrant, be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter provided. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Purchase Price, the holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Warrant Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of Shares obtained by multiplying the Warrant Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of Shares purchasable pursuant hereto immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the Warrant Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment.

(b) In case the Company shall at any time subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Warrant Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

(c) If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock or securities with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, then, as a condition of such reorganization, reclassification or consolidation, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby the holder hereof shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in this Warrant and in lieu of the Shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby, such shares of stock or securities as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of Shares equal to the number of Shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby had such reorganization, reclassification or consolidation not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the holder of this Warrant to the end that the provisions hereof (including without limitation provisions for adjustments of the warrant purchase price and of the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock or securities thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof.

 

B-4


(d) Upon any adjustment of the Warrant Purchase Price or any adjustment of any material terms hereof, then and in each such case an officer of the Company shall, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of any event that requires an adjustment or readjustment, give signed written notice thereof, by first–class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the registered holder of this Warrant at the address of such holder as shown on the books of the Company, which notice shall state the Warrant Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment, any material change in the terms of the Warrant, and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of Shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

(e) In case any time:

(i) there shall be any capital reorganization, or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company; or

(ii) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give written notice, by first–class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the registered holder of this Warrant at the address of such holder as shown on the books of the Company, of the date on which (A) the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such distribution or subscription rights, or (B) such reorganization, reclassification or consolidation, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or conversion or redemption shall take place, as the case may be. Such notice shall also specify the date as of which the holders of capital stock of record shall participate in such distribution or subscription rights, or shall be entitled to exchange their capital stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or conversion or redemption, as the case may be. Such written notice shall be given at least 20 days prior to the action in question and not less than 20 days prior to the record date or the date on which the Company’s transfer books are closed in respect thereto.

(f) If upon the closing of any Acquisition (as defined below) the successor entity does not assume the obligations of this Warrant and holder has not otherwise exercised this Warrant in full, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be cashless exercised pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(ii) above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of the Acquisition (with the fair market value of one Share determined based on the value of such Share ascribed in the definitive agreement for the Acquisition) and thereafter holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company. If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity assumes the obligations of this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Purchase Price shall be adjusted accordingly. The Company shall provide holder with not less than 10 days’ prior written notice

 

B-5


of any Acquisition. For the purposes of this Warrant “Acquisition” means a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

(g) If any event occurs as to which in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company the other provisions of this Section 5 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the purchase rights of the holder of this Warrant or of the Common Stock in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board of Directors shall make an adjustment in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid.

6. This Warrant shall not entitle the holder hereof to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company.

7. This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the holder hereof at the principal office of the Company, for new Warrants of like tenor representing in the aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder, each of such new Warrants to represent the right to subscribe for and purchase such number of shares as shall be designated by said holder hereof at the time of such surrender. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and the other terms of this Warrant, this Warrant may be assigned or transferred by the holder and this Warrant shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective transferees, successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to Rule 5110(g) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”), this Warrant shall not be sold during the Offering, or sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this Warrant or the Shares acquirable upon exercise hereof, by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Offering, except as provided in paragraph (g)(2) of Rule 5110(g) of the FINRA.

8. Each certificate for the securities purchased under this Warrant shall bear a legend as follows unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”):

“The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or applicable state law. Neither the securities nor any interest therein may be offered for sale, sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state law which, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, is available.”

 

B-6


The securities evidenced by this Warrant shall not be transferred unless and until: (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel for the Holder that the securities may be transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state securities laws, the availability of which is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the counsel of the Company, or (ii) a registration statement relating to the offer and sale of such securities has been filed by the Company and declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and compliance with applicable state securities law has been established.

9. The Company will not be required upon the exercise of this Warrant to issue fractions of Shares, but may, at its option, either (a) purchase such fraction for an amount in cash equal to the current value of such fraction computed on the basis of the closing market price of the Common Stock as quoted on the principal exchange or trading facility on which the Common Stock is traded on the Trading Day immediately preceding the day upon which this Warrant was surrendered for exercise in accordance with Section 2 hereof, or (b) issue the required Share. By accepting this Warrant, the holder hereof expressly waives any right to receive any fractional share upon exercise of a Warrant, except as expressly provided in this Section 9.

10. If this Warrant is exercised for less than all of the then-current number of Shares purchasable hereunder, then the Company shall, concurrently with the issue of the Shares purchased by the holder hereof upon such exercise in accordance with Section 2, issue a new warrant exercisable for the remaining number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant.

11. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and security reasonably satisfactory to it, the Company shall execute and deliver a new warrant of like tenor as the Warrant so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

12. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company and the holder agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor.

13. All modifications or amendments of this Warrant shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

14. This Warrant (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Warrant) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

15. This Warrant shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Warrant or any provisions herein contained.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

B-7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Airgain, Inc. has caused this Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer and this Warrant to be dated as of the date set forth above.

 

AIRGAIN, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Acknowledged and agreed:
NORTHLAND SECURITIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Representative’s Warrant]


SUBSCRIPTION FORM

To be Executed by the Holder of this Warrant if such Holder

Desires to Exercise this Warrant in Whole or in Part

To: Airgain, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

The undersigned                                                                                                                           

Please insert Social Security or other

identifying number of Subscriber:

 

 

hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right of purchase represented by this Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder,             shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) provided for therein.

Payment of the Warrant Purchase Price for the Shares shall take the form of [Check the applicable box below]:

 

  ¨ Immediately available U.S. funds; or

 

  ¨ the cancellation of such number of Shares as is necessary to satisfy the Warrant Purchase Price with respect to the exercise of the number of Shares set forth above in accordance with the formula set forth in Section 2(b) of the Warrant.

The undersigned requests that such Shares be registered in the name of the undersigned or in such other name specified below:

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                               

The Shares shall be delivered as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

and, if such number of Shares does not constitute all shares purchasable under the Warrant, that a new Warrant for the balance remaining of such shares be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the undersigned at the address stated above.

Unless the undersigned has selected the “cashless exercise” option provided for in Section 2(b) of the Warrant, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned is acquiring the Shares for its own account for investment purposes only, and not for resale or with a view to distribution of such shares or any part thereof.

 

B-9


Dated:                     
Name of Holder:                                                                    
Signature                                                                                  
Title                                                                                           

 

B-10


EXHIBIT C

Form of Company Press Release for Waivers or Releases

of Officer/Director Lock-Up Agreements

Airgain, Inc.

[Date]

Airgain, Inc. (the “ Company ”) announced today that Northland Securities, Inc. (“ Northland ”), as the representative of the several underwriters pursuant to that certain Underwriting Agreement, dated as of [●], 2016, by and between the Company and Northland, is [waiving] [releasing] [a] lock-up restriction[s] with respect to an aggregate of [●] shares of common stock held by certain [officers] [directors] of the Company. These [officers] [directors] entered into lock-up agreements with Northland in connection with the Company’s initial public offering.

This [waiver] [release] will take effect on [ date that is at least 2 business days following date of this press release ].

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

C-1

Exhibit 3.1

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF AIRGAIN, INC.

a California Corporation

Pertti Visuri hereby certifies that:

ONE: He is the duly elected and acting President and Secretary of said corporation.

TWO: The Articles of Incorporation of said corporation are amended and restated to read in full as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is Airgain, Inc. (this “ corporation ” or the “ corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.

ARTICLE III

A. Classes of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is sixty-seven million five hundred thousand (67,500,000) shares, of which forty million (40,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock and twenty-seven million five hundred thousand (27,500,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock.

B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock authorized by these articles of incorporation may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of three hundred thirteen thousand five hundred (313,500) shares, the Series B Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of one million one hundred eighty-three thousand three hundred thirty (1,183,330) shares, the Series C Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of six hundred eighty-two thousand (682,000) shares, the Series D Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of four million two hundred seventy-six thousand three (4,276,003) shares, the Series E Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of ten million five hundred thousand (10,500,000) shares, the Series F Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of five million (5,000,000) shares, and the Series G Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of four million (4,000,000) shares, are as set forth below in this Article III(B). The Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Junior Preferred Stock ,” the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock and the Series G Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Senior Preferred Stock ,” and the Senior

 

1


Preferred Stock and the Junior Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Designated Preferred Stock .”

The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to fix or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or of any of them. Subject to compliance with applicable protective voting rights which have been or may be granted to the Preferred Stock or series thereof in Certificates of Determination or the corporation’s articles of incorporation (“ Protective Provisions ”), but notwithstanding any other rights of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof, the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions of any such wholly unissued series may be subordinated to, pari passu with (including, without limitation, inclusion in provisions with respect to liquidation and acquisition preferences, redemption and/or approval of matters by vote or written consent), or senior to any of those of any present or future class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock. Subject to compliance with applicable Protective Provisions, the Board of Directors is also authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares constituting any such wholly unissued series, prior or subsequent to the issue of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

1. Dividend Provisions .

(a) Subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of this corporation) on the Common Stock or the Junior Preferred Stock of this corporation, at the rate of $.089 per share per annum with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, at the rate of $.104 per share per annum with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock and at the rate of $.104 per share per annum with respect to the Series G Preferred Stock. Such dividends shall be cumulative and accrue on each share from the date of issue thereof. Such dividends shall be payable only upon a liquidation pursuant to Section 2 below, upon redemption pursuant to Section 3 below or upon conversion pursuant to Section 4 below. Any accumulation of dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock shall not bear interest. Upon conversion of any shares of the Senior Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4 below, all such accrued dividends on such shares (the “ Senior Preferred Conversion Dividends ”) shall be paid on such shares in the form of (i) cash, (ii) additional shares of Common Stock, valued per share at the Original Issue Price (as defined below, and as proportionately adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations or other recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock) of the Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, as applicable, or (iii) any combination thereof, in each case at the option of the corporation.

(b) Subject to the rights of the Senior Preferred Stock set forth in subparagraph (a) above or the rights of series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive

 

2


dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of this corporation) on the Common Stock or the other series of Junior Preferred Stock of this corporation, at the rate of $.0488 per share per annum. Such dividends shall be cumulative and accrue on each share from the date of issue thereof. Such dividends shall be payable only upon a liquidation pursuant to Section 2 below or upon conversion pursuant to Section 4 below. Any accumulation of dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock shall not bear interest. Notwithstanding any dividend priority or preference of the Senior Preferred Stock stated herein, upon conversion of any shares of the Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4 below, all such accrued dividends on such shares (the “ Series D Conversion Dividends ”) shall be paid on such shares in the form of (i) cash, (ii) additional shares of Common Stock, valued per share at the Original Issue Price of the Series D Preferred Stock (as defined below, and as proportionately adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations or other recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock), or (iii) any combination thereof, in each case (subject to Section 1(e) below), at the option of the corporation.

(c) Subject to the rights of the Senior Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock set forth in subparagraphs (a) and (b) above or the rights of series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of this corporation) on the Common Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series C Preferred Stock of this corporation, at the rate of $.0488 per share per annum. Such dividends shall be cumulative and accrue on each share from the later of November 26, 2003 or the date of issue of such share. Such dividends shall be payable only upon a liquidation pursuant to Section 2 below or upon conversion pursuant to Section 4 below. Any accumulation of dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock shall not bear interest. Notwithstanding any dividend priority or preference of the Senior Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock stated herein, upon conversion of any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4 below, all such accrued dividends on such shares (the “ Series A Conversion Dividends ,” and together with the Senior Preferred Conversion Dividends and the Series D Conversion Dividends, the “ Conversion Dividends ”) shall be paid on such shares in the form of (i) cash, (ii) additional shares of Common Stock, valued per share at the Original Issue Price of the Series D Preferred Stock (as defined below, and as proportionately adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations or other recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock), or (iii) any combination thereof, in each case (subject to Section 1(e) below), at the option of the corporation.

(d) No dividends shall accrue or be paid on the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

3


(e) Notwithstanding the discretion given to the corporation to determine the form of consideration in the last sentence of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 1, all Series A Conversion Dividends accrued prior to July 15, 2005, and all Series D Conversion Dividends accrued prior to July 15, 2005, shall be paid in the form of additional shares of Common Stock.

2. Liquidation Preference .

(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of this corporation to the holders of Common Stock or the Junior Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price (as defined below) for the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock and the Series G Preferred Stock, as applicable, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock and the Series G Preferred Stock, as applicable. If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then, subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the entire assets and funds of the corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive in respect of such shares.

(b) Upon completion of the distribution required by subparagraph (a) of this Section 2, if any, and any other distribution that is required with respect to series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of this corporation to the holders of Common Stock or the other series of Junior Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price (as defined below) for the Series D Preferred Stock plus all accrued but unpaid dividends on Series D Preferred Stock. If upon the occurrence of such event, after payment of the distribution required by subparagraph (a) of this Section 2, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then, subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the entire remaining assets and funds of the corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by each.

(c) Upon completion of the distributions required by subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2, if any, and any other distribution that is required with respect to series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, and the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of this corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to

 

4


(i) in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, the Original Issue Price (as defined below) for such series plus all accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) in the case of Series B Preferred Stock, the Original Issue Price for such series, and (iii) in the case of Series C Preferred Stock, the Original Issue Price for such series. If upon the occurrence of such event, after payment of the distributions required by subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, and the Series C Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then, subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the entire remaining assets and funds of the corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, and the Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive in respect of such shares.

(d) Upon the completion of the distributions required by subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 2, if any, and any other distribution that may be required with respect to series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the remaining assets of the corporation available for distribution to shareholders shall be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming conversion of all such Series A Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, but without giving effect to the payment of the Conversion Dividends), until (i) with respect to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, such holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received an aggregate of $19.20 per share (including amounts paid pursuant to subparagraph (c) of this Section 2), (ii) with respect to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, such holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall have received an aggregate of $2.168 per share (including amounts paid pursuant to subparagraph (b) of this Section 2), (iii) with respect to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock, such holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall have received an aggregate of $4.444 per share (including amounts paid pursuant to subparagraph (a) of this Section 2), (iv) with respect to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, such holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall have received an aggregate of $5.20 per share (including amounts paid pursuant to subparagraph (a) of this Section 2), and (v) with respect to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, such holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall have received an aggregate of $5.20 per share (including amounts paid pursuant to subparagraph (a) of this Section 2); thereafter, subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, if assets remain in this corporation, the holders of Common Stock of this corporation shall receive all of the remaining assets of this corporation pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

(e) For purposes of these articles of incorporation, (i) the “ Original Issue Price ” for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be $3.84 for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, as such amount may be proportionately adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations or other recapitalizations with respect to such shares, (ii) the “ Original Issue Price ” for the Series B Preferred Stock shall be $4.39 for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock, as such amount may be proportionately adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations or other recapitalizations with respect to such shares, (iii) the “ Original Issue Price ” for the

 

5


Series C Preferred Stock shall be $1.00 for each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock, as such amount may be proportionately adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations or other recapitalizations with respect to such shares, (iv) the “ Original Issue Price ” for the Series D Preferred Stock shall be $.542 for each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock, as such amount may be proportionately adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations or other recapitalizations with respect to such shares, (v) the “ Original Issue Price ” for the Series E Preferred Stock shall be $1.111 for each outstanding share of Series E Preferred Stock, as such amount may be proportionately adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations or other recapitalizations with respect to such shares, (vi) the “ Original Issue Price ” for the Series F Preferred Stock shall be $1.30 for each outstanding share of Series F Preferred Stock, as such amount may be proportionately adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations or other recapitalizations with respect to such shares, and (vii) the “ Original Issue Price ” for the Series G Preferred Stock shall be $1.30 for each outstanding share of Series G Preferred Stock, as such amount may be proportionately adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations or other recapitalizations with respect to such shares.

(f) (i) For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (A) the acquisition of the corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation but, excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the corporation); or (B) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation; unless the corporation’s shareholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition or sale will, immediately after such acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the corporation’s acquisition or sale or otherwise) hold at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of capital stock in the corporation immediately prior to such acquisition or sale.

     (ii) In any of such events, if the consideration received by the corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market System (or any successor thereto), the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable, a closing bid price applying only where a closing sales price for the same day is not available), over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

6


(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a shareholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

     (iii) The corporation shall give each holder of record of Designated Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than ten (10) days prior to the shareholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or ten (10) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and the corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than ten (10) days after the corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after the corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock, voting as a class, that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent at least a majority of the voting power on an as-converted basis of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock (but without giving effect to the Conversion Dividends).

3. Redemption .

(a) Senior Preferred Stock . The corporation shall be obligated to redeem the Senior Preferred Stock as follows:

(i) At any time after the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Series G Preferred Stock Original Issue Date, the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, may require the corporation to redeem the Senior Preferred Stock in two (2) annual installments 90 days and 455 days (each a “ Redemption Date ”) after the corporation’s receipt of written notice of such vote or written consent of the Senior Preferred Stock. On the first Redemption Date, the corporation shall redeem fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of each series of the Senior Preferred Stock, and on the second Redemption Date, the corporation shall redeem the remaining outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock. The corporation shall effect such redemptions on the applicable Redemption Date by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Senior Preferred Stock to be redeemed a sum equal to the applicable Original Issue Price per share of Senior Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like) plus accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The total amount to be paid for the Senior Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “ Redemption Price .” Shares subject to redemption pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall be redeemed from each holder of Senior Preferred Stock on a pro rata basis.

(ii) At least thirty (30) days prior to the first Redemption Date, the corporation shall send a notice (a “ Redemption Notice ”) to all holders of Senior Preferred Stock to be redeemed setting forth (A) the Redemption Price for the shares to be redeemed; and (B) the place at which such holders may obtain payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender

 

7


of their share certificates. If the corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares to be redeemed at the Redemption Date, then it shall redeem such shares pro rata as among each series of the Senior Preferred Stock and the holders thereof, based on the portion of the aggregate Redemption Price payable to them, to the extent possible and shall redeem the remaining shares to be redeemed on the same pro rata basis as soon as sufficient funds are legally available (and shall be considered in default of its redemption obligations under this Section 3 until such remaining shares are in fact redeemed).

(b) Redemption Funds. On or prior to each Redemption Date, the corporation shall deposit the Redemption Price of all shares to be redeemed on such Redemption Date with a bank or trust company having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000, as a trust fund, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust company to pay, on and after such Redemption Date, the Redemption Price of the shares to their respective holders upon the surrender of their share certificates. Any moneys deposited by the corporation pursuant to this Section 3(b) for the redemption of shares thereafter converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof no later than the fifth (5th) day preceding the Redemption Date shall be returned to the corporation forthwith upon such conversion. The balance of any funds deposited by the corporation pursuant to this Section 3(b) remaining unclaimed at the expiration of one (1) year following such Redemption Date shall be returned to the corporation promptly upon its written request.

(c) Mechanics of Redemption. On or after such Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Senior Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender such holder’s certificates representing such shares to the corporation in the manner and at the place reasonably designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled. In the event less than all the shares represented by such certificates are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. From and after such Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the holder of such shares as a holder of Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, as applicable, (except the right to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificates), shall cease and terminate with respect to such shares; provided that in the event that shares of Senior Preferred Stock are not redeemed due to a default in payment by the corporation or because the corporation does not have sufficient legally available funds, such shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall remain outstanding and shall be entitled to all of the rights and preferences provided herein.

(d) Termination of Conversion Rights . In the event of a call for redemption of the Senior Preferred Stock, the Conversion Rights (as defined in Section 4) for the Senior Preferred Stock shall terminate as to the shares designated for redemption at the close of business on the fifth (5th) day preceding the Redemption Date, unless default is made in payment of the Redemption Price.

4. Conversion . The holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

8


(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of this corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for such share by the Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate therefor is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Prices per share of the Designated Preferred Stock shall be as follows: (i) $2.1700 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) $2.4233 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) $.8590 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, (iv) $.5420 per share of Series D Preferred Stock, (v) $1.111 per share of Series E Preferred Stock, (vi) $1.30 per share of Series F Preferred Stock, and (vii) $1.30 per share of Series G Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the respective Conversion Prices for the Designated Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 4(d).

(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share of Designated Preferred Stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in subsection 4(c), the corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), the public offering price of which is not less than $7.68 per share (adjusted to reflect subsequent stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalization) and the gross proceeds to the corporation (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) of which are not less than $15,000,000 in the aggregate, or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of (A) in the case of the Junior Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis (without giving effect to the Conversion Dividends), and (B) in the case of the Senior Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, provided that the Junior Preferred Stock will also concurrently convert pursuant to clause (A) above.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate(s) therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of this corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to this corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name(s) in which the certificate(s) for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. This corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee(s) of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid, together with proper payment of the Conversion Dividends payable in cash, if any. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person(s) entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event

 

9


the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4(c), the corporation shall have five (5) business days following any conversion to determine the portions of any Conversion Dividends to be paid in shares of Common Stock, to the extent permitted by Section 1 above, and any such shares payable in respect of the Conversion Dividends shall not be deemed to be outstanding until such determination is made by the corporation.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations . The Conversion Prices of the Designated Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) (A) (1) If the corporation shall issue, after the date that the first share of Series G Preferred Stock is issued (the “ Original Issue Date ”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for the Series G Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series G Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, (a) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the corporation for such issuance would purchase at the Conversion Price of the Series G Preferred Stock; and (b) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock.

(2) If the corporation shall issue, after the Original Issue Date, any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for the Series F Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series F Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, (a) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the corporation for such issuance would purchase at the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock; and (b) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock.

(3) If the corporation shall issue, after the Original Issue Date, any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for the Series E Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series E Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, (a) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of

 

10


Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the corporation for such issuance would purchase at the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock; and (b) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock.

(4) If the corporation shall issue after the Original Issue Date any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for the Series D Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for each series of Junior Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price of each such series by a fraction, (a) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the corporation for such issuance would purchase at the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock; and (b) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock.

(5) For the purposes of this clause (A), the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock actually outstanding, (b) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (c) the number of shares of Common Stock which could be obtained through the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and convertible securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(B) No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Designated Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to 3 years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of 3 years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward. Except to the limited extent provided for in subsections (E)(3) and (E)(4), no adjustment of such Conversion Price pursuant to this subsection 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price for any series of Designated Preferred Stock above the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(C) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by this corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(D) In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be

 

11


deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(E) In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the Original Issue Date) of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this subsection 4(d)(i) and subsection 4(d)(ii):

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C) and (d)(i)(D)), if any, received by the corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.

(2) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C) and (d)(i)(D)).

(3) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to this corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Prices of Designated Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

(4) Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Prices of the

 

12


Designated Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities which remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

(5) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to subsections 4(d)(i)(E)(1) and (2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either subsection 4(d)(i)(E)(3) or (4).

(ii) “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(i)(E)) by this corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than

(A) Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in subsection 4(d)(iii) hereof,

(B) shares of Common Stock issuable or issued to employees, consultants, officers or directors of this corporation directly or pursuant to a warrant, stock option plan or agreement, restricted stock plan or agreement or other equity incentive plan or agreement, provided that such number of shares shall not exceed 3,285,000 unless approved (by vote or written consent as provided by law) by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock,

(C) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Designated Preferred Stock,

(D) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with the acquisition (whether by merger or otherwise) of another entity pursuant to a transaction approved (by vote or written consent as provided by law) by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock,

(E) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to strategic or marketing partners pursuant to an agreement approved (by vote or written consent as provided by law) by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock,

(F) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise or conversion of options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding on the Original Issue Date, or

(G) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable (I) in a public offering before or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock or (II) upon exercise of warrants or rights granted to underwriters in connection with such a public offering.

 

13


(iii) In the event the corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock Equivalents ”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Prices of the Designated Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents.

(iv) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Original Issue Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Prices for the Designated Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Common Stock.

(e) Other Distributions . In the event this corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by this corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in subsection 4(d)(iii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this subsection 4(e), the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the corporation into which their shares of Designated Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(f) Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or Section 2), provision shall be made so that the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon such conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Prices then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable.

 

14


(g) No Impairment . This corporation will not, by amendment of its articles of incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by this corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock against impairment.

(h) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share(s) of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of each series of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion. If, after the foregoing aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Common Stock’s fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors) on the date of conversion.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Prices of Designated Preferred Stock, as the case may be, pursuant to this Section 4, this corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. This corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of the Designated Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of any series of the Designated Preferred Stock.

(i) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by this corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, this corporation shall mail to each holder of Designated Preferred Stock, at least twenty (20) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(j) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . This corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Designated Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be

 

15


sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, this corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite shareholder approval of any necessary amendment to these articles of incorporation.

(k) Notices . Unless otherwise expressly provided in these articles of incorporation and subject to applicable law, any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given (i) five (5) calendar days after a written notice is deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his, her or its address appearing on the books of this corporation, (ii) subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, at the time any other written notice, including confirmed facsimile, telegram or electronic mail message, is personally delivered to such holder or is delivered to a common carrier for transmission, or actually transmitted by the person giving notice by electronic means, to such holder, or (iii) subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, the time any oral notice is communicated, in person or by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, or wireless, to such holder, including such holder’s designated voice mailbox or address on such a system, or to a person at the office of such holder who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to such holder, as set forth in California Corporations Code Section 118. In respect of clauses (ii) and (iii) of the preceding sentence, if any date of delivery, transmittal or communication is not a business day, such notice shall be deemed given as of the next business day following such date of delivery, transmittal or communication.

5. Voting Rights .

(a) Vote Other Than For Directors . Except as otherwise required by law and as provided in Section 5(b) or Section 6 below, the holder of each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock could then be converted (but without giving effect to the Conversion Dividends), and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any shareholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of this corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Designated Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

(b) Number of Directors and Voting For Directors. The authorized number of directors of the corporation is eight (8). For so long as at least 1,687,500 shares of Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, at least 1,150,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock

 

16


are outstanding and at least 1,150,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock are outstanding (each as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and other recapitalizations), (i) the holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors, (ii) the holders of the Junior Preferred Stock and the Common Stock, voting together as a single class as provided in subsection (a) above, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors, and (iii) the remaining directors shall be elected by the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock, voting together as a single class as provided in subsection (a) above. If less than 1,687,500 shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, less than 1,150,000 shares of the Series F Preferred Stock, or 1,150,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and other recapitalizations) are outstanding, then all directors shall be elected by the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class as provided in subsection (a) above. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors occurring because of the death or resignation of a director elected by the holders of Senior Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be filled by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Senior Preferred Stock, and any vacancy in the Board of Directors occurring because of the removal of a director elected by the holders of Senior Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be filled by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Senior Preferred Stock or by the unanimous written consent of the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock. Any vacancy occurring because of the death or resignation of a director elected by the vote of both the Common Stock and the Junior Preferred Stock shall be filled by the vote or written consent of the holders of the Common Stock and the Junior Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class as provided in subsection (a) above or, in the absence of action by such holders of the Common Stock and the Junior Preferred Stock, by action of the remaining director or directors then in office. Any vacancy occurring because of the death or resignation of a director elected by the vote of both the Common Stock and the Designated Preferred Stock shall be filled by the vote or written consent of the holders of the Common Stock and the Designated Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class as provided in subsection (a) above or, in the absence of action by such holders of the Common Stock and the Designated Preferred Stock, by action of the remaining director or directors then in office. A director may be removed from the Board of Directors with or without cause by the vote or consent of the holders of the outstanding class or classes with voting power entitled to elect him in accordance with the California Corporations Code.

6. Protective Provisions .

(a) Junior Preferred Stock . Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, so long as at least 136,700 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 296,250 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 170,500 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, or 1,075,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding (in each case, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and other recapitalizations), this corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis (but without giving effect to the Conversion Dividends):

(i) sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or any material portion of its assets, or merge into or consolidate with any other corporation (other than a

 

17


wholly-owned subsidiary corporation) or effect any transaction or series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation is disposed of;

(ii) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose), or pay dividends with respect to, any share(s) of Junior Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to (A) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares at cost or at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or (B) the payment of the Conversion Dividends or dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock or the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to subsection B(2) of this Article III;

(iii) amend the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation or bylaws; or

(iv) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having a preference over, or being on a parity with, any series of the Junior Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends or upon liquidation.

(b) Series A Preferred Stock . Subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, so long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, this corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series:

(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely such shares; or

(ii) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(c) Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock . Subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, this corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single series on an as-converted basis:

(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely such shares; or

(ii) increase the total number of authorized shares of such Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock.

 

18


(d) Series D Preferred Stock . Subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, so long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, this corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series:

(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely such shares; or

(ii) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

(e) Senior Preferred Stock .

(i) Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, so long as at least 4,875,000 shares of Senior Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and other recapitalizations), this corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class:

(A) sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or any material portion of its assets, or merge into or consolidate with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary corporation) or effect any transaction or series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation is disposed of;

(B) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose), or pay dividends with respect to, any share(s) of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to (A) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares at cost or at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or (B) the payment of the Conversion Dividends or dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to subsection B(2) of this Article III;

(C) amend the corporation’s Articles of Incorporation or bylaws;

(D) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having a preference over, or being on a parity with, either series of the Senior Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends or upon liquidation;

 

19


(E) bind the corporation to any joint venture or similar arrangement, unless such transaction or arrangement is approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the corporation’s directors,

(F) license or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of the corporation’s intellectual property,

(G) increase the corporation’s long-term indebtedness, including through liens, lease financings, guarantees, indemnities, pledges and the like, other than in the ordinary course of the corporation’s business (for the avoidance of doubt, increases in aggregate long-term indebtedness of more than $500,000 in any twelve-month period will not be considered ordinary course),

(H) bind the corporation to any employment, consulting or similar services agreement (whether newly executed or by renewal or extension of any current such agreement) with any person performing functions equivalent to those of an executive officer of the corporation, other than in the ordinary course of the corporation’s business (for the avoidance of doubt, agreements contemplating payments, whether in cash or through options or other in-kind arrangements, to any individual valued at more than $500,000 in any twelve-month period will not be considered ordinary course),

(I) change the size, election or voting procedures of the corporation’s board of directors.

(ii) Subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, so long as any shares of Senior Preferred Stock are outstanding, this corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series of Senior Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series:

(A) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of such series of Senior Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely such shares; or

(B) increase the total number of authorized shares of such series of Senior Preferred Stock.

7. Status of Converted or Redeemed Stock . In the event any shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be redeemed or converted pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted or redeemed shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by the corporation. The articles of incorporation of this corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the corporation’s authorized capital stock.

 

20


8. Repurchase of Shares . In connection with repurchases by this corporation of its Common Stock pursuant to its agreements with certain of the holders thereof, Sections 502 and 503 of the California General Corporation Law shall not apply in whole or in part with respect to such repurchases.

C. Common Stock .

1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors. Dividends shall not be cumulative.

2. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, the assets of the corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Division (B) of this Article III.

3. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

4. Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any shareholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of this corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law and subsection B(5) of this Article III.

ARTICLE IV

Section 1. The liability of the directors of this corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

Section 2. This corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) through bylaw provisions, agreements with the agents, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, subject only to applicable limits set forth in Section 204 of the California Corporations Code with respect to actions for breach of duty to the corporation and its shareholders.

Section 3. The foregoing amendment has been approved by the Board of Directors of said corporation.

Section 4. The foregoing amendment was approved by the required vote of the Corporation’s shareholders in accordance with Sections 902 and 903 of the California General Corporation Law. The total number of outstanding shares of the Corporation is 3,738,670 shares of Common Stock, 313,500 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 1,157,606 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 682,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 3,722,066 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, 7,984,727 shares of Series E Preferred Stock and 4,734,374 shares of Series F Preferred Stock. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, (iii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding

 

21


shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, (iv) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Junior Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, (v) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Senior Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, (vi) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and (vii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series F Preferred Stock.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

22


I further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

Dated: April 21, 2008

 

/s/ Pertti Visuri

Pertti Visuri, President and Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SIXTH AMENDED AND

RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF AIRGAIN, INC.]


A0692434

 

LOGO

176 050 2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

AIRGAIN, INC.

Pertti Visuri hereby certifies that:

1. He is the President and Secretary of AIRGAIN, INC., a California corporation (the “corporation” or this “corporation”).

2. Article III(A) of the corporation’s Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, filed with the California Secretary of State on April 21, 2008 (the “Restated Articles’’) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

A. Classes of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is seventy-two million five hundred thousand (72,500,000) shares, of which forty-two million five hundred thousand (42.500,000) shares shall be Common Stock and thirty million (30,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock.

3. The first paragraph of Article III(B) of the Restated Articles is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock authorized by these articles of incorporation may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of three hundred thirteen thousand five hundred (313,500) shares, the Series B Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of one million one hundred eighty-three thousand three hundred thirty ( 1,183,330) shares, the Series C Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of six hundred eighty-two thousand (682,000) shares, the Series D Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of four million two hundred seventy-six thousand three (4,276,003) shares, the Series E Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of ten million five hundred thousand (10,500,000) shares, the Series F Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of five million (5,000,000) shares, and the Series G Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of six million (6,000,000) shares, are as set forth below in this Article III(B). The Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Junior Preferred Stock ,” the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock

 

- 1 -


and the Series G Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Senior Preferred Stock ,” and the Senior Preferred Stock and the Junior Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Designated Preferred Stock .”

4. The foregoing amendments have been approved by the corporation’s Board of Directors.

5. The foregoing amendments were approved by the required vote of the corporation’s shareholders in accordance with Sections 902 and 903 of the Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation is 3,785,661 shares of Common Stock, 313,500 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 1,157,606 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 682,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 4,035,718 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, 7,984,727 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, 4,734,374 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and 1,916,150 shares of Series G Preferred Stock. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, (iii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock voting together as single class, (iv) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, (v) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, and (vi) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred Stock.

I further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

Dated: June  2 , 2009

 

/s/ Pertti Visuri

Pertti Visuri

President and Secretary

 

- 2 -


A0692434

 

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

AIRGAIN, INC.

Pertti Visuri hereby certifies that:

1. He is the President and Secretary of AIRGAIN, INC., a California corporation (the “corporation” or this “corporation”).

2. Article III(A) of the corporation’s Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, filed with the California Secretary of State on April 21, 2008 (the “Restated Articles’’) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

A. Classes of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is seventy-two million five hundred thousand (72,500,000) shares, of which forty-two million five hundred thousand (42,500,000) shares shall be Common Stock and thirty million (30,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock.

3. The first paragraph of Article III(B) of the Restated Articles is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock authorized by these articles of incorporation may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of three hundred thirteen thousand five hundred (313,500) shares, the Series B Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of one million one hundred eighty-three thousand three hundred thirty (1,183,330) shares, the Series C Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of six hundred eighty-two thousand (682,000) shares, the Series D Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of four million two hundred seventy-six thousand three (4,276,003) shares, the Series E Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of ten million five hundred thousand (10,500,000) shares, the Series F Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of five million (5,000,000) shares, and the Series G Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of six million (6,000,000) shares, are as set forth below in this Article III(B). The Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Junior Preferred Stock ,” the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock

 

- 1 -


and the Series G Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Senior Preferred Stock ,” and the Senior Preferred Stock and the Junior Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Designated Preferred Stock .”

4. The foregoing amendments have been approved by the corporation’s Board of Directors.

5. The foregoing amendments were approved by the required vote of the corporation’s shareholders in accordance with Sections 902 and 903 of the Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation is 3,785,661 shares of Common Stock, 313,500 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 1,157,606 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 682,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 4,035,718 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, 7,984,727 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, 4,734,374 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and 1,916,150 shares of Series G Preferred Stock. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, (iii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock voting together as single class, (iv) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, (v) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, and (vi) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred Stock.

I further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

Dated: June  2 , 2009

 

/s/ Pertti Visuri

Pertti Visuri

President and Secretary

 

LOGO

 

- 2 -


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

AIRGAIN, INC.

Pertti Visuri hereby certifies that:

1. He is the President and Secretary of AIRGAIN, INC., a California corporation (the “corporation” or this “corporation”).

2. Article Ill(A) of the corporation’s articles of incorporation is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

A. Classes of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is eighty million five hundred thousand (80,500,000) shares, of which forty-five million (45,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock and thirty-five million five hundred thousand (35,500,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock.

3. The first paragraph of Article III(B) of the corporation’s articles of incorporation is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock authorized by these articles of incorporation may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of three hundred thirteen thousand five hundred (313,500) shares, the Series B Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of one million one hundred eighty-three thousand three hundred thirty (1,183,330) shares, the Series C Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of six hundred eighty-two thousand (682,000) shares, the Series D Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of four million two hundred seventy-six thousand three (4,276,003) shares, the Series E Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of ten million five hundred thousand (10,500,000) shares, the Series F Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of five million (5,000,000) shares, and the Series G Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of thirteen million five hundred thousand (13,500,000) shares, are as set forth below in this Article III(B). The Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Junior Preferred Stock ,” the Series E

 

- 1 -


Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock and the Series G Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Senior Preferred Stock ,” and the Senior Preferred Stock and the Junior Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Designated Preferred Stock .”

4. A new clause (H) is added to the end of Section 4(d)(ii) of Article III(B) of the corporation’s articles of incorporation to read as follows:

(H) Up to 7,720,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock issued or issuable upon exercise or conversion of warrants or convertible promissory notes with an exercise price or conversion price of not less than One Dollar and Four Cents ($1.04) per share.

5. The foregoing amendments have been approved by the corporation’s Board of Directors.

6. The foregoing amendments were approved by the required vote of the corporation’s shareholders in accordance with Sections 902 and 903 of the Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation is 3,785,661 shares of Common Stock, 313,500 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 1,157,606 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 682,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 4,091,068 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, 7,984,727 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, 4,734,374 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and 3,358,053 shares of Series G Preferred Stock. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, (iii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock voting together as single class, (iv) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, (v) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, (vi) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, (vii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series F Preferred Stock, and (viii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred Stock.

I further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

Dated: June  24 , 2010

 

/s/ Pertti Visuri

Pertti Visuri

President and Secretary

 

- 2 -


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

AIRGAIN, INC.

Pertti Visuri hereby certifies that:

1. He is the President and Secretary of AIRGAIN, INC., a California corporation (the “corporation” or this “corporation”).

2. Article III(A) of the corporation’s articles of incorporation is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

A. Classes of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is one hundred million five hundred thousand (100,500,000) shares, of which fifty-five million (55,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock and forty-five million five hundred thousand (45,500,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock.

3. The first paragraph of Article III(B) of the corporation’s articles of incorporation is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock authorized by these articles of incorporation may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of three hundred thirteen thousand five hundred (313,500) shares, the Series B Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of one million one hundred eighty-three thousand three hundred thirty (1,183,330) shares, the Series C Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of six hundred eighty-two thousand (682,000) shares, the Series D Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of four million two hundred seventy-six thousand three (4,276,003) shares, the Series E Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of ten million five hundred thousand (10,500,000) shares, the Series F Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of five million (5,000,000) shares, and the Series G Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of twenty-three million five hundred thousand (23,500,000) shares, are as set forth below in this Article III(B). The Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Junior Preferred Stock ,” the Series E

 

- 1 -


Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock and the Series G Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Senior Preferred Stock ,” and the Senior Preferred Stock and the Junior Preferred Stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Designated Preferred Stock .”

4. Clause (H) of Section 4(d)(ii) of Article III(B) of the corporation’s articles of incorporation is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

(H) Up to 17,750,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock issued or issuable upon exercise or conversion of warrants or convertible promissory notes with an exercise price or conversion price of not less than One Dollar and Four Cents ($1.04) per share.

5. The foregoing amendments have been approved by the corporation’s Board of Directors.

6. The foregoing amendments were approved by the required vote of the corporation’s shareholders in accordance with Sections 902 and 903 of the Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation is 3,785,661 shares of Common Stock, 313,500 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 1,157,606 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 682,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 4,091,068 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, 7,984,727 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, 4,734,374 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and 3,358,053 shares of Series G Preferred Stock. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, (iii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock voting together as single class, (iv) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, (v) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, (vi) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, (vii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series F Preferred Stock, and (viii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred Stock.

I further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

Dated: March 2, 2011

 

/s/ Pertti Visuri

Pertti Visuri

President and Secretary

 

- 2 -


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

AIRGAIN, INC.

Charles Myers and Leo Johnson hereby certify that:

1. They are the President and Secretary, respectively, of AIRGAIN, INC., a California corporation (the “corporation” or this “corporation”).

2. Article III(A) of the corporation’s articles of incorporation is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

A. Classes of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is one hundred and twenty-five million five hundred thousand (125,500,000) shares, of which eighty million (80,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock and forty-five million five hundred thousand (45,500,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock.

3. Section 4(d)(ii)(B) of Article III of the corporation’s articles of incorporation is amended to read as follows:

(B) shares of Common Stock issuable or issued to employees, consultants, officers or directors of this corporation directly or pursuant to a warrant, stock option plan or agreement, restricted stock plan or agreement or other equity incentive plan or agreement, provided that such number of shares shall not exceed 12,000,000 unless approved (by vote or by written consent as provided by law) by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock.

4. The foregoing amendments have been approved by the corporation’s Board of Directors.

5. The foregoing amendments were approved by the required vote of the corporation’s shareholders in accordance with Sections 902 and 903 of the Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation is 6,415,901 shares of Common Stock, 313,500 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 1,157,606 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 682,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 4,091,068 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, 8,202,466 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, 4,734,374 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and 10,334,862 shares of Series G Preferred Stock. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) more than fifty percent


(50%) of the outstanding Common Stock and Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, (iii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock voting together as a single class; (iv) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock voting together as a single class.

We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.

Dated: June 11, 2015

 

/s/ Charles Myers

Charles Myers, President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Leo Johnson

Leo Johnson, Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

AIRGAIN, INC.

Charles Myers and Leo Johnson hereby certify that:

1. They are the President and Secretary, respectively, of AIRGAIN, INC., a California corporation (the “corporation” or this “corporation”).

2. Article III(A) of the corporation’s articles of incorporation is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

A. Classes of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is one hundred and twenty-five million five hundred thousand (125,500,000) shares, of which eighty million (80,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock and forty-five million five hundred thousand (45,500,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock.

Effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of California, a 1-for-10 reverse stock split for each share of Common Stock outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to such time shall automatically and without any action of the part of the holders thereof occur (the “Reverse Stock Split”). This conversion shall apply to all shares of Common Stock. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the Reverse Stock Split or otherwise. In lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock to which the stockholder would otherwise be entitled upon the Reverse Stock Split, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of the Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors.

All certificates representing shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the filing of this Certificate of Amendment shall immediately after the filing of this Certificate of Amendment represent instead the number of shares of Common Stock as provided above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any holder of Common Stock may (but shall not be required to) surrender his, her or its stock certificate or certificates to the corporation, and upon such surrender the holder may request that the corporation issue a certificate for the correct number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder is entitled under the provisions of this Certificate of Amendment. Shares of Common Stock that were outstanding prior to the filing of this Certificate of Amendment, and that are not outstanding after and as a result of the filing of this Certificate of Amendment, shall resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock.”


4. The foregoing amendments have been approved by the corporation’s Board of Directors.

5. The foregoing amendments were approved by the required vote of the corporation’s shareholders in accordance with Sections 902 and 903 of the Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation is 8,235,008 shares of Common Stock, 313,500 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 1,157,606 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 682,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 4,091,068 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, 8,202,466 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, 4,734,374 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and 10,334,862 shares of Series G Preferred Stock. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; (iii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Common Stock and Preferred Stock voting together as a single class; (iv) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock voting together as a single class; and (v) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock voting together as a single class.

We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.

Dated: July 28, 2016

 

/s/ Charles Myers

Charles Myers, President and Chief
Executive Officer

/s/ Leo Johnson

Leo Johnson, Secretary

Exhibit 3.2

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AIRGAIN, INC.

(originally incorporated on July 18, 2016)

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Airgain, Inc.

SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19808. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or any successor statute.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 210,000,000 shares, consisting of (a) 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (b) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A. COMMON STOCK .

1.  General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series.

2.  Voting . The holders of the Common Stock shall have voting rights at all meetings of stockholders, each such holder being entitled to one vote for each share thereof held by such holder; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (which, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. There shall be no cumulative voting.


The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3.  Dividends . Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock as and when determined by the Board of Directors subject to any preferential dividend or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock and to the requirements of applicable law.

4.  Liquidation . Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

B. PREFERRED STOCK .

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to have such terms as stated or expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as hereinafter provided.

Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and in connection with the creation of any such series, by adopting a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of the shares thereof and by filing a certificate of designations relating thereto in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, to determine and fix the number of shares of such series and such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including without limitation thereof, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each such series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law.

The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

2


FIFTH: Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons herein are granted subject to this reservation.

SIXTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders may not adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation, or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith, unless such action is approved, in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article SIXTH.

SEVENTH: Except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as so amended.

EIGHTH: This Article EIGHTH is inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

1.  General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

2.  Number of Directors; Election of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be established from time to time by the Board of Directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, except as and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

3


3. Classes of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors to Class I, Class II or Class III.

4.  Terms of Office . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director was elected; provided that each director initially assigned to Class I shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation; each director initially assigned to Class II shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation; and each director initially assigned to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation; provided further , that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor and be subject to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

5. Quorum . The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors fixed pursuant to Section 2 of this Article EIGHTH shall constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

6. Action at Meeting . Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors unless a greater number is required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation.

7. Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, directors of the Corporation may be removed but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.

8. Vacancies . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy or newly created directorship in the Board of Directors, however occurring, shall be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancy or newly created directorship shall be filled by the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

4


9.  Stockholder Nominations and Introduction of Business, Etc . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and other business to be brought by stockholders before a meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided by the Bylaws of the Corporation.

10.  Amendments to Article . Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article EIGHTH.

NINTH: No action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article NINTH.

TENTH: Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), and may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article TENTH.

ELEVENTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrongdoing by, any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, creditors or other constituents, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, (d) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or (e) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs

 

5


doctrine, in each case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein; provided that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article ELEVENTH. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article ELEVENTH. If any provision or provisions of this Article ELEVENTH shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article ELEVENTH (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article ELEVENTH containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and has been executed by its duly authorized officer this             day of             , 2016.

 

AIRGAIN, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:   Charles Myers
  Title:  

President and Chief Executive

Officer

 

6

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

AIRGAIN, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I—CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1

  REGISTERED OFFICE      1   

1.2

  OTHER OFFICES      1   

ARTICLE II—MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

  PLACE OF MEETINGS      1   

2.2

  ANNUAL MEETING      1   

2.3

  SPECIAL MEETING      1   

2.4

  ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR BUSINESS BROUGHT BEFORE A MEETING      2   

2.5

  ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS      7   

2.6

  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      10   

2.7

  MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE      10   

2.8

  QUORUM      11   

2.9

  ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE      11   

2.10

  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS      11   

2.11

  VOTING      12   

2.12

  STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      12   

2.13

  RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING      12   

2.14

  PROXIES      13   

2.15

  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE      13   

2.16

  POSTPONEMENT AND CANCELLATION OF MEETING      14   

2.17

  INSPECTORS OF ELECTION      14   

ARTICLE III—DIRECTORS

     14   

3.1

  POWERS      14   

3.2

  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS      14   

3.3

  ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS      14   

3.4

  RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES      15   

3.5

  PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE      15   

3.6

  REGULAR MEETINGS      15   

3.7

  SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE      15   

3.8

  QUORUM      16   

3.9

  BOARD ACTION BY CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      16   

3.10

  FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS      16   

3.11

  REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS      16   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE IV—COMMITTEES

     17   

4.1

  COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS      17   

4.2

  COMMITTEE MINUTES      17   

4.3

  MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES      17   

ARTICLE V—OFFICERS

     18   

5.1

  OFFICERS      18   

5.2

  APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS      18   

5.3

  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS      18   

5.4

  REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS      18   

5.5

  VACANCIES IN OFFICES      18   

5.6

  REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS      19   

5.7

  AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS      19   

ARTICLE VI—RECORDS AND REPORTS

     19   

6.1

  MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS      19   

ARTICLE VII—GENERAL MATTERS

     19   

7.1

  EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS      19   

7.2

  STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES      19   

7.3

  SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES      20   

7.4

  LOST CERTIFICATES      20   

7.5

  CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS      20   

7.6

  DIVIDENDS      20   

7.7

  FISCAL YEAR      21   

7.8

  SEAL      21   

7.9

  TRANSFER OF STOCK      21   

7.10

  STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS      21   

7.11

  REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS      21   

7.12

  WAIVER OF NOTICE      22   

ARTICLE VIII—NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     22   

8.1

  NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION      22   

8.2

  DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION      23   

ARTICLE IX—INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT

     23   

9.1

  ACTIONS, SUITS AND PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION      23   

9.2

  ACTIONS OR SUITS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION      24   

9.3

  INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF SUCCESSFUL PARTY      24   

9.4

  NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM      24   

9.5

  ADVANCE OF EXPENSES      25   

9.6

  PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES      25   

9.7

  REMEDIES      26   

9.8

  LIMITATIONS      26   

9.9

  SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT      26   

9.10

  OTHER RIGHTS      27   

9.11

  PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION      27   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

9.12

  INSURANCE      27   

9.13

  SAVINGS CLAUSE      27   

9.14

  DEFINITIONS      28   

ARTICLE X—AMENDMENTS

     28   

 

-iii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

AIRGAIN, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I—CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.

The registered office of Airgain, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be fixed in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ certificate of incorporation ”).

1.2 OTHER OFFICES.

The Corporation’s board of directors (the “ Board ”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II—MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING.

The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING.

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, chairperson of the Board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.

No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.


2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR BUSINESS BROUGHT BEFORE A MEETING.

(a) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) brought before the meeting by the Corporation and specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or a committee thereof) or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) has complied with this Section 2.4 as to such business. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “ Exchange Act ”), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. Stockholders shall not be permitted to propose business to be brought before a special meeting of the stockholders, and the only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting pursuant to Section 2.3 of these bylaws. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with Section 2.5 of these bylaws, and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Section 2.5 of these bylaws.

(b) Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the second sentence of Section 2.4(a) of these bylaws, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received by the Secretary at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however , that (x) if the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date or (y) with respect to the first annual meeting held after the Company’s initial public offering of its shares pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the later of the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made (such notice within such time periods, “ Timely Notice ”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

(c) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary of the Corporation shall set forth:

 

-2-


(i) As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, without limitation, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records) and (B) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) are referred to as “ Stockholder Information ”);

(ii) As to each Proposing Person, (A) any derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to give such Proposing Person economic risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, including, without limitation, due to the fact that the value of such derivative, swap or other transactions are determined by reference to the price, value or volatility of any shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or which derivative, swap or other transactions provide, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any increase in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation (“ Synthetic Equity Interests ”), which Synthetic Equity Interests shall be disclosed without regard to whether (x) the derivative, swap or other transactions convey any voting rights in such shares to such Proposing Person, (y) the derivative, swap or other transactions are required to be, or are capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares or (z) such Proposing Person may have entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such derivative, swap or other transactions, (B) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act by way of a solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Proposing Person has or shares a right to vote any shares of any class or series of the Corporation, (C) any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship, including, without limitation, any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of shares of any class or series of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proposing Person with respect to the shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation (“ Short Interests ”), (D) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (E) any performance related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such Proposing Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests, if any, (F)(x) if such Proposing Person is not a natural person, the identity of the natural person or persons associated with such Proposing Person responsible for the formulation of and decision to propose the business to be brought before the meeting (such person or persons, the “ Responsible Person ”), the manner in which such Responsible Person was selected, any fiduciary duties owed by such Responsible Person to the equity holders or other beneficiaries of such Proposing Person, the qualifications

 

-3-


and background of such Responsible Person and any material interests or relationships of such Responsible Person that are not shared generally by any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, and (y) if such Proposing Person is a natural person, the qualifications and background of such natural person and any material interests or relationships of such natural person that are not shared generally by any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, (G) any significant equity interests or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the Corporation held by such Proposing Persons, (H) any direct or indirect interest of such Proposing Person in any contract with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, without limitation, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (I) any pending or threatened litigation in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (J) any material transaction occurring during the prior twelve months between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation, on the other hand, (K) a summary of any material discussions regarding the business proposed to be brought before the meeting (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation (including, without limitation, their names) and (L) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (L) are referred to as “ Disclosable Interests ”); provided, however , that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and

(iii) As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a reasonably brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (B) the text of the proposal or business (including, without limitation, the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), (C) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between or among any of the Proposing Persons or between or among any Proposing Person and any other person or entity (including, without limitation, their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder, (D) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at

 

-4-


such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business, (E) a representation whether the Proposing Person intends or is part of a group which intends (1) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal and/or (2) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal and (F) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; provided, however , that the disclosures required by this paragraph (c)(iii) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

(d) For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “ Proposing Person ” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate (each within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for the purposes of these bylaws) of such stockholder or beneficial owner and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined below).

(e) A person shall be deemed to be “ Acting in Concert ” with another person for purposes of these bylaws if such person knowingly acts (whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, arrangement or understanding) in concert with, or towards a common goal relating to the management, governance or control of the Corporation in parallel with, such other person where (i) each person is conscious of the other person’s conduct or intent and this awareness is an element in their decision-making processes and (ii) at least one additional factor suggests that such persons intend to act in concert or in parallel, which such additional factors may include, without limitation, exchanging information (whether publicly or privately), attending meetings, conducting discussions, or making or soliciting invitations to act in concert or in parallel; provided , that a person shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any other person solely as a result of the solicitation or receipt of revocable proxies or consents from such other person in response to a solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act by way of a proxy or consent solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A. A person Acting in Concert with another person shall be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any third party who is also Acting in Concert with such other person.

(f) A stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

-5-


(g) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary and except as otherwise expressly provided in any applicable rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with this Section 2.4. The presiding officer of an annual meeting of stockholders shall have the power and duty (a) to determine that any business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s business in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (c)(iii)(E) of this Section 2.4); and (b) if any proposed business was not proposed in compliance with this Section 2.4 to declare to the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(h) The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 2.4 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business other than a nomination if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(i) For purposes of these bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting to present proposed business, such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.4, except as provided under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the annual meeting and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the annual meeting.

(k) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4; provided however, that any references in these bylaws to the Exchange Act are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to proposals as to any business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.4 (including paragraph (a)(iii) hereof), and compliance with paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.4 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to submit business (other than, as provided in the first sentence of paragraph (h) of this Section 2.4, business brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, as may be amended from time to time).

 

-6-


2.5 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS.

(a) Nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but, in the case of a special meeting, only if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting) may be made at such meeting only (i) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof, or (ii) by a stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nomination is proposed to be made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) has complied with this Section 2.5 as to such nomination. The foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board to be considered by the stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting.

(b) Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4(b) of these bylaws) thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise by due under this paragraph (b) and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (b) of this Section 2.5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation. Without qualification, if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting, then for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to such position(s) as specified in the notice of the special meeting, the stockholder must (i) provide timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the later of the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting and the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4(i) of these bylaws) of the date of such special meeting was first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

-7-


(c) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary of the Corporation shall set forth:

(i) As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(c)(i) of these bylaws) except that for purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(c)(i);

(ii) As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(c)(ii), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(c)(ii) and the disclosure in clause (L) of Section 2.4(c)(ii) shall be made with respect to the election of directors at the meeting), provided, however , that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Nominating Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and;

(iii) As to each person whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such proposed nominee that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 if such proposed nominee were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such proposed nominee that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including, without limitation, such proposed nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three (3) years, and any other material relationships, between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, his or her respective affiliates and associates and any other persons with whom such proposed nominee (or any of his or her respective affiliates and associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined in Section 2.4(e) of these bylaws), on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (C) are referred to as “ Nominee Information ”), (D) a representation that the Nominating Person is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination, (E) a representation whether the Nominating Person intends or is part of a group which intends (1) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to elect the nominee and/or (2) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such nomination and (F) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.5(g); and

(iv) The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information (A) as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation in accordance with the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines or (B) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence or lack of independence of such proposed nominee.

 

-8-


(d) For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “ Nominating Person ” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate of such stockholder or beneficial owner and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or such beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert.

(e) A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(f) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with this Section 2.5, except as otherwise expressly provided in any applicable rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act. The presiding officer at any meeting of stockholders shall have the power and duty to (a) determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with this Section 2.5 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination was made, solicited or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nomination in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (c)(iii)(E) of this Section 2.5); and (b) if any proposed nomination was not made in compliance with this Section 2.5 to declare such determination to the meeting that the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(g) To be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director of the Corporation, the proposed nominee must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under this Section 2.5) to the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such proposed nominee (which questionnaire shall be provided by the secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the secretary upon written request) that such proposed nominee (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not, and will not

 

-9-


become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (iii) in such proposed nominee’s individual capacity and on behalf of the stockholder (or the beneficial owner, if different) on whose behalf the nomination is made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

(h) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Nominating Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.5, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the meeting to present the proposed nomination, such proposed nomination shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.5, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting.

2.6 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.7 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.7 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be deemed given:

(a) if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Corporation’s records; or

(b) if electronically transmitted as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

-10-


2.8 QUORUM.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairperson of the meeting or (b) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these bylaws until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.9 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the adjourned meeting.

2.10 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the person presiding over any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures (which need not be in writing) and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the presiding person of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present (including, without limitation, rules and procedures for removal of disruptive persons from the meeting); (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

 

-11-


The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting (including, without limitation, determinations with respect to the administration and/or interpretation of any of the rules, regulations or procedures of the meeting, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the person presiding over the meeting), shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

2.11 VOTING.

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.13 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

At all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders, at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. Except as otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, all other elections and questions presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions) at the meeting by the holders entitled to vote thereon.

2.12 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.13 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day

 

-12-


next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.14 PROXIES.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

2.15 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the date of the meeting), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote in person or by proxy and the number of shares held by each of them, and as to the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders.

 

-13-


2.16 POSTPONEMENT AND CANCELLATION OF MEETING.

Any previously scheduled annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and any previously scheduled annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be canceled, by resolution of the Board upon public notice given prior to the time previously scheduled for such meeting.

2.17 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Board shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment or postponement and make a written report thereof. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Such inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law. The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III—DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS.

Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one (1) member. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including, without limitation, a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

 

-14-


If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three (3) classes.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall, unless the Board determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board shall be deemed to exist under these bylaws in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(b) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

-15-


(c) sent by facsimile; or

(d) sent by electronic mail, electronic transmission or other similar means,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail or other electronic address, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

If the notice is (a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (b) sent by facsimile or (c) sent by electronic mail or electronic transmission, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM.

The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors established by the Board pursuant to Section 3.2 of these bylaws shall constitute a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board or any individual director may be removed from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

 

-16-


ARTICLE IV—COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

The Board may designate one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (a) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(a) Section 3.5 of these bylaws (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(b) Section 3.6 of these bylaws (regular meetings);

(c) Section 3.7 of these bylaws (special meetings and notice);

(d) Section 3.8 of these bylaws (quorum);

(e) Section 7.12 of these bylaws (waiver of notice); and

(f) Section 3.9 of these bylaws (action without a meeting),

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

 

-17-


(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

ARTICLE V—OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS.

The officers of the Corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one (1) or more vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant treasurers, one (1) or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2 of these bylaws.

 

-18-


5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

The chairperson of the Board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all securities of any other entity or entities standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE VI—RECORDS AND REPORTS

6.1 MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS.

The Corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books and other records.

ARTICLE VII—GENERAL MATTERS

7.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

7.2 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the certificate of incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairperson or vice chairperson of the Board, or the president or vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

-19-


The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

7.3 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

7.4 LOST CERTIFICATES.

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

7.5 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

7.6 DIVIDENDS.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (a) the DGCL or (b) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

 

-20-


The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

7.7 FISCAL YEAR.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

7.8 SEAL.

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

7.9 TRANSFER OF STOCK.

Shares of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the persons from and to whom it was transferred.

7.10 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

7.11 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by law:

(a) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(b) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

-21-


(c) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

7.12 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII—NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

8.1 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(b) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

-22-


  (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

8.2 DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

For the purposes of these bylaws, an “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

ARTICLE IX—INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT

9.1 ACTIONS, SUITS AND PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.

The Corporation shall indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan) (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an “ Indemnitee ”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including, without limitation, excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended), and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

-23-


9.2 ACTIONS OR SUITS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.

The Corporation shall indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 9.2 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent, that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) which the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

9.3 INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF SUCCESSFUL PARTY.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article IX, to the extent that an Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 9.1 and 9.2 of these bylaws, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, or on appeal from any such action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law against all expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith. Without limiting the foregoing, if any action, suit or proceeding is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including, without limitation, a disposition without prejudice), without (a) the disposition being adverse to Indemnitee, (b) an adjudication that Indemnitee was liable to the Corporation, (c) a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by Indemnitee, (d) an adjudication that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and (e) with respect to any criminal proceeding, an adjudication that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall be considered for the purposes hereof to have been wholly successful with respect thereto.

9.4 NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM.

As a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified, such Indemnitee must notify the Corporation in writing as soon as practicable of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnitee for which indemnity will or could be sought. With respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation is so notified, the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election so to assume such defense, the Corporation shall not be liable to Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, other than as provided below in this Section 9.4. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ

 

-24-


his or her own counsel in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (a) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation, (b) counsel to Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest or position on any significant issue between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation or (c) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel for Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Article IX. The Corporation shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Corporation or as to which counsel for Indemnitee shall have reasonably made the conclusion provided for in clause (b) above. The Corporation shall not be required to indemnify Indemnitee under this Article IX for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation effected without its written consent. The Corporation shall not settle any action, suit, proceeding or investigation in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Corporation nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed settlement.

9.5 ADVANCE OF EXPENSES.

Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.4 and 9.6 of these bylaws, in the event of any threatened or pending action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation receives notice under this Article IX, any expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in defending an action, suit, proceeding or investigation or any appeal therefrom shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such matter to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, the payment of such expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IX or otherwise; and provided further that no such advancement of expenses shall be made under this Article IX if it is determined (in the manner described in Section 9.6 of these bylaws) that (a) Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, or (b) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make such repayment.

9.6 PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.

In order to obtain indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to Section 9.1, 9.2, 9.3 or 9.5 of these bylaws, an Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request. Any such advancement of expenses shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request of Indemnitee, unless (a) the Corporation has assumed the defense pursuant to Section 9.4 of these bylaws (and none of the circumstances described in Section 9.4 of these bylaws that would nonetheless entitle the Indemnitee to indemnification for the fees and expenses of separate counsel have occurred) or (b) the Corporation determines within such 60-day period that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1, 9.2 or 9.5 of these bylaws, as the case may be. Any such indemnification, unless ordered by a court, shall be made with

 

-25-


respect to requests under Section 9.1 or 9.2 of these bylaws only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination by the Corporation that the indemnification of Indemnitee is proper because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or 9.2 of these bylaws, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made in each instance (a) by a majority vote of the directors of the Corporation consisting of persons who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“ disinterested directors ”), whether or not a quorum, (b) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by majority vote of disinterested directors, whether or not a quorum, (c) if there are no disinterested directors, or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by law, be regular legal counsel to the Corporation) in a written opinion or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

9.7 REMEDIES.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the right to indemnification or advancement of expenses as granted by this Article IX shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation pursuant to Section 9.6 of these bylaws that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article IX. Indemnitee’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any suit brought by Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

9.8 LIMITATIONS.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article IX, except as set forth in Section 9.7 of these bylaws, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee pursuant to this Article IX in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article IX, the Corporation shall not indemnify (or advance expenses to) an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed (or advanced expenses) from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Corporation makes any indemnification (or advancement) payments to an Indemnitee and such Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, such Indemnitee shall promptly refund indemnification (or advancement) payments to the Corporation to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.

9.9 SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT.

No amendment, termination or repeal of this Article IX or of the relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall adversely affect or diminish in any way the rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses under the provisions hereof with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation arising out of or relating to any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment, termination or repeal.

 

-26-


9.10 OTHER RIGHTS.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office for the Corporation, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. Nothing contained in this Article IX shall be deemed to prohibit, and the Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into, agreements with officers and directors providing indemnification and advancement rights and procedures different from those set forth in this Article IX. In addition, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant indemnification and advancement rights to other employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article IX.

9.11 PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION.

If an Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Article IX to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including, without limitation, excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation and any appeal therefrom but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including, without limitation, excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.

9.12 INSURANCE.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan) against any expense, liability or loss incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

9.13 SAVINGS CLAUSE.

If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnitee as to any expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including, without limitation, excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative, including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

-27-


9.14 DEFINITIONS.

Terms used in this Article IX and defined in Section 145(h) and Section 145(i) of the DGCL shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in such Section 145(h) and Section 145(i).

ARTICLE X—AMENDMENTS

Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.9 of these bylaws or the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the certificate of incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

 

-28-


AIRGAIN, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF BYLAWS

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Airgain, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and that the foregoing bylaws were amended and restated effective as of             , 2016 by the Corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this             day of             , 2016.

 

Leo Johnson, Chief Financial Officer

and Secretary

 

-29-

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

AIR Airgain, Inc.
COMMON STOCK
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS PAR VALUE $0.0001 PER SHARE CUSIP 00938A 10 4 SPECIMEN OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS
THIS CERTIFIES THAT
BY
IS THE RECORD HOLDER OF
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.0001 PER SHARE, OF AMERICAN
Airgain, Inc. COUNTERSIGNED
STOCK
transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized Attorney, upon surrender of this AND Certificate, properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly (Brooklyn, TRANSFER authorized officers. &
TRANSFER REGISTERED:
Dated: NY) TRUST
AGENT AUTHORIZED AND    COMPANY, LLC
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND SECRETARY PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER SIGNATURE REGISTRAR


The Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock. The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests shall be made to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM    – as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT–   ..................................Custodian..................................
TEN ENT    – as tenants by the entireties     

        (Cust)                                                                      (Minor)        

JT TEN   

– as joint tenants with right

   of survivorship and not as

   tenants in common

    

 

under Uniform Gifts to Minors

 

Act..............................

                        (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received,                                                                                                        hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

  
         
         
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE
    
    

 

   

Shares

of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 
   

Attorney

to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated                                                              

 

  X                                                                          
  X                                                                          
NOTICE:  

THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:

 

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

Exhibit 4.4

Form of Representative’s Warrant

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

THIS WARRANT IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED, OR BE THE SUBJECT OF ANY HEDGING, SHORT SALE, DERIVATIVE, PUT, OR CALL TRANSACTION THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE EFFECTIVE ECONOMIC DISPOSITION OF THIS WARRANT OR THE SHARES ACQUIRABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF, OTHER THAN IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 5110(G) OF THE FINANCIAL INDUSTRY REGULATORY AUTHORITY, INC. AND SECTION 7 HEREOF.

WARRANT

To Subscribe for and Purchase

Shares of Common Stock of

AIRGAIN, INC.

Date: [    ], 2016

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, Northland Securities, Inc., or its registered assigns, (herein referred to as the “ Purchaser ” or “ holder ”), is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from Airgain, Inc., a California corporation (together with its successor entity following its reincorporation in the State of Delaware, herein called the “ Company ”),             (        ) [3.0% of the number of Shares sold in the Offering] shares (the “ Shares ”) of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company (subject to adjustment as noted below) at the exercise price of $[    ] [150% of the public Offering price of the Shares sold in the Offering] per Share (the “ Warrant Purchase Price ”) (subject to adjustment as noted below). This Warrant may only be exercised during the Exercise Period specified herein. This Warrant has been issued pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, dated [    ], 2016, between the Company and the several underwriters listed in Schedule I thereto, in connection with a public offering (the “ Offering ”) of [    ] shares of Common Stock.

This Warrant is subject to the following provisions, terms and conditions:

1. The Warrant exercise period (the “Exercise Period”) for this Warrant shall begin on the date that is six (6) months after the effective date of the Offering and shall end on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the effective date of the Offering. As used herein, the “effective date of the Offering” means [    ], 2016.

 

1


2. The rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, by the holder hereof as follows:

(a) The holder hereof shall deliver to the Company written notice of exercise of this Warrant and in connection therewith shall surrender this Warrant (properly endorsed if required) at the principal office of the Company and pay the Warrant Purchase Price for such Shares as provided for herein.

(b) The holder hereof shall pay the Warrant Purchase Price (i) in immediately available funds or (ii) by “cashless exercise”, in which event the Company shall issue to the holder hereof a number of Shares determined as follows:

 

  X = Y * [(A-B)/A]

where:

 

  X = the number of Shares to be issued to the holder.

 

  Y = the total number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised.

 

  A = the fair market value of one Share at the time the “cashless exercise” election is made.

 

  B = the Warrant Purchase Price then in effect for the Shares at the “cashless exercise” election is made.

For purposes of this Warrant, the fair market value of one Share as of a particular date shall be determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is traded on a U.S. national securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock on such exchange over the 10-Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day prior to the net exercise election; (ii) if clause (i) is not applicable, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) of the Common Stock on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which the Common Stock trades over the 10-Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day prior to the net exercise election; and (iii) if none of the foregoing is applicable, the value shall be the fair market value of one share of Common Stock mutually agreed upon by the holder and the Company; provided, that if the Company and the holder are unable to agree upon the fair market value of a Share, then the board of directors of the Company shall use its good faith judgment to determine the fair market value, and such determination shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error.

For purposes of this Warrant, “ Trading Day ” means any day on which the Common Stock is traded on a U.S. stock exchange or, if inapplicable, the principal securities exchange or securities market on which the Common Stock is then traded.

 

2


(c) Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall promptly (but in no event later than three Trading Days after the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms) issue or cause to be issued and cause to be delivered to or upon the written order of the holder and in such name or names as the holder may designate (provided that, if the holder directs the Company to deliver a certificate for the Shares in a name other than that of the holder or an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)) of the holder, it shall deliver to the Company on the date of exercise an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that the issuance of such Shares in such other name may be made pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and all applicable state securities or blue sky laws), a certificate for the Shares issuable upon such exercise or credit for such Shares through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to the account designated by the holder (with any restrictive legends required by applicable securities laws). The form of delivery of the Shares acquired upon exercise will be at the election of the holder, subject to the other terms of this Warrant. The holder, or any person permissibly so designated by the holder to receive the Shares acquired upon exercise hereof, shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such Shares as of the date notice of exercise of payment of the applicable Warrant Purchase Price is made in accordance with the terms hereof.

(d) If by the fifth Trading Day after the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with this Section 2 the Company fails to deliver the required number of Shares in the manner required pursuant to Section 2(c), then, in addition to any other remedy the holder may have at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance or injunctive relief), the holder hereof will have the right to rescind such exercise.

(e) In the event that this Warrant has not been exercised prior to the end of the Exercise Period and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with the provisions hereof exceeds the Warrant Purchase Price on the last day of the Exercise Period, on such date this Warrant will be automatically exercised pursuant to the cashless exercise provisions set forth in Section 2(b); provided, that the holder hereof, upon the request of the Company, must surrender to the Company of this Warrant within 30 days of a request for delivery of thereof by the Company. If the holder hereof does not surrender this Warrant within such time period, this Warrant will be deemed to not have been exercised under this Section 2(e) and will terminate and no longer be exercisable.

3. The Company represents and warrants that this Warrant has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, has been duly executed and delivered and is a legal and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with the terms of this Warrant, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity. The Company covenants and agrees that all Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant according to the terms hereof have been duly authorized and will, upon issuance and payment therefor, be validly issued and fully paid. The Company further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of issue upon exercise of the subscription rights evidenced by this

 

3


Warrant, a sufficient number of its shares of Common Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, free from preemptive rights or other actual contingent purchase rights other than those held by a holder of this Warrant (as a result of holding this Warrant).

4. The Company will pay any documentary stamp taxes attributable to the issuance of Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the registration of any certificates for Warrants, or Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant, in a name other than that of the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall be responsible for all other tax liability that may arise as a result of holding or transferring this Warrant or receiving Shares upon exercise hereof.

5. The above provisions are, however, subject to the following:

(a) The Warrant Purchase Price shall, from and after the date of issuance of this Warrant, be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter provided. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Purchase Price, the holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Warrant Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of Shares obtained by multiplying the Warrant Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of Shares purchasable pursuant hereto immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the Warrant Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment.

(b) In case the Company shall at any time subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Warrant Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

(c) If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock or securities with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, then, as a condition of such reorganization, reclassification or consolidation, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby the holder hereof shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in this Warrant and in lieu of the Shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby, such shares of stock or securities as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of Shares equal to the number of Shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby had such reorganization, reclassification or consolidation not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the holder of this Warrant to the end that the provisions hereof (including without limitation provisions for adjustments of the warrant purchase price and of the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock or securities thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof.

 

4


(d) Upon any adjustment of the Warrant Purchase Price or any adjustment of any material terms hereof, then and in each such case an officer of the Company shall, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of any event that requires an adjustment or readjustment, give signed written notice thereof, by first–class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the registered holder of this Warrant at the address of such holder as shown on the books of the Company, which notice shall state the Warrant Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment, any material change in the terms of the Warrant, and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of Shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

 

(e) In case any time:

(i) there shall be any capital reorganization, or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company; or

(ii) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give written notice, by first–class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the registered holder of this Warrant at the address of such holder as shown on the books of the Company, of the date on which (A) the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such distribution or subscription rights, or (B) such reorganization, reclassification or consolidation, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or conversion or redemption shall take place, as the case may be. Such notice shall also specify the date as of which the holders of capital stock of record shall participate in such distribution or subscription rights, or shall be entitled to exchange their capital stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or conversion or redemption, as the case may be. Such written notice shall be given at least 20 days prior to the action in question and not less than 20 days prior to the record date or the date on which the Company’s transfer books are closed in respect thereto.

(f) If upon the closing of any Acquisition (as defined below) the successor entity does not assume the obligations of this Warrant and holder has not otherwise exercised this Warrant in full, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be cashless exercised pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(ii) above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of the Acquisition (with the fair market value of one Share determined based on the value of such Share ascribed in the definitive agreement for the Acquisition) and thereafter holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company. If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity assumes the obligations of this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Purchase Price shall be adjusted accordingly. The Company shall provide holder with not less than 10 days’ prior written notice

 

5


of any Acquisition. For the purposes of this Warrant “Acquisition” means a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

(g) If any event occurs as to which in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company the other provisions of this Section 5 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the purchase rights of the holder of this Warrant or of the Common Stock in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board of Directors shall make an adjustment in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid.

6. This Warrant shall not entitle the holder hereof to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company.

7. This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the holder hereof at the principal office of the Company, for new Warrants of like tenor representing in the aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder, each of such new Warrants to represent the right to subscribe for and purchase such number of shares as shall be designated by said holder hereof at the time of such surrender. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and the other terms of this Warrant, this Warrant may be assigned or transferred by the holder and this Warrant shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective transferees, successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to Rule 5110(g) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”), this Warrant shall not be sold during the Offering, or sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this Warrant or the Shares acquirable upon exercise hereof, by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Offering, except as provided in paragraph (g)(2) of Rule 5110(g) of the FINRA.

8. Each certificate for the securities purchased under this Warrant shall bear a legend as follows unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”):

 

6


“The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or applicable state law. Neither the securities nor any interest therein may be offered for sale, sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state law which, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, is available.”

The securities evidenced by this Warrant shall not be transferred unless and until: (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel for the Holder that the securities may be transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state securities laws, the availability of which is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the counsel of the Company, or (ii) a registration statement relating to the offer and sale of such securities has been filed by the Company and declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and compliance with applicable state securities law has been established.

9. The Company will not be required upon the exercise of this Warrant to issue fractions of Shares, but may, at its option, either (a) purchase such fraction for an amount in cash equal to the current value of such fraction computed on the basis of the closing market price of the Common Stock as quoted on the principal exchange or trading facility on which the Common Stock is traded on the Trading Day immediately preceding the day upon which this Warrant was surrendered for exercise in accordance with Section 2 hereof, or (b) issue the required Share. By accepting this Warrant, the holder hereof expressly waives any right to receive any fractional share upon exercise of a Warrant, except as expressly provided in this Section 9.

10. If this Warrant is exercised for less than all of the then-current number of Shares purchasable hereunder, then the Company shall, concurrently with the issue of the Shares purchased by the holder hereof upon such exercise in accordance with Section 2, issue a new warrant exercisable for the remaining number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant.

11. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and security reasonably satisfactory to it, the Company shall execute and deliver a new warrant of like tenor as the Warrant so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

12. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company and the holder agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor.

13. All modifications or amendments of this Warrant shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

 

7


14. This Warrant (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Warrant) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

15. This Warrant shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Warrant or any provisions herein contained.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Airgain, Inc. has caused this Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer and this Warrant to be dated as of the date set forth above.

 

AIRGAIN, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Acknowledged and agreed:
NORTHLAND SECURITIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Representative’s Warrant]


SUBSCRIPTION FORM

To be Executed by the Holder of this Warrant if such Holder

Desires to Exercise this Warrant in Whole or in Part

To: Airgain, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

The undersigned                                                                                                       

Please insert Social Security or other

identifying number of Subscriber:

 

 

hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right of purchase represented by this Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder,                      shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) provided for therein.

Payment of the Warrant Purchase Price for the Shares shall take the form of [Check the applicable box below]:

 

  ¨ Immediately available U.S. funds; or

 

  ¨ the cancellation of such number of Shares as is necessary to satisfy the Warrant Purchase Price with respect to the exercise of the number of Shares set forth above in accordance with the formula set forth in Section 2(b) of the Warrant.

The undersigned requests that such Shares be registered in the name of the undersigned or in such other name specified below:

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

The Shares shall be delivered as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

and, if such number of Shares does not constitute all shares purchasable under the Warrant, that a new Warrant for the balance remaining of such shares be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the undersigned at the address stated above.

Unless the undersigned has selected the “cashless exercise” option provided for in Section 2(b) of the Warrant, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned is acquiring the Shares for its own account for investment purposes only, and not for resale or with a view to distribution of such shares or any part thereof.

 

10


Dated:                      
Name of Holder:                                                                   
Signature                                                                                  
Title                                                                                           

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

12670 High Bluff Drive

San Diego, California 92130

Tel: +1.858.523.5400 Fax: +1.858.523.5450

www.lw.com

LOGO   FIRM /AFFILIATE OFFICES   
  Barcelona    Moscow   
  Beijing    Munich   
  Boston    New Jersey   
  Brussels    New York   
  Century City    Orange County   
  Chicago    Paris   
  Dubai    Riyadh   
  Düsseldorf    Rome   
July 29, 2016   Frankfurt    San Diego   
  Hamburg    San Francisco   
  Hong Kong    Shanghai   
  Houston    Silicon Valley   
  London    Singapore   
Airgain, Inc.   Los Angeles    Tokyo   
3611 Valley Centre Drive, Suite 150   Madrid    Washington, D.C.   
San Diego, CA 92130   Milan      

 

  Re: Registration Statement No. 333-212542; 1,725,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Airgain, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the proposed issuance of up to 1,725,000 shares (including up to 225,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option) of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Shares”). The Shares are included in a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on July 15, 2016 (File No. 333-212542) (as amended, the “Registration Statement”). The term “Shares” shall include any additional shares of common stock registered by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related Prospectus, other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Shares.

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof, when the Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers, and have been issued by the Company against payment therefor in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. In rendering the foregoing opinion, we have assumed that the Company will comply with all applicable notice requirements regarding uncertificated shares provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


July 29, 2016

Page 2

 

LOGO

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) with respect to the Shares. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

 

Exhibit 10.4

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of         , 20    by and between Airgain, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                     (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws of the Company (the “Bylaws”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;


WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as [a director/an officer] of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as [a director/an officer] of the Company.

2. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

1. Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) (other than any Beneficial Owner as of the date of this Agreement) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;


2. Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(a)(i), 2(a)(iii) or 2(a)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a least a majority of the members of the Board;

3. Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

4. Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

5. Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 2(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

a. “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

b. “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.


c. “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership or joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(d) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(e) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(f) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, Liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.


(g) “Liabilities” means all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, judgments (including pre- and post-judgment interest), orders, fines, penalties and other amounts payable in connection with, arising out of, or in respect of or relating to any Proceeding, including, without limitation, amounts paid in settlement in any Proceeding and all costs and Expenses in complying with any judgment, order or decree issued or entered in connection with any Proceeding or any settlement agreement, stipulation or consent decree entered into or issued in settlement of any Proceeding.

(h) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any action on his part while acting as director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; except one initiated by a Indemnitee to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

(i) Reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.


4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, the Company also shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred in connection with a claim, issue or matter related to any claim, issue, or matter on which the Indemnitee was successful. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

6. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

7. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

(b) For purposes of Section 7(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by law” shall include, but not be limited to:


(1) to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and

2. to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

8. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

9. Advances of Expenses. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance the expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 9 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 8.

10. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine


whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, not later than thirty (30) days after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding. The omission to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

11. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 11(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may


be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding; provided that, in absence of any such determination with respect to such Proceeding, the Company shall pay all Liabilities and advance Expenses with respect to such Proceeding as if the Company had determined the Indemnitee to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of Expenses with respect to such Proceeding.

12. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 11 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not


materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 12(b) shall not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board of Directors has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement.

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(d) Reliance as Safe Harbor . For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with the reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 12(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) Actions of Others . The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

13. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement within 45 days after receipt by the Company of the request for


indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 11(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 7 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 13(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.


14. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(e) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.


15. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) 10 years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as [a director/an officer] of the Company or (b) 1 year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors and administrators.

16. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

17. Enforcement.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

19. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.


20. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to

Airgain, Inc.

3611 Valley Centre Drive, Suite 150

San Diego, CA 92130

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

21. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably RL&F Service Corp., One Rodney Square, 10th Floor, 10th and King Streets, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.


23. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

24. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

AIRGAIN, INC.       INDEMNITEE
By:  

 

     

 

Name:         Name:
Title:         Address:

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT]

Exhibit 10.10

 

 

AIRGAIN, INC.

 

2016 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

 

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSE

The Plan’s purpose is to enhance the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing these individuals with equity ownership opportunities. Capitalized terms used in the Plan are defined in Article XI.

ARTICLE II.

ELIGIBILITY

Service Providers are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan, subject to the limitations described herein.

ARTICLE III.

ADMINISTRATION AND DELEGATION

3.1         Administration .  The Plan is administered by the Administrator. The Administrator has authority to determine which Service Providers receive Awards, grant Awards and set Award terms and conditions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the Plan. The Administrator also has the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the Plan, to interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal Plan administrative rules, guidelines and practices as it deems advisable. The Administrator may correct defects and ambiguities, supply omissions and reconcile inconsistencies in the Plan or any Award as it deems necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and any Awards. The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan are in its sole discretion and will be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or any Award.

3.2         Appointment of Committees .   To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more Committees or officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Board may abolish any Committee or re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority at any time.

ARTICLE IV.

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS

4.1         Number of Shares .   Subject to adjustment under Article VIII and the terms of this Article IV, Awards may be made under the Plan covering up to the Overall Share Limit. As of the Plan’s effective date under Section 10.3, the Company will cease granting awards under the Prior Plan; however, Prior Plan Awards will remain subject to the terms of the applicable Prior Plan. Shares issued under the Plan may consist of authorized but unissued Shares, Shares purchased on the open market or treasury Shares.

4.2         Share Recycling .  If all or any part of an Award or Prior Plan Award expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, in any case, in a manner that results in the Company acquiring Shares covered by the Award or Prior Plan Award at a price not greater than the price (as adjusted to reflect any Equity Restructuring)


paid by the Participant for such Shares or not issuing any Shares covered by the Award or Prior Plan Award, the unused Shares covered by the Award or Prior Plan Award will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. Further, Shares delivered (either by actual delivery or attestation) to the Company by a Participant to satisfy the applicable exercise or purchase price of an Award or Prior Plan Award and/or to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligation (including Shares retained by the Company from the Award or Prior Plan Award being exercised or purchased and/or creating the tax obligation) will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards or Prior Plan Awards shall not count against the Overall Share Limit.

4.3         Incentive Stock Option Limitations .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no more than 7,500,000 Shares may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

4.4         Substitute Awards .    In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or the Company’s acquisition of an entity’s property or stock, the Administrator may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted before such merger or consolidation by such entity or its affiliate. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute Awards will not count against the Overall Share Limit (nor shall Shares subject to a Substitute Award be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute Incentive Stock Options will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan (and Shares subject to such Awards shall not be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above); provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Employees or Directors prior to such acquisition or combination.

4.5         Non-Employee Director Compensation . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may establish compensation for non-employee Directors from time to time, subject to the limitations in the Plan. The Administrator will from time to time determine the terms, conditions and amounts of all such non-employee Director compensation in its discretion and pursuant to the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that the sum of any cash compensation, or other compensation, and the value (determined as of the grant date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of Awards granted to a non-employee Director as compensation for services as a non-employee Director during any fiscal year of the Company may not exceed $500,000 increased to $750,000 in the fiscal year of a non-employee Director’s initial service as a non-employee Director. The Administrator may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee Directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the Administrator may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee Director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous compensation decisions involving non-employee Directors.

 

2


ARTICLE V.

STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

5.1         General .  The Administrator may grant Options or Stock Appreciation Rights to Service Providers subject to the limitations in the Plan, including any limitations in the Plan that apply to Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator will determine the number of Shares covered by each Option and Stock Appreciation Right, the exercise price of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right. A Stock Appreciation Right will entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right) to receive from the Company upon exercise of the exercisable portion of the Stock Appreciation Right an amount determined by multiplying the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price per Share of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, subject to any limitations of the Plan or that the Administrator may impose and payable in cash, Shares valued at Fair Market Value or a combination of the two as the Administrator may determine or provide in the Award Agreement.

5.2         Exercise Price .  The Administrator will establish each Option’s and Stock Appreciation Right’s exercise price and specify the exercise price in the Award Agreement. The exercise price will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the grant date of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

5.3         Duration of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights .  Each Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable at such times and as specified in the Award Agreement, provided that the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right will not exceed ten years. Notwithstanding the foregoing and unless determined otherwise by the Company, in the event that on the last business day of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right (other than an Incentive Stock Option) (i) the exercise of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right is prohibited by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, or (ii) Shares may not be purchased or sold by the applicable Participant due to any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) or a “lock-up” agreement undertaken in connection with an issuance of securities by the Company, the term of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be extended until the date that is thirty (30) days after the end of the legal prohibition, black-out period or lock-up agreement, as determined by the Company; provided, however, in no event shall the extension last beyond the ten year term of the applicable Option or Stock Appreciation Right. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the end of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, violates the non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or other similar restrictive covenant provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Stock Appreciation Right issued to the Participant shall terminate immediately upon such violation, unless the Company otherwise determines. In addition, if, prior to the end of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant is given notice by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of the Participant’s Termination of Service by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Cause, and the effective date of such Termination of Service is subsequent to the date of the delivery of such notice, the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Stock Appreciation Right issued to the Participant shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s service as a Service Provider will not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of the Participant’s Termination of Service by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Cause (in which case the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Stock Appreciation Right issued to the Participant will terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of Service).

 

3


5.4         Exercise .  Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised by delivering to the Company a written notice of exercise, in a form the Administrator approves (which may be electronic), signed by the person authorized to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, together with, as applicable, payment in full (i) as specified in Section 5.5 for the number of Shares for which the Award is exercised and (ii) as specified in Section 9.5 for any applicable taxes. Unless the Administrator otherwise determines, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

5.5         Payment Upon Exercise .   Subject to Section 10.8, any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) and Applicable Laws, the exercise price of an Option must be paid by:

 (a)        cash, wire transfer of immediately available funds or by check payable to the order of the Company; provided, that, the Company may limit the use of one of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted;

 (b)        if there is a public market for Shares at the time of exercise, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or (B) the Participant’s delivery to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator;

 (c)        to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of Shares owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value;

 (d)        to the extent permitted by the Administrator, surrendering Shares then issuable upon the Option’s exercise valued at their Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

 (e)        to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery of a promissory note or any other property that the Administrator determines is good and valuable consideration; or

 (f)        to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the above payment forms approved by the Administrator.

ARTICLE VI.

RESTRICTED STOCK; RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

6.1         General .    The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock, or the right to purchase Restricted Stock, to any Service Provider, subject to the Company’s right to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price from the Participant (or to require forfeiture of such shares) if conditions the Administrator specifies in the Award Agreement are not satisfied before the end of the applicable restriction period or periods that the Administrator establishes for such Award. In addition, the Administrator may grant to Service Providers Restricted Stock Units, which may be subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period or periods, as set forth in an Award Agreement. The Administrator will determine and set forth in the Award Agreement the terms and conditions for each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the Plan.

6.2         Restricted Stock .

 

4


 (a)         Dividends .  Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise in the Award Agreement. In addition, unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if any dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, or consist of a dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock of property other than an ordinary cash dividend, the Shares or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 (b)         Stock Certificates .   The Company may require that the Participant deposit in escrow with the Company (or its designee) any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, together with a stock power endorsed in blank.

6.3         Restricted Stock Units.

 (a)         Settlement .   The Administrator may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units will occur upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Restricted Stock Units vest or will instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the Participant’s election, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A.

 (b)         Stockholder Rights .  A Participant will have no rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to any Restricted Stock Unit unless and until the Shares are delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit.

 (c)         Dividend Equivalents .  If the Administrator provides, a grant of Restricted Stock Units may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, settled in cash or Shares and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are granted and subject to other terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement.

ARTICLE VII.

OTHER STOCK OR CASH BASED AWARDS

Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be granted to Participants, including Awards entitling Participants to receive Shares to be delivered in the future and including annual or other periodic or long-term cash bonus awards (whether based on specified Performance Criteria or otherwise), in each case subject to any conditions and limitations in the Plan. Such Other Stock or Cash Based Awards will also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other Awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be paid in Shares, cash or other property, as the Administrator determines. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock or Cash Based Award, including any purchase price, performance goal (which may be based on the Performance Criteria), transfer restrictions, and vesting conditions, which will be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII.

ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK

AND CERTAIN OTHER EVENTS

8.1         Equity Restructuring .    In connection with any Equity Restructuring, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VIII, the Administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding

 

5


Award as it deems appropriate to reflect the Equity Restructuring, which may include adjusting the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or the Award’s exercise price or grant price (if applicable), granting new Awards to Participants, and making a cash payment to Participants. The adjustments provided under this Section 8.1 will be nondiscretionary and final and binding on the affected Participant and the Company; provided that the Administrator will determine whether an adjustment is equitable.

8.2         Corporate Transactions .  In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, amalgamation, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, Change in Control, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, other similar corporate transaction or event, other unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company or its financial statements or any change in any Applicable Laws or accounting principles, the Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event (except that action to give effect to a change in Applicable Law or accounting principles may be made within a reasonable period of time after such change) and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award granted or issued under the Plan, (y) to facilitate such transaction or event or (z) give effect to such changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles:

 (a)        To provide for the cancellation of any such Award in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights under the vested portion of such Award, as applicable; provided that, if the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, in any case, is equal to or less than zero, then the Award may be terminated without payment;

 (b)        To provide that such Award shall vest and, to the extent applicable, be exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Award;

 (c)        To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and/or applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;

 (d)        To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards and/or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Article IV hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued) and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards;

 (e)        To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or

 

6


 (f)        To provide that the Award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable event.

8.3         Effect of Non-Assumption in a Change in Control .   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.2 above, if a Change in Control occurs and a Participant’s Awards are not continued, converted, assumed, or replaced with a substantially similar award by (a) the Company, or (b) a successor entity or its parent or subsidiary (an “ Assumption ”), and provided that the Participant has not had a Termination of Service, then the Administrator shall provide that, immediately prior to the Change in Control, such Awards shall become fully vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, and all forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions on such Awards shall lapse, in which case, such Awards shall be canceled upon the consummation of the Change in Control in exchange for the right to receive the Change in Control consideration payable to other holders of Common Stock (i) which may be on such terms and conditions as apply generally to holders of Common Stock under the Change in Control documents (including, without limitation, any escrow, earn-out or other deferred consideration provisions) or such other terms and conditions as the Administrator may provide, and (ii) determined by reference to the number of shares subject to such Awards and net of any applicable exercise price; provided that to the extent that any Awards constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” that may not be paid upon the Change in Control under Section 409A without the imposition of taxes thereon under Section 409A, the timing of such payments shall be governed by the applicable Award Agreement (subject to any deferred consideration provisions applicable under the Change in Control documents); and provided, further, that if the amount to which a Participant would be entitled upon the settlement or exercise of such Award at the time of the Change in Control is equal to or less than zero, then such Award may be terminated without payment. The Administrator shall determine whether an Assumption of an Award has occurred in connection with a Change in Control.

8.4         Administrative Stand Still .    In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other extraordinary transaction or change affecting the Shares or the share price of Common Stock, including any Equity Restructuring or any securities offering or other similar transaction, for administrative convenience, the Administrator may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award for up to sixty days before or after such transaction.

8.5         General .  Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no Participant will have any rights due to any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, dividend payment, increase or decrease in the number of Shares of any class or dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or other corporation. Except as expressly provided with respect to an Equity Restructuring under Section 8.1 above or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of Shares of any class, or securities convertible into Shares of any class, will affect, and no adjustment will be made regarding, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the Award’s grant or exercise price. The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder will not affect or restrict in any way the Company’s right or power to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger, consolidation dissolution or liquidation of the Company or sale of Company assets or (iii) any sale or issuance of securities, including securities with rights superior to those of the Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares. The Administrator may treat Participants and Awards (or portions thereof) differently under this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX.

GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

 

7


9.1         Transferability .    Except as the Administrator may determine or provide in an Award Agreement or otherwise for Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, Awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the Administrator’s consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, will be exercisable only by the Participant. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, will include references to a Participant’s authorized transferee that the Administrator specifically approves.

9.2         Documentation .  Each Award will be evidenced in an Award Agreement, which may be written or electronic, as the Administrator determines. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

9.3         Discretion .  Except as the Plan otherwise provides, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award to a Participant need not be identical, and the Administrator need not treat Participants or Awards (or portions thereof) uniformly.

9.4         Termination of Status .    The Administrator will determine how the disability, death, retirement, authorized leave of absence or any other change or purported change in a Participant’s Service Provider status affects an Award and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award, if applicable.

9.5         Withholding .  Each Participant must pay the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with such Participant’s Awards by the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company may deduct an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations based on the minimum statutory withholding rates (or such other rate as may be determined by the Company after considering any accounting consequences or costs) from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant. Subject to Section 10.8 and any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods), Participants may satisfy such tax obligations (i) in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, by check made payable to the order of the Company; provided, that, the Company may limit the use of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted, (ii) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, in whole or in part by delivery of Shares, including Shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value, (iii) if there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligations are satisfied, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to satisfy the tax obligations, or (B) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator, or (iv) to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the foregoing payment forms approved by the Administrator. If any tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence by the Company’s retention of Shares from the Award creating the tax obligation and there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligation is satisfied, the Company may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on the applicable Participant’s behalf some or all of the Shares retained and to remit the proceeds of the sale to the Company or its designee, and each Participant’s acceptance of an Award under the Plan will constitute the Participant’s authorization to the Company and instruction and authorization to such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described in this sentence.

 

8


9.6         Amendment of Award; Repricing .  The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including by substituting another Award of the same or a different type, changing the exercise or settlement date, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action will be required unless (i) the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Award, or (ii) the change is permitted under Article VIII or pursuant to Section 10.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, reduce the exercise price per share of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or cancel outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, other Awards or Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise price per share that is less than the exercise price per share of the original Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

9.7         Conditions on Delivery of Shares .   The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Shares under the Plan or remove restrictions from Shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all Award conditions have been met or removed to the Company’s satisfaction, (ii) as determined by the Company, all other legal matters regarding the issuance and delivery of such Shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy any Applicable Laws. The Company’s inability to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which the Administrator determines is necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any securities, will relieve the Company of any liability for failing to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority has not been obtained.

9.8         Acceleration .  The Administrator may at any time provide that any Award will become immediately vested and fully or partially exercisable, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise fully or partially realizable.

9.9         Additional Terms of Incentive Stock Options .   The Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options only to employees of the Company, any of its present or future parent or subsidiary corporations, as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. If an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, the exercise price will not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the Option’s grant date, and the term of the Option will not exceed five years. All Incentive Stock Options will be subject to and construed consistently with Section 422 of the Code. By accepting an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant agrees to give prompt notice to the Company of dispositions or other transfers (other than in connection with a Change in Control) of Shares acquired under the Option made within (i) two years from the grant date of the Option or (ii) one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant, specifying the date of the disposition or other transfer and the amount the Participant realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, in such disposition or other transfer. Neither the Company nor the Administrator will be liable to a Participant, or any other party, if an Incentive Stock Option fails or ceases to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Stock Option or portion thereof that fails to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code for any reason, including becoming exercisable with respect to Shares having a fair market value exceeding the $100,000 limitation under Treasury Regulation Section 1.422-4, will be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

ARTICLE X.

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1       No Right to Employment or Other Status .   No person will have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award will not be construed as giving a Participant the right to

 

9


continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan or any Award, except as expressly provided in an Award Agreement.

10.2       No Rights as Stockholder; Certificates .  Subject to the Award Agreement, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary will have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under an Award until becoming the record holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless the Administrator otherwise determines or Applicable Laws require, the Company will not be required to deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares may be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator). The Company may place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan that the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws.

10.3       Effective Date and Term of Plan .   Unless earlier terminated by the Board, the Plan will become effective on the day prior to the Public Trading Date and will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Board adopted the Plan or (ii) the date the Company’s stockholders approved the Plan, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date in accordance with the Plan. If the Plan is not approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Plan will not become effective, no Awards will be granted under the Plan and the Prior Plan will continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 (a)         Stockholder Approval .    The Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan. Awards may be granted or awarded prior to such stockholder approval; provided that no Award shall become exercisable, vested or realizable, as applicable to such Award, unless the Plan has been approved by the Company’s stockholders within twelve months before or after the date the Plan was adopted by the Board; and provided, further, that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said twelve-month period, all Awards previously granted or awarded under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void.

10.4       Amendment of Plan .   The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided that no amendment, other than an increase to the Overall Share Limit, may materially and adversely affect any Award outstanding at the time of such amendment without the affected Participant’s consent. No Awards may be granted under the Plan during any suspension period or after the Plan’s termination. Awards outstanding at the time of any Plan suspension or termination will continue to be governed by the Plan and the Award Agreement, as in effect before such suspension or termination. The Board will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

10.5       Provisions for Foreign Participants .  The Administrator may modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.

10.6       Section   409A .

 (a)         General .  The Company intends that all Awards be structured to comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A, such that no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A apply. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, without a Participant’s consent, amend this Plan or Awards, adopt policies and

 

10


procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and retroactive actions) as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of Awards, including any such actions intended to (A) exempt this Plan or any Award from Section 409A, or (B) comply with Section 409A, including regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after an Award’s grant date. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to an Award’s tax treatment under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company will have no obligation under this Section 10.6 or otherwise to avoid the taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award and will have no liability to any Participant or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute noncompliant “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A.

 (b)         Separation from Service .    If an Award constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any payment or settlement of such Award upon a termination of a Participant’s Service Provider relationship will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A, be made only upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A), whether such “separation from service” occurs upon or after the termination of the Participant’s Service Provider relationship. For purposes of this Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms means a “separation from service.”

 (c)         Payments to Specified Employees .   Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” required to be made under an Award to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A and as the Administrator determines) due to his or her “separation from service” will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, be delayed for the six-month period immediately following such “separation from service” (or, if earlier, until the specified employee’s death) and will instead be paid (as set forth in the Award Agreement) on the day immediately following such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter (without interest). Any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under such Award payable more than six months following the Participant’s “separation from service” will be paid at the time or times the payments are otherwise scheduled to be made.

10.7       Limitations on Liability .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan or any Award, and such individual will not be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument executed in his or her capacity as an Administrator, director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee and agent of the Company or any Subsidiary that has been or will be granted or delegated any duty or power relating to the Plan’s administration or interpretation, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Administrator’s approval) arising from any act or omission concerning this Plan unless arising from such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

10.8       Lock-Up Period .  The Company may, at the request of any underwriter representative or otherwise, in connection with registering the offering of any Company securities under the Securities Act, prohibit Participants from, directly or indirectly, selling or otherwise transferring any Shares or other Company securities during a period of up to one hundred eighty days following the effective date of a Company registration statement filed under the Securities Act, or such longer period as determined by the underwriter.

 

11


10.9       Data Privacy .  As a condition for receiving any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this section by and among the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates exclusively for implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including the Participant’s name, address and telephone number; birthdate; social security, insurance number or other identification number; salary; nationality; job title(s); any Shares held in the Company or its Subsidiaries and affiliates; and Award details, to implement, manage and administer the Plan and Awards (the “ Data ”). The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary to implement, administer and manage a Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data to third parties assisting the Company with Plan implementation, administration and management. These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any required Data transfer to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data that the Company holds regarding such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data regarding such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data regarding the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents in this Section 10.9 in writing, without cost, by contacting the local human resources representative. The Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents in this Section 10.9. For more information on the consequences of refusing or withdrawing consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

10.10     Severability .   If any portion of the Plan or any action taken under it is held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had been excluded, and the illegal or invalid action will be null and void.

10.11     Governing Documents .   If any contradiction occurs between the Plan and any Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company (or any Subsidiary) that the Administrator has approved, the Plan will govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that a specific provision of the Plan will not apply.

10.12     Governing Law .    The Plan and all Awards will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any state’s choice-of-law principles requiring the application of a jurisdiction’s laws other than the State of Delaware.

10.13     Claw-back Provisions .  All Awards (including, without limitation, any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by Participant upon any receipt or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying the Award) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with Applicable Laws (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) as to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy or the Award Agreement.

 

12


10.14     Titles and Headings .  The titles and headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, if any conflict, the Plan’s text, rather than such titles or headings, will control.

10.15     Conformity to Securities Laws .   Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and all Awards will be administered only in conformance with Applicable Laws. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Plan and all Award Agreements will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

10.16     Relationship to Other Benefits .  No payment under the Plan will be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except as expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

10.17     Broker-Assisted Sales .  In the event of a broker-assisted sale of Shares in connection with the payment of amounts owed by a Participant under or with respect to the Plan or Awards, including amounts to be paid under the final sentence of Section 9.5: (a) any Shares to be sold through the broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the payment first becomes due, or as soon thereafter as practicable; (b) such Shares may be sold as part of a block trade with other Participants in the Plan in which all participants receive an average price; (c) the applicable Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and by accepting an Award, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (d) to the extent the Company or its designee receives proceeds of such sale that exceed the amount owed, the Company will pay such excess in cash to the applicable Participant as soon as reasonably practicable; (e) the Company and its designees are under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price; and (f) in the event the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the Participant’s applicable obligation, the Participant may be required to pay immediately upon demand to the Company or its designee an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the Participant’s obligation.

ARTICLE XI.

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases will have the following meanings:

11.1      “ Administrator ” means the Board or a Committee to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee.

11.2      “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where Awards are granted.

11.3      “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock or Cash Based Awards.

11.4      “ Award Agreement ” means a written agreement evidencing an Award, which may be electronic, that contains such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines, consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

11.5      “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

13


11.6      “ Cause ” shall mean (i) the Administrator’s determination that the Participant failed to substantially perform the Participant’s duties (other than any such failure resulting from the Participant’s Disability); (ii) the Administrator’s determination that the Participant failed to carry out, or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board or the Participant’s immediate supervisor; (iii) the Participant’s conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere, or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony, indictable offense or crime involving moral turpitude; (iv) the Participant’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the premises of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or while performing the Participant’s duties and responsibilities; or (v) the Participant’s commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against the Company of any of its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant is a party to a written employment or consulting agreement with the Company (or its Subsidiary) in which the term “cause” is defined, then “Cause” shall be as such term is defined in the applicable written employment or consulting agreement.

11.7      “ Change in Control ” means and includes each of the following:

 (a)         A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a transaction or series of transactions that meets the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (c) below) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

 (b)         During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in subsections (a) or (c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

 (c)         The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

 (i)         which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 (ii)        after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided , however , that

 

14


no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or portion of any Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b) or (c) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

11.8      “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.

11.9      “ Committee ” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board, which may include one or more Company directors or executive officers, to the extent Applicable Laws permit. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3, it is intended that each member of the Committee will be, at the time the Committee takes any action with respect to an Award that is subject to Rule 16b-3, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3; however, a Committee member’s failure to qualify as a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 will not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

11.10    “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

11.11    “ Company ” means Airgain, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor.

11.12    “ Consultant ” means any person, including any adviser, engaged by the Company or its parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity if the consultant or adviser: (i) renders bona fide services to the Company; (ii) renders services not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and does not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (iii) is a natural person.

11.13    “ Designated Beneficiary ” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries the Participant designates, in a manner the Administrator determines, to receive amounts due or exercise the Participant’s rights if the Participant dies or becomes incapacitated. Without a Participant’s effective designation, “Designated Beneficiary” will mean the Participant’s estate.

11.14    “ Director ” means a Board member.

11.15    “ Disability ” means a permanent and total disability under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as amended.

 

15


11.16    “ Dividend Equivalents ” means a right granted to a Participant under the Plan to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares.

11.17    “ Employee ” means any employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

11.18    “ Equity Restructuring ” means a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other Company securities) or the share price of Common Stock (or other Company securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

11.19    “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

11.20    “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Common Stock as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) if the Common Stock is not traded on a stock exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (iii) without an established market for the Common Stock, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion.

11.21    “ Good Reason ” shall mean (i) a change in the Participant’s position with the Company (or its Subsidiary employing the Participant) that materially reduces the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (ii) a material diminution in the Participant’s level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonuses under any corporate performance-based incentive programs) or (iii) a relocation of the Participant’s place of employment by more than 50 miles, provided that such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Company (or its Subsidiary employing the Participant) without the Participant’s consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant is a party to a written employment or consulting agreement with the Company (or its Subsidiary) in which the term “good reason” is defined, then “Good Reason” shall be as such term is defined in the applicable written employment or consulting agreement

11.22    “ Greater Than 10% Stockholder ” means an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporation, as defined in Section 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively.

11.23    “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

11.24    “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means an Option not intended or not qualifying as an Incentive Stock Option.

11.25    “ Option ” means an option to purchase Shares.

11.26    “ Other Stock or Cash Based Awards ” means cash awards, awards of Shares, and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or are otherwise based on, Shares or other property.

 

16


11.27    “ Overall Share Limit ” means the sum of (i) 300,000 Shares; (ii) any Shares which as of the Effective Date remain available for issuance under the Prior Plan; (iii) any Shares which are subject to Prior Plan Awards which become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 4.2; and (iii) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning January 1, 2017 and ending on and including January 1, 2026, equal to the lesser of (A) 4% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of Shares as is determined by the Board. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event will the Overall Share Limit exceed 7,500,000 Shares.

11.28    “ Participant ” means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award.

11.29    “ Performance Criteria ” mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Administrator may select for an Award to establish performance goals for a performance period, which may include the following: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the Company’s performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the Company or a Subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies. The Committee may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the Committee determines should appropriately be excluded, including (a) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual, infrequently occurring or non-recurring charges or events, (b) asset write-downs, (c) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (d) acquisitions or divestitures, (e) reorganization or change in the corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, (f) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company, Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit or not within the reasonable control of management, (g) foreign exchange gains and losses, (h) a change in the fiscal year of the Company, (i) the refinancing or repurchase of bank loans or debt securities, (j) unbudgeted capital expenditures, (k) the issuance or repurchase of equity securities and other changes in the number of outstanding shares, (l) conversion of some or all of convertible securities to Common Stock, (m) any business interruption event (n) the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or (o) the effect of changes in other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results.

11.30    “ Plan ” means this 2016 Incentive Award Plan.

 

17


11.31    “ Prior Plan ” means the Airgain, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as such plan may be amended from time to time.

11.32    “ Prior Plan Award ” means an award outstanding under the Prior Plan as of the Plan’s effective date in Section 10.3.

11.33    “ Public Trading Date ” means the first date upon which the Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system, or, if earlier, the date on which the Company becomes a “publicly held corporation” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(c)(1).

11.34     “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares awarded to a Participant under Article VI subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

11.35    “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one Share or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Administrator to be of equal value as of such settlement date, subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

11.36    “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

11.37    “ Section   409A ” means Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder.

11.38    “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

11.39    “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Consultant or Director.

11.40    “ Shares ” means shares of Common Stock.

11.41    “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means a stock appreciation right granted under Article V.

11.42    “ Subsidiary ” means any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

11.43    “ Substitute Awards ” shall mean Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, in each case by a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines.

11.44    “ Termination of Service ” means the date the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

* * * * *

 

18

Exhibit 10.11

 

 

AIRGAIN, INC.

 

2016 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) have the meanings given to them in the 2016 Incentive Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”) of Airgain, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

The Company hereby grants to the participant listed below (“ Participant ”) the stock option described in this Grant Notice (the “ Option ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Agreement ”), both of which are incorporated into this Grant Notice by reference.

 

  Participant:  
  Grant Date:  
  Exercise Price per Share:  
  Shares Subject to the Option:  
  Final Expiration Date:  
  Vesting Commencement Date:  
  Vesting Schedule:   [To be specified in individual award agreements]
  Type of Option   ¨   Incentive Stock Option       ¨    Non-Qualified Stock Option

By Participant’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement.

 

AIRGAIN, INC.     PARTICIPANT   

 

By:

  

 

   

 

By:

  

 

  
Print Name:   

 

    Print Name:   

 

  
Title:   

 

         


Exhibit A

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the Grant Notice or, if not defined in the Grant Notice, in the Plan.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1          Grant of Option .   Pursuant to the Grant Notice to which this Agreement is attached, the Company has granted to Participant the Option effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”).

1.2          Incorporation of Terms of Plan .   The Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.

ARTICLE II.

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

2.1          Commencement of Exercisability .    The Option will vest and become exercisable according to the vesting schedule in the Grant Notice (the “ Vesting Schedule ”) except that any fraction of a Share as to which the Option would be vested or exercisable will be accumulated and will vest and become exercisable only when a whole Share has accumulated. Notwithstanding anything in the Grant Notice, the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, unless the Administrator otherwise determines, the Option will immediately expire and be forfeited as to any portion that is not vested and exercisable as of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason.

2.2          Duration of Exercisability .  The Vesting Schedule is cumulative. Any portion of the Option which vests and becomes exercisable will remain vested and exercisable until the Option expires. The Option will be forfeited immediately upon its expiration.

2.3          Expiration of Option .  Subject to Section 5.3 of the Plan, the Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after, and will expire on, the first of the following to occur:

(a)        The final expiration date in the Grant Notice;

(b)        Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, the expiration of three (3) months from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service, unless Participant’s Termination of Service is for Cause or by reason of Participant’s death or Disability;

(c)        Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, the expiration of one (1) year from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Participant’s death or Disability; and

(d)        Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, Participant’s Termination of Service for Cause.

 

A-1


ARTICLE III.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

3.1          Person Eligible to Exercise .  During Participant’s lifetime, only Participant may exercise the Option. After Participant’s death, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time the Option expires, be exercised by Participant’s Designated Beneficiary as provided in the Plan.

3.2          Partial Exercise .  Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised, in whole or in part, according to the procedures in the Plan at any time prior to the time the Option or portion thereof expires, except that the Option may only be exercised for whole Shares.

3.3          Tax Withholding .

(a)        The Company has the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat Participant’s failure to provide timely payment in accordance with the Plan of any withholding tax arising in connection with the Option as Participant’s election to satisfy all or any portion of the withholding tax by requesting the Company retain Shares otherwise issuable under the Option.

(b)        Participant acknowledges that Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Option, regardless of any action the Company or any Subsidiary takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Option. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of Shares. The Company and the Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

ARTICLE IV.

OTHER PROVISIONS

4.1          Adjustments .    Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan.

4.2          Notices .  Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company must be in writing and addressed to the Company in care of the Company’s Secretary at the Company’s principal office or the Secretary’s then-current email address or facsimile number. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to Participant must be in writing and addressed to Participant (or, if Participant is then deceased, to the person entitled to exercise the Option) at Participant’s last known mailing address, email address or facsimile number in the Company’s personnel files. By a notice given pursuant to this Section, either party may designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice will be deemed duly given when actually received, when sent by email, when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited with postage prepaid in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, when delivered by a nationally recognized express shipping company or upon receipt of a facsimile transmission confirmation.

4.3          Titles .  Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

4.4          Conformity to Securities Laws .  Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws and, to the extent Applicable Laws permit, will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

 

A-2


4.5          Successors and Assigns .    The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Plan, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

4.6          Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Option will be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, this Agreement will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

4.7          Entire Agreement .    The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including any exhibit hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

4.8          Agreement Severable .    In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the provision will be severable from, and the illegality or invalidity of the provision will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

4.9          Limitation on Participant’s Rights .  Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and may not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Option, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to the Option, as and when exercised pursuant to the terms hereof.

4.10        Not a Contract of Employment .  Nothing in the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement confers upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or interferes with or restricts in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and Participant.

4.11        Counterparts .  The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.

4.12        Incentive Stock Options .  If the Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option:

(a)        Participant acknowledges that to the extent the aggregate fair market value of shares (determined as of the time the option with respect to the shares is granted) with respect to which stock options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Code, including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by Participant during any calendar year exceeds $100,000 or if for any other reason such stock options do not qualify or cease to qualify for treatment as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Code, such stock options (including the Option) will be treated as non-qualified stock options. Participant further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding

 

A-3


sentence will be applied by taking the Option and other stock options into account in the order in which they were granted, as determined under Section 422(d) of the Code. Participant also acknowledges that if the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after Participant’s Termination of Service, other than by reason of death or disability, the Option will be taxed as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(b)        Participant will give prompt written notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares acquired under this Agreement if such disposition or other transfer is made (a) within two (2) years from the Grant Date or (b) within one (1) year after the transfer of such Shares to Participant. Such notice will specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

* * * * *

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.12

AIRGAIN, INC.

2016 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ARTICLE 1.

PURPOSE

The purposes of this Airgain, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as it may be amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”) are to assist Eligible Employees of Airgain, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and its Designated Subsidiaries in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Company pursuant to a plan which is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code, and to help Eligible Employees provide for their future security and to encourage them to remain in the employment of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE 2.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates. Masculine, feminine and neuter pronouns are used interchangeably and each comprehends the others.

2.1      “ Administrator ” shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article 11. The term “Administrator” shall refer to the Committee unless the Board has assumed the authority for administration of the Plan as provided in Article 11.

2.2      “ Applicable Law ” shall mean the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where rights under this Plan are granted.

2.3      “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.4      “ Change in Control ” shall mean and include each of the following:

(a)        A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a transaction or series of transactions that meets the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (c) below) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

(b)        During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a


person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.4(a) or 2.4(c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(c)        The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(i)        which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii)        after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided , however , that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.4(c)(ii)as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.

The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.

2.5      “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder.

2.6      “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Company.

2.7      “ Company ” shall mean Airgain, Inc., or any successor.

2.8      “ Compensation ” of an Eligible Employee shall mean the gross base compensation received by such Eligible Employee as compensation for services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, excluding overtime payments, sales commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and other special payments.

2.9      “ Designated Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary designated by the Administrator in accordance with Section 11.3(b).

2.10    “ Effective Date ” shall mean the day prior to the Public Trading Date.

2.11    “ Eligible Employee ” shall mean an Employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary : (a) who does not, immediately after any rights under this Plan are granted, own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all

 

2


classes of Common Stock and other stock of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary (as determined under Section 423(b)(3) of the Code); (b) whose customary employment is for more than twenty hours per week; and (c) whose customary employment is for more than five months in any calendar year. For purposes of the foregoing, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of stock ownership shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual, and stock that an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee; provided , however , that the Administrator may provide in an Offering Document that an Employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary shall not be eligible to participate in an Offering Period if: (i) such Employee is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code; and/or (ii) such Employee has not met a service requirement designated by the Administrator pursuant to Section 423(b)(4)(A) of the Code (which service requirement may not exceed two years), and/or (iii) such Employee is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction and the grant of a right to purchase Common Stock under the Plan to such Employee would be prohibited under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase Common Stock under the Plan to such Employee in compliance with the laws of such foreign jurisdiction would cause the Plan to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , further , that any exclusion in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) shall be applied in an identical manner under each Offering Period to all employees of the Company and all Designated Subsidiaries, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e). For purposes of clause (a) above, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of stock ownership shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual, and stock that an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee.

2.12    “ Employee ” shall mean any officer or other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary. “Employee” shall not include any director of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who does not render services to the Company or a Designated Subsidiary as an employee within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or Designated Subsidiary and meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2). Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following such three (3)-month period.

2.13    “ Enrollment Date ” shall mean the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

2.14    “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

2.15    “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Common Stock as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) if the Common Stock is not traded on a stock exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (iii) without an established market for the Common Stock, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion.

2.16    “ Offering Document ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.

 

3


2.17    “ Offering Period ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.

2.18    “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

2.19    “ Participant ” shall mean any Eligible Employee who has executed a subscription agreement and been granted rights to purchase Common Stock pursuant to the Plan.

2.20    “ Plan ” shall mean this Airgain, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

2.21    “ Public Trading Date ” shall mean the first date upon which Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system, or, if earlier, the date on which the Company becomes a “publicly held corporation” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(c)(1).

2.22    “ Purchase Date ” shall mean the last Trading Day of each Offering Period.

2.23    “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the purchase price designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which purchase price shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower); provided , however , that, in the event no purchase price is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the purchase price for the Offering Periods covered by such Offering Document shall be 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower; provided , further , that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Administrator pursuant to Article 8 and shall not be less than the par value of a Share.

2.24    “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

2.25  “ Share ” shall mean a share of Common Stock.

2.26    “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in an unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain; provided , however, that a limited liability company or partnership may be treated as a Subsidiary to the extent either (a) such entity is treated as a disregarded entity under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) by reason of the Company or any other Subsidiary that is a corporation being the sole owner of such entity, or (b) such entity elects to be classified as a corporation under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) and such entity would otherwise qualify as a Subsidiary.

2.25      “ Trading Day ” shall mean a day on which national stock exchanges in the United States are open for trading.

 

4


ARTICLE 3.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1       Number of Shares .  Subject to Article 8, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall be 100,000 Shares. In addition to the foregoing, subject to Article 8, on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2017 and ending on and including January 1, 2026, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be increased by that number of Shares equal to the least of (a) 100,000 Shares, (b) 1% of the Shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (c) such smaller number of Shares as determined by the Board. If any right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the Common Stock not purchased under such right shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the number of Shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of 1,100,000 Shares, subject to Article 8.

3.2       Stock Distributed .  Any Common Stock distributed pursuant to the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Common Stock, treasury stock or Common Stock purchased on the open market.

ARTICLE 4.

OFFERING PERIODS; OFFERING DOCUMENTS; PURCHASE DATES

4.1       Offering Periods .  The Administrator may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of rights to purchase Common Stock of the Company under the Plan to Eligible Employees during one or more periods (each, an “ Offering Period ”) selected by the Administrator. The terms and conditions applicable to each Offering Period shall be set forth in an “ Offering Document ” adopted by the Administrator, which Offering Document shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate and shall be incorporated by reference into and made part of the Plan and shall be attached hereto as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offering Periods under the Plan need not be identical.

4.2       Offering Documents .  Each Offering Document with respect to an Offering Period shall specify (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference or otherwise):

(a)        the length of the Offering Period, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven months;

(b)        the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during such Offering Period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall be 20,000 shares;

(c)        such other provisions as the Administrator determines are appropriate, subject to the Plan.

ARTICLE 5.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

5.1       Eligibility .  Any Eligible Employee who shall be employed by the Company or a

 

5


Designated Subsidiary on a given Enrollment Date for an Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Offering Period, subject to the requirements of this Article 5 and the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.

5.2       Enrollment in Plan .

(a)        Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan for an Offering Period by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company by such time prior to the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period (or such other date specified in the Offering Document) designated by the Administrator and in such form as the Administrator provides.

(b)        Each subscription agreement shall designate a whole percentage of such Eligible Employee’s Compensation to be withheld by the Company or the Designated Subsidiary employing such Eligible Employee on each payday during the Offering Period as payroll deductions under the Plan. An Eligible Employee may designate any whole percentage of Compensation that is not less than 1% and not more than the maximum percentage specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which percentage shall be 20% in the absence of any such designation) as payroll deductions. The payroll deductions made for each Participant shall be credited to an account for such Participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company.

(c)        A Participant may decrease the percentage of Compensation designated in his or her subscription agreement, subject to the limits of this Section 5.2, or may suspend his or her payroll deductions, at any time during an Offering Period; provided , however , that the Administrator may limit the number of changes a Participant may make to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period in the applicable Offering Document (and in the absence of any specific designation by the Administrator, a Participant shall be allowed one change to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period). Any such change or suspension of payroll deductions shall be effective with the first full payroll period following five business days after the Company’s receipt of the new subscription agreement (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). In the event a Participant suspends his or her payroll deductions, such Participant’s cumulative payroll deductions prior to the suspension shall remain in his or her account and shall be applied to the purchase of Shares on the next occurring Purchase Date and shall not be paid to such Participant unless he or she withdraws from participation in the Plan pursuant to Article 7.

(d)        Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, a Participant may participate in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction and may not make contributions by lump sum payment for any Offering Period.

5.3       Payroll Deductions .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Offering Document, payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first payroll following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payroll in the Offering Period to which the Participant’s authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Article 7 or suspended by the Participant or the Administrator as provided in Section 5.2 and 5.6, respectively.

5.4       Effect of Enrollment .  A Participant’s completion of a subscription agreement will enroll such Participant in the Plan for each subsequent Offering Period on the terms contained therein until the Participant either submits a new subscription agreement, withdraws from participation under the Plan as provided in Article 7 or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan.

 

6


5.5       Limitation on Purchase of Common Stock .  An Eligible Employee may be granted rights under the Plan only if such rights, together with any other rights granted to such Eligible Employee under “employee stock purchase plans” of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary, as specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock (determined as of the first day of the Offering Period during which such rights are granted) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time. This limitation shall be applied in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.

5.6       Decrease or Suspension of Payroll Deductions .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 5.5 or the other limitations set forth in this Plan, a Participant’s payroll deductions may be suspended by the Administrator at any time during an Offering Period. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares by reason of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, Section 5.5 or the other limitations set forth in this Plan shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.

5.7       Foreign Employees .  In order to facilitate participation in the Plan, the Administrator may provide for such special terms applicable to Participants who are citizens or residents of a foreign jurisdiction, or who are employed by a Designated Subsidiary outside of the United States, as the Administrator may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Such special terms may not be more favorable than the terms of rights granted under the Plan to Eligible Employees who are residents of the United States. Moreover, the Administrator may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of, this Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of this Plan as in effect for any other purpose. No such special terms, supplements, amendments or restatements shall include any provisions that are inconsistent with the terms of this Plan as then in effect unless this Plan could have been amended to eliminate such inconsistency without further approval by the stockholders of the Company.

5.8       Leave of Absence .  During leaves of absence approved by the Company meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2) under the Code, a Participant may continue participation in the Plan by making cash payments to the Company on his or her normal payday equal to his or her authorized payroll deduction.

ARTICLE 6.

GRANT AND EXERCISE OF RIGHTS

6.1       Grant of Rights .  On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted a right to purchase the maximum number of Shares specified under Section 4.2, subject to the limits in Section 5.5, and shall have the right to buy, on each Purchase Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price), such number of whole shares of the Company’s Common Stock as is determined by dividing (a) such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Purchase Date and retained in the Participant’s account as of the Purchase Date, by (b) the applicable Purchase Price (rounded down to the nearest Share). The right shall expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

6.2       Exercise of Rights .  On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions and any other additional payments specifically provided for in the applicable Offering Document will be applied to the purchase of whole Shares of the Company, up to the maximum number

 

7


of shares permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering Document, at the Purchase Price. No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of rights granted under the Plan, unless the Offering Document specifically provides otherwise. Any cash in lieu of fractional Shares remaining after the purchase of whole Shares upon exercise of a purchase right will be credited to a Participant’s account and carried forward and applied toward the purchase of whole Shares for the next following Offering Period. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator may determine and may be issued in certificated form or issued pursuant to book-entry procedures.

6.3       Pro Rata Allocation of Shares .  If the Administrator determines that, on a given Purchase Date, the number of Shares with respect to which rights are to be exercised may exceed (a) the number of Shares that were available for issuance under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (b) the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan on such Purchase Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the Shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants for whom rights to purchase Common Stock are to be exercised pursuant to this Article 6 on such Purchase Date, and shall either (i) continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (ii) terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Article 9. The Company may make pro rata allocation of the Shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.

6.4       Withholding .  At the time a Participant’s rights under the Plan are exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of, the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, that arise upon the exercise of the right or the disposition of the Common Stock. At any time, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Participant.

6.5       Conditions to Issuance of Common Stock .  The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for, or make any book entries evidencing, Shares purchased upon the exercise of rights under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

(a)        The admission of such shares to listing on all stock exchanges, if any, on which the Common Stock is then listed; and

(b)        The completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; and

(c)        The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and

 

8


(d)        The payment to the Company of all amounts that it is required to withhold under federal, state or local law upon exercise of the rights, if any; and

(e)        The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the rights as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

ARTICLE 7.

WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR ELIGIBILITY

7.1       Withdrawal .  A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all of the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her rights under the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company in a form acceptable to the Administrator no later than one week prior to the end of the Offering Period. All of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account during an Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares shall be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of the next Offering Period unless the Participant timely delivers to the Company a new subscription agreement.

7.2       Future Participation .  A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary or in subsequent Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

7.3       Cessation of Eligibility .  Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee for any reason, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan pursuant to this Article 7 and the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 12.4, as soon as reasonably practicable, and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated.

ARTICLE 8.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK

8.1       Changes in Capitalization .  Subject to Section 8.3, in the event that the Administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), Change in Control, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, combination, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, as determined by the Administrator, affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any outstanding purchase rights under the Plan, the Administrator shall make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 and the limitations established in each Offering Document pursuant to Section 4.2 on the maximum number of

 

9


Shares that may be purchased); (b) the class(es) and number of shares and price per Share subject to outstanding rights; and (c) the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.

8.2       Other Adjustments .  Subject to Section 8.3, in the event of any transaction or event described in Section 8.1 or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate (including without limitation any Change in Control), or of changes in Applicable Law or accounting principles, the Administrator, in its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any right under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

(a)        To provide for either (i) termination of any outstanding right in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such right had such right been currently exercisable or (ii) the replacement of such outstanding right with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;

(b)        To provide that the outstanding rights under the Plan shall be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar rights covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; and

(c)        To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding rights under the Plan and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding rights and rights that may be granted in the future;

(d)        To provide that Participants’ accumulated payroll deductions may be used to purchase Common Stock prior to the next occurring Purchase Date on such date as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion and the Participants’ rights under the ongoing Offering Period(s) shall be terminated; and

(e)        To provide that all outstanding rights shall terminate without being exercised.

8.3       No Adjustment Under Certain Circumstances .  No adjustment or action described in this Article 8 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

8.4       No Other Rights .  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares subject to outstanding rights under the Plan or the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.

 

10


ARTICLE 9.

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

9.1       Amendment, Modification and Termination .  The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time; provided , however , that approval of the Company’s stockholders shall be required to amend the Plan to: (a) increase the aggregate number, or change the type, of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the Plan under Section 3.1 (other than an adjustment as provided by Article 8); (b) change the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees may be granted rights under the Plan; or (c) change the Plan in any manner that would cause the Plan to no longer be an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code.

9.2       Certain Changes to Plan .  Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected, to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code, the Administrator shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld from Compensation during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion to be advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

9.3       Actions In the Event of Unfavorable Financial Accounting Consequences .  In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify or amend the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(a)        altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(b)        shortening any Offering Period so that the Offering Period ends on a new Purchase Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action; and

(c)        allocating Shares.

Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participant.

9.4       Payments Upon Termination of Plan .  Upon termination of the Plan, the balance in each Participant’s Plan account shall be refunded as soon as practicable after such termination, without any interest thereon.

 

11


ARTICLE 10.

TERM OF PLAN

The Plan shall be effective on the Effective Date. The effectiveness of the Plan shall be subject to approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company within twelve months following the date the Plan is first approved by the Board. No right may be granted under the Plan prior to such stockholder approval. No rights may be granted under the Plan during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

ARTICLE 11.

ADMINISTRATION

11.1     Administrator .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Administrator of the Plan shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board to which the Board delegates administration of the Plan) (such committee, the “ Committee ”). The Board may at any time vest in the Board any authority or duties for administration of the Plan.

11.2     Action by the Administrator .  Unless otherwise established by the Board or in any charter of the Administrator, a majority of the Administrator shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present and, subject to Applicable Law and the Bylaws of the Company, acts approved in writing by a majority of the Administrator in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Administrator. Each member of the Administrator is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

11.3     Authority of Administrator .  The Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(a)        To determine when and how rights to purchase Common Stock shall be granted and the provisions of each offering of such rights (which need not be identical).

(b)        To designate from time to time which Subsidiaries of the Company shall be Designated Subsidiaries, which designation may be made without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

(c)        To construe and interpret the Plan and rights granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(d)        To amend, suspend or terminate the Plan as provided in Article 9.

(e)        Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.

 

12


11.4     Decisions Binding .  The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any rights granted pursuant to the Plan, any subscription agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

ARTICLE 12.

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1     Restriction upon Assignment .  A right granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. Except as provided in Section 12.4 hereof, a right under the Plan may not be exercised to any extent except by the Participant. The Company shall not recognize and shall be under no duty to recognize any assignment or alienation of the Participant’s interest in the Plan, the Participant’s rights under the Plan or any rights thereunder.

12.2     Rights as a Stockholder .  With respect to Shares subject to a right granted under the Plan, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company, and the Participant shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder, until such shares have been issued to the Participant or his or her nominee following exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. No adjustments shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash securities, or other property) or distribution or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date of such issuance, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as determined by the Administrator.

12.3     Interest .  No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions or contributions of a Participant under the Plan.

12.4     Designation of Beneficiary .

(a)        A Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and/or cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to a Purchase Date on which the Participant’s rights are exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse.

(b)        Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice to the Company. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

12.5     Notices .  All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

 

13


12.6       Equal Rights and Privileges .  Subject to Section 5.7, all Eligible Employees of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary will have equal rights and privileges under this Plan so that this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Subject to Section 5.7, any provision of this Plan that is inconsistent with Section 423 of the Code will, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Board or the Administrator, be reformed to comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 of the Code.

12.7       Use of Funds .  All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

12.8       Reports .  Statements of account shall be given to Participants at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

12.9       No Employment Rights .  Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or to affect the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) at any time, with or without cause.

12.10     Notice of Disposition of Shares .  Each Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any shares of stock purchased upon exercise of a right under the Plan if such disposition or transfer is made: (a) within two years from the Enrollment Date of the Offering Period in which the shares were purchased or (b) within one year after the Purchase Date on which such shares were purchased. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

12.11     Governing Law .  The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

12.12     Electronic Forms .  To the extent permitted by applicable state law and in the discretion of the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may submit any form or notice as set forth herein by means of an electronic form approved by the Administrator. Before the commencement of an Offering Period, the Administrator shall prescribe the time limits within which any such electronic form shall be submitted to the Administrator with respect to such Offering Period in order to be a valid election.

* * * * *

 

14

EXHIBIT 10.13

AIRGAIN, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PROGRAM

Non-employee members of the board of directors (the “ Board ”) of Airgain, Inc. (the “ Company ”) shall receive cash and equity compensation commencing on the date on which the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock becomes effective (the “ Effective Date ”), as set forth in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Program (this “ Program ”). The cash and equity compensation described in this Program shall be paid or be made, as applicable, automatically and without further action of the Board, to each member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company (each, a “ Non-Employee Director ”) who is entitled to receive such cash or equity compensation, unless such Non-Employee Director declines the receipt of such cash or equity compensation by written notice to the Company. This Program shall remain in effect until it is revised or rescinded by further action of the Board. This Program may be amended, modified or terminated by the Board at any time in its sole discretion. The terms and conditions of this Program shall supersede any prior cash and/or equity compensation arrangements for service as a member of the Board between the Company and any of its Non-Employee Directors. No Non-Employee Director shall have any rights hereunder, except with respect to stock options granted pursuant to the Program.

1. Cash Compensation .

(a) Annual Retainers . Each Non-Employee Director shall receive an annual retainer of $30,000 for service on the Board.

(b) Additional Annual Retainers . In addition, each Non-Employee Director shall receive the following additional annual retainers, as applicable:

(i) Chairperson of the Board . A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Board shall receive an additional annual retainer of $25,000 for such service.

(ii) Audit Committee . A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Audit Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Audit Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $7,500 for such service.

(iii) Compensation Committee . A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Compensation Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Compensation Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000 for such service.

(iv) Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee . A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $7,500 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $3,750 for such service.

(c) Payment of Retainers . The annual retainers described in Sections 1(a) and 1(b) shall be earned on a quarterly basis based on a calendar quarter and shall be paid by the Company in arrears not later than the fifteenth day following the end of each calendar quarter. In the event a Non-Employee Director does not serve as a Non-Employee Director, or in the applicable positions described in Section 1(b), for an entire calendar quarter, the retainer paid to such Non-Employee Director shall be prorated for the portion of such calendar quarter actually served as a Non-Employee Director, or in such position, as applicable.


2. Equity Compensation . Non-Employee Directors shall be granted the equity awards described below. The awards described below shall be granted under and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Company’s 2016 Incentive Award Plan or any other applicable Company equity incentive plan then-maintained by the Company (the “ Equity Plan ”) and shall be granted subject to the execution and delivery of award agreements, including attached exhibits, in substantially the forms previously approved by the Board. All applicable terms of the Equity Plan apply to this Program as if fully set forth herein, and all grants of stock options hereby are subject in all respects to the terms of the Equity Plan and the applicable award agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the share numbers in this Section 2 shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan, including with respect to any reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock effected prior to the Effective Date.

(a) Initial Awards . Each Non-Employee Director who is initially elected or appointed to the Board after the Effective Date shall receive an option to purchase 10,000 shares of the Company’s common stock on the date of such initial election or appointment. The awards described in this Section 2(a) shall be referred to as “ Initial Awards .” No Non-Employee Director shall be granted more than one Initial Award.

(b) Subsequent Awards . A Non-Employee Director who (i) is serving on the Board as of the date of any annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders after the Effective Date and (ii) will continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director immediately following such meeting, shall be automatically granted an option to purchase 5,000 shares of the Company’s common stock on the date of such annual meeting, and a Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Board at the times set forth in Section 2(b)(i) and (ii) above shall be automatically granted an additional option to purchase 2,500 shares of the Company’s common stock on the date of such annual meeting. The awards described in this Section 2(b) shall be referred to as “ Subsequent Awards .” For the avoidance of doubt, a Non-Employee Director elected for the first time to the Board at an annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders shall only receive an Initial Award in connection with such election, and shall not receive any Subsequent Award on the date of such meeting as well. In addition, if a Non-Employee Director’s initial election or appointment does not occur at an annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, the number of shares subject to the first Subsequent Award received following such initial election or appointment shall be equal to the product of (i) 5,000 or 7,500, as applicable, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which equals the number of full calendar months from the date of such election or appointment through the first anniversary of the most recent annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders and the denominator of which equals twelve.

(c) Termination of Employment of Employee Directors . Members of the Board who are employees of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company who subsequently terminate their employment with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company and remain on the Board will not receive an Initial Award pursuant to Section 2(a) above, but to the extent that they are otherwise entitled, will receive, after termination from employment with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company, Subsequent Awards as described in Section 2(b) above.

(d) Terms of Awards Granted to Non-Employee Directors

(i) Purchase Price . The per share exercise price of each option granted to a Non-Employee Director shall equal the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Equity Plan) of a share of common stock on the date the option is granted.


(ii) Vesting . Each Initial Award shall vest and become exercisable in substantially equal installments on each of the first three (3) anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service on the Board through each such vesting date. Each Subsequent Award shall vest and/or become exercisable on the first to occur of (A) the first anniversary of the date of grant or (B) the next occurring annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service on the Board through such vesting date. Unless the Board otherwise determines, no portion of an Initial Award or Subsequent Award which is unvested and/or exercisable at the time of a Non-Employee Director’s termination of service on the Board shall become vested and/or exercisable thereafter. All of a Non-Employee Director’s Initial Awards and Subsequent Awards shall vest in full immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan), to the extent outstanding at such time.

(iii) Term . The term of each stock option granted to a Non-Employee Director shall be ten (10) years from the date the option is granted.

3. Compensation Limits . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Program, all compensation payable under this Program will be subject to any limits on the maximum amount of Non-Employee Director compensation set forth in the Equity Plan, as in effect from time to time.

* * * * *

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Airgain, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report, dated June 8, 2016, except as to the second paragraph of Note 16, which is as of July 29, 2016, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Irvine, California

July 29, 2016